Archive for dairy markets

Whole Milk Is Back in Schools – Pennies on Your Milk Check or Real Class I Impact?

Whole milk is back in schools. Will it add real Class I dollars to your milk check—or just a few pennies and a nice photo op?

Executive Summary: Whole milk is back in U.S. schools under the Whole Milk for Healthy Kids Act, but for most farms the real question isn’t politics—it’s whether this will add more than pennies to the milk check. AFBF’s scenarios show that if 25–75% of schools adopt whole milk, milkfat use could rise by roughly 18–55 million pounds a year, creating a “small but meaningful” bump in butterfat demand on top of already strong cheese and butter markets. Whether that translates into real money for you depends on your Federal Order: high‑Class‑I regions like Florida, the Southeast, and parts of the Northeast are positioned to feel more of the benefit than manufacturing‑heavy orders such as the Upper Midwest, where Class I often sits in single digits. Recent FMMO changes—bringing back the higher‑of mover, raising Class I differentials, and increasing make allowances—reinforce that split, giving fluid‑heavy orders more upside while cheese‑oriented regions absorb more of the manufacturing cost increases. At the same time, processor investments are still flowing mainly into manufacturing plants like Darigold’s new 8‑million‑pound‑per‑day Pasco butter and powder facility, while fluid plants such as Upstate Niagara’s Rochester operation are closing as fluid sales hit multi‑decade lows, underscoring that cheese and ingredients, not school cartons, still drive most of the business. For producers, the takeaway is to treat whole milk in schools as a modest Class I tailwind rather than a rescue plan, press co‑ops and processors on their school‑milk strategy, watch local bid specs, and keep squeezing profit from the levers you control every day—components, fresh cow management in the transition period, feed efficiency, and disciplined costs.

Class I milk check

You know it already: everyone’s celebrating the return of whole milk to schools. And that’s understandable. The Whole Milk for Healthy Kids Act, S.222, changes the National School Lunch Act so schools in the National School Lunch Program and School Breakfast Program can once again put whole and 2% milk on the menu alongside low‑fat and fat‑free options, flavored or unflavored, including lactose‑free versions, as long as they still meet the usual nutrition standards set by USDA. That’s right there in the bill language and in how ag media and policy groups have been talking about it over the past year, as the bill moved through Congress and into law.

Dairy outlets and farm organizations have been quick to call it a big win. The Jersey organizations, for example, passed a resolution supporting the bill because they see whole milk as a better fit with how families actually drink milk and how Jersey genetics deliver butterfat. National dairy news has run plenty of “whole milk is back in US schools” headlines, pointing out that this reverses more than a decade of federal rules that pushed schools toward low‑fat and fat‑free milk only. Industry folks and even some nutrition experts have been lining up to say, “It’s about time.”

But before you go out and buy a new tractor on the news, we need to look at your milk check. Because for many of you, this “victory” is going to feel a lot more like a rounding error than a rescue plan.

Over coffee, I keep hearing the same thing from a lot of you: “So is this actually going to move my Class I milk check… or is it mostly political theater?” And honestly, that’s the right way to frame it.

Just so we’re clear from the start: everything here is about the U.S. system—Federal Milk Marketing Orders, U.S. school meal rules, and U.S. fluid markets. If you’re milking cows under Canadian quota, or you’re in New Zealand trying to hit emissions and export targets, the mechanics are very different, even if some of the bigger forces—like long‑term changes in fluid demand—feel familiar.

How We Got to “No Whole Milk” in the First Place

Looking at this trend, it helps to rewind a bit.

Back when the Healthy, Hunger‑Free Kids Act went through in 2010, USDA rewrote the standards for what schools could serve in reimbursable breakfasts and lunches. When the new rules kicked in, schools in the National School Lunch Program and School Breakfast Program were generally limited to unflavored low‑fat (1%) milk, unflavored fat‑free milk, and only fat‑free options if they wanted to serve flavored milk at all. That’s how the regulations and guidance were written, and the “1% or less” campaign around school nutrition really drove that message home in cafeterias.

In practice, what many of us saw on the ground was pretty simple: whole and 2% milk basically vanished from reimbursable school menus. Plants that used to run whole and 2% in half‑pints for school accounts either switched formats or shifted more volume into other products and channels. Over time, school coolers became the place where kids saw only low‑fat or fat‑free labels, even if they were drinking whole milk at home.

Since then, the nutrition conversation around dairy has shifted. A 2021 review in a public‑health journal that looked at “food systems transformation for child health and well‑being” made the case that dairy foods are nutrient‑dense contributors of protein, calcium, and other key nutrients in kids’ diets, and argued pretty strongly for looking at overall diet patterns instead of judging foods on one nutrient like fat. A more recent 2024 paper on U.S. food policy and diet‑related chronic disease doubled down on that broader view, basically saying that if you want to improve diet quality and reduce chronic disease, policy needs to focus on overall eating patterns and the bigger structural drivers of diet, not just single‑nutrient rules.

So, this new law is Washington catching up to that more nuanced way of thinking. It doesn’t order every school to serve whole milk. What it does is give schools permission again: they may offer flavored and unflavored whole, 2%, low‑fat, and fat‑free milk as part of reimbursable meals, as long as they stay inside the calorie and nutrition guardrails. Local boards, superintendents, and nutrition directors still decide what actually ends up in the cooler. And the practical “how” will ride on USDA school‑meal guidance and state and local decisions.

In other words, the federal “no” that pushed whole milk out of schools has turned into a “you can, if you choose.” That’s a meaningful shift—but it’s not the same thing as a guaranteed rush of whole milk through every school line in the country.

The Three Adoption Scenarios Everyone Will Talk About

Here’s what’s interesting once you put the emotion to the side and look at the math.

Economists at the American Farm Bureau Federation put together a Market Intel piece called “Back to Whole? How School Milk Could Shift Dairy Demand”. They started from a conservative baseline that treated current school milk as basically skim, then asked a simple question: what happens to butterfat demand if some share of schools switch those cartons to whole milk instead?

They used current National School Lunch and School Breakfast volumes and standard USDA nutrition numbers—about 8 grams of fat in an 8‑ounce serving of whole milk versus roughly 2.5 grams in 1% and almost none in skim. Then they modeled three “what if” adoption levels:

  • If about a quarter of schools adopt whole milk, total milkfat use goes up by roughly 18 million pounds per year
  • At half of schools, that increase is around 36 million pounds
  • At about three‑quarters of schools, the rise is roughly 55 million pounds of additional milkfat annually

Those figures are scenario numbers, not promises. They rely on baseline assumptions like “what if we start from skim” that may not match every real‑world district. But Farm Bureau describes that range as a “small but meaningful outlet” for butterfat, and it’s not hard to see why: tens of millions of pounds of additional milkfat is big enough to matter when you layer it on top of already strong butter and cheese demand.

You can feel that in the markets too. The long‑term trend has been clear: per‑capita fluid milk drinking has been sliding for more than 70 years, and USDA’s own analysts have pointed out that the decline was actually steeper in the 2010s than in any of the previous six decades. At the same time, total dairy consumption has hit records on the back of cheese and other products. Industry reporting in 2021, for example, highlighted that fluid milk sales were down to about 44.5 billion pounds, the lowest in 66 years, while cheese and other dairy kept growing.

So those extra 18–55 million pounds of milkfat don’t suddenly turn fluid into the main story again. But they’re not nothing either. The key is that they don’t land on everyone’s milk check equally—and that’s where Class I utilization and Federal Orders come back into the picture.

Adoption LevelAdditional Milkfat (Annual)High-Fluid Order Impact*Manufacturing-Heavy Order ImpactRealistic Class I Lift?
25% of schools~18 million lbs+2–4¢/cwt+0–1¢/cwtModest tailwind
50% of schools~36 million lbs+4–7¢/cwt+1–2¢/cwtSmall but meaningful
75% of schools~55 million lbs+6–11¢/cwt+2–3¢/cwtIncremental benefit

How This Law Affects Your Class I Milk Price

What a lot of farmers are finding as they dig into this is that the exact same policy lands very differently depending on which Federal Order you’re in.

You know the basic structure: Class I is fluid, Class II is soft products like cream and yogurt, Class III is cheese, and Class IV is butter and powder. Your blend price is basically the weighted average of those markets, run through the order’s formulas.

In that AFBF Market Intel piece, they used Federal Order data from the first seven months of the year they studied and pointed out that, nationally, Class I accounted for about 23 billion pounds out of roughly 92 billion pounds of pooled milk. That’s around 25 percent on average.

But once you zoom in, the story changes a lot:

  • In high‑fluid markets like Florida and the Southeast, order bulletins regularly show Class I utilization way higher than that—often around 60 percent or more in the Southeast, and in the upper ranges for Florida in some months.
  • In the Northeast and surrounding regions, you’ll typically see Class I shares living somewhere between one‑quarter and one‑third of the pool, depending on season and local dynamics.
  • In manufacturing‑heavy orders like the Upper Midwest, Class I has dropped into single digits at times. One FMMO report pegged Upper Midwest Class I utilization at just under 8 percent in a January 2025 snapshot.

So an extra pound of Class I demand has a lot more leverage on your blend if you’re in a high‑fluid order than if your pool is mostly cheese and powder.

Then layer the recent Federal Order changes on top. USDA’s 2024 FMMO decision brought back the “higher‑of” Class I mover—instead of an average of Class III and IV advanced prices, Class I is once again set off whichever is higher. The rule also raised Class I differentials, especially in coastal and densely populated areas where fluid milk plays a big role, and it increased make allowances for cheese, butter, nonfat dry milk, and whey to better reflect current processing costs.

Analysts ran the numbers on those changes. Their estimates varied in the fine print but landed in the same ballpark: higher make allowances pulled something on the order of hundreds of millions of dollars out of the pooled value of milk, while the stronger Class I differentials added back a significant, but smaller, slice. The upshot they pointed to is pretty simple: high‑Class‑I orders, especially in the Northeast, come out ahead relative to where they’d be without the differential increase, while manufacturing‑heavy orders feel more of the hit from bigger make allowances.

Tie that back to the school milk story and you get this: if you’re in a region where Class I already makes up a third or more of your pool, and your differentials just improved, then additional Class I demand from schools has a decent shot at nudging your blend in the right direction—if your order actually captures that volume. If your order’s Class I share is usually below 15 percent, any signal from whole milk in schools is going to be competing with Class III and IV markets and the realities of make‑allowance changes.

In other words, if your monthly order report shows Class I living in the single digits, it’s smart to treat this law as a nice bump for dairy’s public image and maybe a small Class I opportunity at the edges, not a core part of your survival strategy.

What This Looks Like on Real Farms

Let’s pull this out of the spreadsheets and onto the farm a bit.

Think about a mid‑size Pennsylvania herd shipping roughly five million pounds of milk a year into a high‑Class‑I order. That order already has a fair chunk of its milk going into fluid and benefitted from higher Class I differentials under the recent FMMO changes. Now imagine a decent share of local school districts decide to put whole milk back in their coolers over the next couple of bid cycles, and your co‑op or processor wins some of that business because they’ve got the packaging and route structure to handle it.

Under the AFBF modeling we talked about, some portion of those 18–36 million pounds of extra milkfat is going to show up in Class I instead of butter or powder. In that kind of environment, you’d expect the effect on your blend to be modest—likely measured in pennies per hundredweight, not dollars. But on several million pounds of milk, even a few pennies per cwt can add up to a couple thousand dollars over a year. That’s not tractor money, but it’s not nothing either. It’s the kind of quiet positive you see when you compare one year’s milk checks to the last and realize the background has shifted a bit.

Shift the picture to Wisconsin. A similar‑sized herd there is shipping into the Upper Midwest order, where most of the pool is effectively priced as Class III or IV, and make‑allowance increases have been a bigger factor than Class I differentials. Class I might be 10 percent of the pool or less in many months.

There, even if local districts bring back whole milk and your buyer serves those accounts, the extra fluid volume has far less leverage on the overall pool. In the kind of “what if” scenarios people have run for heavily manufacturing‑focused orders, that 18–36 million pound national bump in school milkfat tends to wash out to pennies per hundredweight—or sometimes less—when you blend it into pools dominated by cheese and powder.

So in those manufacturing regions, your economics are still driven far more by butterfat levels, protein yield, fresh cow management through the transition period, and feed efficiency than by what color caps kids see at lunch. The whole milk law is a bonus at the edges if it sticks, not the main driver of your milk check.

What Processor Investments Are Actually Telling Us

Now, here’s something that’s easy to miss if you just watch the politics and not the capital spending.

If processors truly believed school milk was about to become the main profit engine in the system, you’d expect to see a wave of investment in half‑pint lines, school‑oriented packaging, dedicated distribution hubs, and fleets built around early‑morning school routes.

What we’ve actually seen over the last few years is a little different.

Darigold, for example, has made a lot of noise about its new plant in Pasco, Washington. That project is in the ballpark of a billion‑dollar investment and is designed to process around eight million pounds of milk per day, mostly into butter and milk powders aimed at domestic and export markets. That’s manufacturing‑heavy business, not half‑pint school milk.

Agropur has poured significant capital into cheese and whey capacity in Wisconsin, reinforcing that region’s long‑standing role as a manufacturing powerhouse. And the Michigan Milk Producers Association has made substantial investments modernizing and expanding their cheese and ingredient plants in Michigan. Those choices all line up with a world where cheese, butter, and powders carry the growth story.

On the other side of the ledger, you’ve got moves like Upstate Niagara Cooperative announcing the planned closure of its Rochester, New York, fluid plant by the end of 2025, citing changing markets and declining demand for fresh fluid milk. A lot of Northeast producers will recognize that mix of high‑Class‑I heritage and plant closures—it’s been part of the landscape for years now. That’s a pretty blunt signal that, in at least some regions, fluid doesn’t justify the plant overhead it used to.

All of that fits with the long‑term ERS data on fluid decline and record‑high total dairy consumption. It’s not that school milk doesn’t matter—many cooperatives and processors already serve dozens or hundreds of districts. It’s that the really big capital is still being pointed at manufacturing, not fluid.

So, from a strategy perspective, whole milk in schools looks more like a valuable side current in a manufacturing‑dominated river than a new main channel.

Processor / Co-opProject / ActionTypeScale / InvestmentWhat It Tells You
DarigoldPasco, WA butter & powder plantNew construction8M lbs/day capacity (~$1B)Betting on manufacturing exports, not school fluid
AgropurWisconsin cheese & whey expansionCapacity expansionMulti-state, $100M+Doubling down on cheese—the growth story
Michigan Milk Producers Assoc.Cheese & ingredient plant modernizationUpgrade/expansion$50M+Reinforcing manufacturing dominance in region
Upstate Niagara CooperativeRochester, NY fluid plant closureClosure~2024–2025 timelineFluid plants don’t pencil anymore—even in high-Class-I Northeast
Most regional processorsSchool milk capacityLimited investmentIncremental / “if it fits”Not a strategic priority—school milk is opportunistic

The Quiet Retail Signal You Don’t See in the Order Reports

There’s another angle that doesn’t show up directly in your Federal Order bulletins but matters for how people think about milk.

For more than a decade, school cafeterias sent a subtle message: “Whole milk doesn’t belong in a healthy meal.” Kids didn’t see it in the line. The cartons they grabbed were low‑fat or fat‑free, often with flavor added. That wasn’t just a menu choice; it shaped expectations for what “healthy milk” looked like.

Tim Hawk, who works on school marketing for Dairy Farmers of America, summed up what many of us suspected. He talked about how quickly school milk intake dropped when fat was taken out and pointed out that data showed kids generally weren’t drinking skim at home. The “steep and quick” decline in school milk volume after whole milk was removed tells you something about what students actually wanted versus what they were offered.

Now, with the law allowing whole milk back on the menu and nutrition research giving schools cover to look at dairy in the context of overall diet quality instead of just fat percentages, that message changes. When a nutrition director can say, “Yes, whole milk fits here and still keeps us inside the calorie and nutrient rules,” it gives districts more room to line up what they serve with what families and kids are used to.

The interesting thing is that the long‑term upside from that shift may show up more in retail over time than in school volumes themselves. School contracts tend to be highly bid, fairly low‑margin, and tightly controlled. Retail whole milk, especially from strong regional brands that lean into quality and local sourcing, can carry more margin and more marketing flexibility. If parents start feeling more comfortable putting whole milk back in the cart because they see it re‑legitimized in school, that can be a quiet but important Class I tailwind.

We don’t have hard scanner data yet on how retail whole milk sales behave after this law is fully in place—that’ll take a couple of years to sort out. But based on past experience with school nutrition changes, and on how broader diet messaging can shift home buying habits, it’s reasonable to expect some spillover from school coolers to home fridges.

Why You Won’t See Whole Milk in Every Cooler Right Away

So if this law is such a “big win,” why aren’t you seeing whole milk in every cafeteria today?

What a lot of producers are hearing as they talk to people in their local systems is that contracts and logistics are doing most of the pacing right now.

A few things are getting in the way of a quick, universal rollout:

  • In many districts, milk is bought through multi‑year competitive bids. Those bids spell out everything—fat level, flavors, carton size, pricing formulas, delivery schedule. When the law changed, those contracts didn’t just vanish. The first real window to add whole or 2% milk often comes when the next bid goes out, or when the district negotiates an amendment with its supplier.
  • Larger districts often outsource their food service to management companies. Those companies write the menus, make sure they meet USDA rules, and then buy milk and food through their own vendor networks. So even if a school board or superintendent says, “We want whole milk back,” that preference still has to work its way through the food‑service contract and down into co‑op and processor agreements.
  • On the processing side, not every plant has spare capacity on half‑pint lines or the flexibility to add more school routes without reshuffling other business. Serving schools is about hitting lots of stops in tight windows every morning with the right mix of products. After a few years of supply‑chain stress—everything from carton availability to driver shortages—most processors are cautious about promising more school volume unless they’re confident they can deliver it day in and day out.

So instead of a light switch, you should probably expect a patchwork. In some areas where bids are up soon and processors already have the right packaging and logistics, you’ll start seeing whole milk in coolers relatively quickly. In others, it’s likely to be a slower grind over several contract cycles.

From a Class I standpoint, that means whatever impact this has on your milk check is going to show up over the course of years, not weeks.

How to “Kick the Tires” on This in Your Own Area

The nice thing about this situation is that you don’t have to just take anybody’s word for it—not your co‑op’s, not your processor’s, and not the politicians’. You can actually test how much this matters where your milk is pooled.

Here are a few ways producers are doing that.

1. Ask Sharper Questions of Your Co‑op or Processor

Instead of stopping at “Is this good for dairy?” you might sit down with your field rep or director and ask:

  • How many school districts in our marketing area have milk contracts expiring in the next one to three years, and are whole and 2% milk explicitly allowed in those new bid specs?
  • Are we making specific investments in packaging, plant scheduling, or routing to go after whole‑milk school business, or do we have other priorities for that capacity?
  • Based on our order’s current Class I utilization, what’s your internal view of how much school milk volume we could realistically capture, and what kind of impact range could that have on the blend over time ?
  • How are you going to report progress back to members—will we see anything about school volume or Class I shifts in your annual or quarterly updates?

Those kinds of questions don’t demand miracle answers. They just force your handler to connect the policy story to a practical plan.

2. Keep an Eye on Local School Bids

You don’t need to sit on a school board to see what your local districts are doing.

In a lot of states, bid requests and awards are public documents. Producers are starting to:

  • Check state procurement websites and district business‑office pages for milk and beverage RFPs.
  • See whether whole and 2% are listed as acceptable options in the new bid specs.
  • Note which processors are bidding and winning those contracts.
  • Have informal conversations with school board members, business managers, or nutrition directors they already know.

Some farm press and advocacy groups have been encouraging exactly this kind of local engagement to help turn the law into actual cartons on trays. From your perspective, it’s just good intel—it tells you whether “whole milk is back in schools” is actually happening in the markets that matter to your milk check.

3. Build a Simple Federal Order Baseline

The other piece of homework that pays off is setting a baseline for your own order before all this shakes out.

USDA and the order administrators publish Class I utilization data regularly. If you pull the last two or three years of Class I shares for your order and line them up with your average mailbox prices, you’ve got a decent starting point.

Say you see that your Class I share has been bouncing between 18 and 22 percent. A few years from now, when you look back after districts have had time to transition to the new rules, you’ll be able to see whether that range really moved—or whether school milk turned out to be more of a perception win than a volume game in your area.

It’s the same idea you use in the barn. You wouldn’t judge the impact of a new transition‑period protocol or a change to your ration without knowing what your fresh cow performance looked like before you made the switch.

So What Do You Actually Do With This?

If we’re being straight with each other, here’s how this all nets out when you sit down with your own numbers.

1. Know Where Your Order Stands on Class I

If your Federal Order’s Class I share:

  • Generally lives around one‑third or higher, then whole milk in schools—combined with the recent Class I differential changes—has the potential to be a modest but real tailwind for your blend over the next few years, assuming your order captures some of that extra volume.
  • Spends most of its time under 15 percent, then it’s smarter to treat whole milk in schools as a positive story and a small Class I opportunity at the margins, not as a primary survival lever.

It’s not that one situation is better or worse morally. They’re just different realities based on how your milk is used.

2. Push for a Clear School Milk Strategy

It’s reasonable to expect your co‑op or processor to have an honest view on whether school milk is a strategic growth area or more of a “nice if it comes along” business.

Some good conversation starters are:

  • Is school milk a strategic focus for us in the next three to five years, or are we prioritizing other markets with our capital and capacity?
  • Do we have the plant and route flexibility to handle more whole‑milk school volume without squeezing higher‑margin channels?
  • How will you measure and communicate the impact of school milk on our Class I utilization and our milk checks, if there is one?

The answers will tell you a lot about whether this law is likely to show up in your mailbox or stay mostly in the press releases.

3. Keep Your Own Tracking Simple

A basic spreadsheet that tracks:

  • Year
  • Your order’s Class I share
  • Your average mailbox price
  • Notes on major school milk contract changes or plant shifts you’re aware of

will give you something solid to look back on. Three or four years down the road, you’ll be able to see whether there’s a visible relationship between the school milk changes and your order’s Class I share or whether your milk check remained dominated by the same old cheese and butter markets.

4. Don’t Forget Where Your Real Control Lives

At the end of the day, the basics of running a profitable dairy haven’t changed.

If you’re in a high‑fluid order, it still pays to produce consistent quality and components so your milk is welcome in premium Class I and branded retail channels. In manufacturing‑heavy regions—the Upper Midwest, much of the West, a lot of dry‑lot and larger operations—your economics are still driven mainly by butterfat and protein yield, fresh cow performance through the transition period, feed efficiency, and disciplined cost control.

What I’ve found, looking across a lot of herds and a lot of years, is that genetics plus management is where most of your long‑term profit and resilience really comes from. Breeding for components and health, managing transition cows carefully, keeping feed and cow comfort dialed in—that’s the foundation. Policy wins like this Whole Milk Act can add some lift on top of that, especially in certain orders, but they don’t replace the hard work inside your own barns.

Whole milk in schools can be part of a better Class I story. It’s just not going to rewrite the cheese‑ and powder‑driven math your farm has been living with for decades.

The Bottom Line Over Coffee

If we boil it all down, this is one of those moments where the photos and the speeches are a lot simpler than the economics underneath.

On one hand, the Whole Milk for Healthy Kids Act really does fix a long‑standing disconnect. It brings school rules more in line with nutrition research that treats dairy as a nutrient‑dense food and looks at overall diet quality instead of just grams of fat per serving. It gives schools the option to put whole milk back on the tray and makes it easier for kids and parents to see whole milk as part of a healthy pattern again. That’s a genuine win.

On the other hand, it lands in a dairy economy that has been shaped by more than 70 years of declining fluid consumption, record cheese and ingredient demand, and billions of dollars poured into manufacturing‑oriented plants. Federal Order changes have nudged more value toward high‑Class‑I regions and tightened things in cheese‑heavy orders. None of that disappears because of one piece of legislation.

So the honest way to look at it is something like this:

  • If you’re in a high‑Class‑I region, treat this law as a win that’s worth tracking. It might only add pennies per hundredweight to your blend in realistic scenarios, but on a few million pounds of milk—and paired with strong butterfat levels and good fresh cow management—those pennies still matter.
  • If you’re in a manufacturing‑dominated order, see it as a boost for dairy’s public story and a potential small plus at the edges of your Class I world. But don’t expect it to fix cheese prices, make allowances, or the core structure of your cost of production.
  • Wherever you are, keep doing the things you can truly control: ask sharper questions of your buyers, watch the school bids in your own area, track your order’s Class I share, and keep focusing on genetics and management that make your herd efficient and resilient.

What’s encouraging is that, over the next few years, you’ll be able to tell pretty clearly whether this “big win” is just a picture on the office wall—or one more lever, even if a small one, nudging your milk check in the right direction. We’ll revisit this topic once a couple of bid cycles have run to see how much of the modeled butterfat demand actually shows up in real Class I numbers. 

Key Takeaways

  • Permission granted, not a mandate: The Whole Milk for Healthy Kids Act allows schools to serve whole and 2% milk—but local boards decide, so expect gradual, patchy adoption over several bid cycles.
  • Butterfat bump: helpful, not transformational: AFBF projects 18–55 million pounds of additional milkfat demand annually depending on adoption—meaningful volume, but a fraction of total U.S. butterfat use.
  • Your order determines your upside: High‑Class‑I regions (Florida 80%+, Southeast ~60%, Northeast 25–33%) could see modest pennies‑per‑cwt gains; manufacturing‑heavy orders under 15% Class I will barely notice.
  • Follow the capital, not the headlines: Processors are betting billions on butter, powder, and cheese (Darigold Pasco, Agropur Wisconsin) while closing fluid plants (Upstate Niagara Rochester)—school milk isn’t where the money is flowing.
  • Control what you can: Components, fresh cow management, feed efficiency, and cost discipline still drive your profit—treat school milk as a small Class I tailwind, not a survival strategy.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The $1,400 Calf vs. the $3,500 Heifer: How to Win at Beef‑on‑Dairy Without Wrecking Your 2027 Herd

Beef-on-dairy doubled your calf checks. It also drained 800,000 heifers from the U.S. pipeline. Here’s how to keep winning without wrecking your 2027 herd.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: Beef-on-dairy has been a lifeline—$650 calves three years ago now bring $1,400, and those checks have kept plenty of operations in the black. But there’s a cost building in the background. U.S. heifer inventories just hit a 20-year low, CoBank projects an 800,000-head gap by 2027, and $10 billion in new processing plants are coming online hungry for milk and butterfat. The math nobody wants to do: every breeding decision today locks in your replacement options two years out. Herds running 35-40% beef semen without a clear pipeline picture could face $3,500+ springer bills when the shortage really bites. The good news is that a simple 24-month dashboard can help you keep cashing beef checks without building a hole you can’t fill come 2027.

You know that feeling when you open the calf check from your buyer and think, “Wait, this can’t be right”? A lot of us have had that moment over the last few years. What used to be a drag on cash flow—those plain Holstein bull calves nobody wanted—has turned into serious money when you cross the right cows with beef sires.

Average day-old beef-on-dairy calf prices have climbed more than 100% in just three years, turning calf checks into a major revenue stream 

And the numbers back it up. Average day‑old beef‑on‑dairy calves have climbed from roughly 650 dollars to around 1,400 dollars over the last few years, depending on your region and calf weights. Dairy‑beef cross calves keep breaking records at sales—often bringing 1,000–1,500 dollars per head in strong markets.

So that’s the good news. Here’s where it gets more complicated.

A 2025 CoBank Knowledge Exchange report flagged something that should get our attention: U.S. dairy heifer inventories have dropped to a 20‑year low, and they’re projected to shrink by about 800,000 head before starting to recover in 2027. That’s not a small number. And on top of that, Rabobank analysis shows Brazil overtook the U.S. as the world’s top beef producer in 2025—roughly 12.5 million metric tons versus 11.8 million for us.

Year0–3mo3–6mo6–12mo12–18mo18–24moTotal
20230.850.801.100.950.904.60
20240.820.781.050.920.854.42
20250.780.751.000.880.804.21
2027E0.800.771.020.900.914.40

What does that mean for your operation? Well, in practical terms, many of us aren’t just selling milk with some cull cows on the side anymore. We’re running dual‑market protein businesses—milk plus cattle—and how those two sides interact over the next 24 months will have a lot to say about herd stability, fresh cow management, butterfat performance, and honestly… who’s still milking come 2030.

Here’s what’s encouraging, though: you don’t have to abandon beef‑on‑dairy to protect your future herd. But you probably do need to think differently about time, replacements, and risk.

How Beef‑on‑Dairy Got So Big, So Fast

Looking back just a few years, the shift toward beef semen on dairy cows made a lot of sense. The economics lined up almost too well.

Why Those Beef Calf Checks Took Off

A few big forces hit at the same time:

  • Native beef supplies got tight. USDA’s 2024 cattle inventory report showed the U.S. beef cow herd at its smallest level since the early 1960s, years of drought‑driven liquidation finally catching up. By 2025, U.S. beef output had declined to approximately 11.8 million tons, according to Rabobank figures.
  • Brazil stepped on the gas. They expanded feedlot capacity, improved genetics, and increased carcass weights. Rabobank estimates Brazilian beef production hit roughly 12.5 million tons in 2025, nudging past the U.S. and easing the global squeeze a bit.
  • Beef‑on‑dairy premiums exploded. As packers and feeders got comfortable with crossbred performance, prices followed. Calves that averaged around 650 dollars three years ago were commonly selling near 1,400 dollars by 2025. Dairy‑beef crosses repeatedly setting highs, often more than doubling what straight Holstein bulls once brought.
  • Raising every heifer stopped penciling. You probably know this already, but economic analyses from land‑grant universities and journals like Journal of Dairy Science consistently show it costs 2,000–2,500 dollars in direct costs to raise a heifer from birth to calving once you factor in feed, housing, labor, and health. When you could buy Holstein springers for less than that for several years running… well, it made sense to sell more calves for beef.

And the genetics side backs this up, too. A 2022 board‑invited review in Translational Animal Science found that beef × dairy crossbreds—when sires are chosen correctly—can deliver better average daily gain, feed conversion, and carcass weights than straight Holsteins. A companion carcass perspective analysis, also in Translational Animal Science, showed that these crosses can capture real carcass premiums through good marbling and red meat yield when genetic and management decisions align.

So when you put it all together—tight native beef, strong calf prices, underpriced Holstein heifers, better beef × dairy genetics—it’s no surprise so many herds leaned into beef‑on‑dairy. The behavior made sense at the time.

But Here’s the Other Side of That Ledger

On the replacement side, the picture looks very different.

That CoBank report from August 2025 spells it out pretty clearly:

  • The number of dairy heifers expected to calve into the U.S. herd has dropped to a two‑decade low.
  • Based on their modeling, heifer inventories will shrink by roughly another 800,000 head over the next two years before starting to rebound—assuming breeding patterns adjust.
  • At the same time, we’re in the middle of an historic 10‑billion‑dollar wave of dairy processing investment. New plants coming online through 2027, all of which will need more milk—and in many cases, more butterfat and protein—once they’re fully running. While plants are being built, the industry is cannibalizing the very ‘units of production’ (heifers) needed to fill them. It’s a collision course between steel and biology.
MetricCurrent State (2025)Projected Need (2027)Heifer Pipeline SupportGap / Risk
U.S. Dairy Herd9.4M cows9.5M–9.7M cows800,000 fewer heifers availableSHORTAGE: –2.5M gal/day by 2028
New Processing Capacity$10B investedAssumes +2–3M gal/day milkSupply assumption unmet
Annual Heifer Output Needed2.8–3.0M dairy calves3.2–3.4M dairy calvesBeef 35–40% of breedingDeficit: –300K–400K heifers/yr
Heifer Replacement Rate28–32% average32–35% neededCurrently 22–26% netCulls > freshening. Herd flat.
Heifer Price Impact$3,000–$3,500$4,000–$5,000 projectedLimited availabilityMargin erosion: +$1,000–$1,500

CoBank economist Tanner Ehmke put it bluntly: those new plants will require more annual milk and component production, and it’s going to take many more heifer calves in future years to bring the national herd back to where it needs to be. The thing is, It will be tight.

On the ground, what many producers are seeing matches that:

  • In 2024–2025, according to classifieds and sale reports, good Holstein and Jersey springers have commonly been listed in the 3,000–3,800‑dollar range, with high‑end animals bringing more where supply is really thin. In parts of the Upper Midwest, springers have been trading $200–400 above the national average in recent sales
  • CoBank reminds us that rebuilding the replacement pipeline is a “three‑plus year proposition” from the time you adjust your semen strategy to when that bigger wave of heifers actually freshens.

So right now we’ve got:

  • Beef‑on‑dairy calves are generating record checks in many barns.
  • Heifers are getting more expensive and, in some areas, genuinely hard to source.
  • Global beef supply easing a bit as Brazil grows, but domestic replacement supply staying tight.

That’s the setup most of us are working with.

Three Ways Dairies Are Playing the Dual‑Market Game

Talking with producers and advisors across different regions, you start to see some patterns in how herds are handling beef‑on‑dairy and replacements. These aren’t formal categories—just what I’ve observed.

1. The “Set It and Forget It” Approach

Plenty of herds—small, mid‑size, and big—land here:

  • At some point, they decided, “We’re a 40% beef herd,” or “We’ll breed 35–50% of cows to beef,” based on the calf checks and semen promotions at the time.
  • That percentage doesn’t move much unless something feels really broken—maybe calf prices collapse, or the vet mentions they’re running light on replacements.
  • They know roughly how many heifers are in the hutches, but there’s no regular projection of heifer inventory by age group against expected culls over the next 18–24 months.

And look, many of these operations used beef‑on‑dairy to get through some tough milk price years. When milk checks were barely covering feed, beef‑on‑dairy gave them non‑milk income they simply didn’t have before.

The risk is that, because biology runs on a long clock, you can slowly build a replacement deficit without feeling it—right up until you suddenly need 40 more springers than you’ve got coming.

2. The “Portfolio Managers.”

On the other end, there are herds—often 800 cows or more, though not always—that treat milk and cattle as one revenue and risk package.

What that typically looks like:

  • Quarterly breeding strategy meetings where they review heifer inventory by age band (0–3, 3–6, 6–12, 12–18, 18–24 months), target replacement rate (usually 28–32%), current beef‑on‑dairy calf prices, and recent heifer values from auctions.
  • Dynamic beef percentages. Instead of locking in 40% year‑round, they might run 20–25% when short on heifers and 30–35% when they’ve built a cushion.
  • Targeted semen use. Genomic tests to rank cows, then sexed semen for the top group and beef semen for lower‑index or problem cows.
  • Some are exploring tools like Livestock Risk Protection (LRP) for feeder cattle or talking to commodity brokers about limited CME feeder cattle futures.

Extension educators note that many larger, more risk‑focused herds use some form of forward pricing or revenue protection for a portion of their milk. A smaller but growing subset are starting to apply similar thinking to cattle revenue.

What you hear from managers in this group isn’t about hitting home runs—it’s about smoothing the ride so they can keep investing steadily in fresh cow management, dry cow facilities, and butterfat performance instead of lurching from crisis to crisis.

3. The Relationship‑Driven Opportunists

There’s also a healthy group—often 250‑ to 1,000‑cow family dairies—that lean less on spreadsheets and more on market relationships and timing.

Their system often looks like:

  • A standing weekly call with a trusted calf buyer: “What are you seeing? Are beef‑on‑dairy calves trading up, down, or sideways?”
  • Regular touchpoints with a heifer broker or custom grower: “What are folks paying for springers? How many do you have for Q1 next year?”
  • Ongoing conversation with their nutritionist about feed markets, including how Brazil’s growing grain exports are shaping costs.

When that three‑way radar starts blinking—calf prices softening, heifer bids climbing, feed markets shifting—they move quickly. Maybe they sell a group of calves a little early, grab springers out of a dispersal, or pull their beef percentage back sharply for a trimester.

The common thread among producers who operate this way? They’re willing to move when conditions change. It’s not about perfection—it’s about responsiveness.

The Two Mechanics That Really Matter

Once you get past the day‑to‑day, two things stand out as the real drivers of future pain or stability: biological lag and unhedged cattle revenue.

Biology Runs on a Two‑Year Clock

Every breeding decision is really a 24‑month decision, whether we think of it that way or not.

Here’s the rough math:

  • Day 0: You breed a cow—beef, conventional dairy, or sexed—based on today’s cash flow and cull list.
  • ~280 days later: A calf hits the ground. Beef‑cross bull? That’s a sale within days. Heifer? She heads into the replacement stream.
  • ~22–26 months after breeding: That heifer, if she makes it, walks into the parlor as a fresh cow and starts contributing to your milk and component pool.

CoBank and university extension educators have been clear on this: if the industry waits until heifer prices are screaming and auctions are thin to pull back on beef breedings, we’re reacting to a shortage set in motion a couple of years ago. Replenishing that pipeline is a multi‑year project, not a one‑season fix.

So when someone says, “We’ll cut back on beef when we really see heifer prices take off,” what they’re really saying is, “We’ll accept being behind for a couple of years before we start catching up.” That’s not necessarily wrong if you have strong access to outside replacements. But it’s important to see the trade‑off clearly.

Hedging Milk, Letting Cattle Ride

Here’s the other pattern that jumps out: how uneven our risk management has become.

On the milk side, many herds now use Dairy Revenue Protection (DRP) or LGM‑Dairy to cover a portion of their milk, or have forward contracts with their cooperative.

On the cattle side, it’s different. Even though beef‑on‑dairy calves and cull cows can represent a significant share of gross farm revenue—by some industry estimates, 10–15% or more on certain operations—relatively few dairies use formal tools like LRP, CME feeder cattle futures, or structured forward contracts in a consistent way.

And cattle markets still show their usual volatility. 20% price swings over a season aren’t unusual for feeder and live cattle futures.

For a 600‑cow herd, that might mean 250–300 beef‑on‑dairy calves a year at 1,200–1,400 dollars each, plus cull cow checks. Total cattle revenue in the low‑ to mid‑six figures. Leaving that entire stream unprotected while carefully hedging milk is a bit like putting a surge protector on your parlor controls but plugging the compressor straight into the wall.

Nobody needs to become a commodities trader. But it’s worth asking: is there room to set a floor under even 25–40% of that beef revenue, especially when prices look historically high?

From 90‑Day Survival to 24‑Month Planning

At the heart of all this is a basic question:

Are we making breeding and culling decisions based mainly on what we need this quarter, or on what we know we’ll need two years from now?

What 90‑Day Thinking Feels Like

Most of us have been there. Milk prices barely covering costs. Feed isn’t cheap. Loan renewal coming up. And you’re standing in the office thinking:

  • Beef semen costs a bit more per straw, but that crossbred calf brings three or four times what a Holstein bull would.
  • Raising every possible heifer feels like pouring expensive feed into animals you might not need.

So you push another 5–10 cows into the beef column. Understandable. You’re solving for cash flow.

The tough part is that you’re also chipping away at your 2027 and 2028 replacement pool. Unless you’ve got a clear plan—strong access to custom heifer growers, a standing agreement with a broker, confidence in cross‑border sourcing—those decisions add up.

What 24‑Month Thinking Looks Like

On herds that seem to navigate this with less drama, a few habits show up:

  • They know their replacement need. For example: 1,000 cows × 30% replacement rate = 300 heifers/year. About 25 freshening per month just to stay flat.
  • They know their pipeline. How many heifers are in each age band? How many are due to freshen each month over the next year?
  • They connect that to breeding. Before deciding “35% beef for six months,” they ask, “What does our January 2028 heifer count look like if we do that?”

Once you put those numbers on one page, many decisions become clearer. You might still run 30% beef because your region has decent heifer access. But you’ll be doing it with eyes open.

A Simple Tool: The 24‑Month Replacement Dashboard

So let’s talk about something practical you can do this month that doesn’t require a consultant or fancy software.

MetricCurrent Herd (2025)Conservative Scenario (25% Beef)Balanced Scenario (35% Beef)Aggressive Scenario (45% Beef)Projected Status (2027)
Milking Cows700700700700
Annual Replacement Need210 (30% cull)210210210210
Dairy Breedings (%) / Year75%65%55%
Beef Breedings (%) / Year25%35%45%
Expected Heifer Calves / Year210–215185–190160–165
Projected Heifer Inventory (18–24mo, 2027)180–195215–225185–195155–165 (–45 SHORT)Shortfall cost: $3,500 × 45 = $157,500

Think of it as a 24‑month replacement dashboard—a one‑page reality check you update monthly.

What This Usually Includes

  1. Basic herd math.
    1. Current milking + dry cows.
    1. Target replacement rate (26–32%, depending on culling and growth).
    1. Annual and monthly replacement needs.
  2. Heifer inventory by age.
    1. 0–3 months, 3–6 months, 6–12, 12–18, 18–24 months.
    1. Apply a reasonable pre‑fresh attrition factor—many extension sources use 6–10% based on historical data.
  3. Projected heifer calf output.
    1. Monthly dairy breedings with conventional semen × conception rate × ~48% female ratio.
    1. Monthly dairy breedings with sexed semen × conception rate × 70–90% female ratio (varies by bull and program).
    1. Beef breedings counted as zero heifers.
  4. A simple projection.
    1. For each month over the next 18–24 months, how many heifers are scheduled to freshen?
    1. Compare that to your replacement needs.

Several land‑grant extension bulletins use similar frameworks for “raise vs. buy” decisions. The key is making the future visible in a way that’s easy to revisit.

How It Changes the Conversation

Once that’s on the wall in your office:

  • When your AI tech asks, “How many are we doing beef this month?”, you’re not guessing. You can say, “We’re 40 heifers short 18 months out. Let’s pull beef back a few points and revisit in 30 days.”
  • When your lender comes by, you can show them exactly why you’re trimming beef breeding—to avoid an ugly replacement bill in two years. That goes over better than a surprise heifer spending spree later.
  • When calf prices spike, you’ve got context. Heifer‑long? Maybe bump beef to capture those checks. Heifer‑short? Resist the urge to chase every dollar.

This tool doesn’t make decisions for you. It just prevents the “I didn’t realize it was that bad” moment that’s put more than a few herds in a bind.

Here’s an example of how this plays out: A herd running around 700 cows might build a simple spreadsheet version and discover they’re on track to be 40–50 heifers short in 20 months. Rather than slamming on the brakes, they trim beef breeding by 5–7 points over two quarters and push more sexed semen on top cows. A year later, they’re almost exactly on target—and they never had to scramble for expensive springers.

Not Everyone Sees the “Crisis” the Same Way

It’s worth noting that not all experts agree on how severe or long‑lasting the replacement squeeze will be.

  • CoBank sees a clear, multi‑year shortage keeping a lid on how quickly U.S. milk output can grow, especially as new plants come online.
  • Some producers, especially in regions with strong custom heifer grower networks—think parts of Wisconsin, New York, or Quebec—argue that while things are tighter, they’re not in crisis mode. They point to increased sexed‑semen use on top cows, growing interest in contract‑raising, and potential to import replacements when prices justify it (though that brings disease, adaptation, and logistics questions).

There’s also a valid point that some of this shortfall is a correction from years when we over‑raised marginal heifers with little genetic upside. Some industry observers have noted that a chunk of this is the industry finally being more selective—and that’s healthy. The trick is not overshooting the mark.

From a practical standpoint, the takeaway isn’t that you must agree with the most pessimistic forecast. It’s that you probably can’t afford to ignore the possibility that replacements stay tight and expensive while new processing capacity ramps up. A simple dashboard lets you stress‑test your own farm against both scenarios.

Practical Takeaways

So what can you actually do with all this? Here are a few points to chew on.

1. Treat Cattle Checks as Core Business

If beef‑on‑dairy calves plus cull cows bring in a significant share of your revenue, it’s time to:

  • Track that income as its own line in your financials.
  • Ask about tools like LRP feeder cattle coverage or forward‑price agreements with trusted buyers.
  • You don’t have to hedge every animal. Even protecting 25–40% can take a lot of edge off.

2. Make Replacements a Standing Agenda Item

Before setting this year’s beef percentage, take one evening to:

  • Write down current cow numbers and a realistic replacement rate.
  • Pull the heifer inventory by age group.
  • Sketch a rough 18–24 month projection.

Then ask directly: “If we keep breeding 40% beef, do we have a plan—and capital—to buy the heifers we’ll be short?”

3. Adjust in Steps, Not Swings

If you’re on track to be 50 heifers short two years out, you don’t have to yank the wheel:

  • Drop beef breedings by 3–5 points this trimester.
  • Shift more sexed semen onto your best genomic cows.
  • Re‑evaluate quarterly.

Gradual change is usually more realistic and easier on cash flow than dramatic one‑time shifts.

4. Bring Your Lender In Early

Most farm credit officers are reading CoBank and our own analysis—they know the heifer story. What they don’t always know is how you’re thinking about it.

Show them a simple replacement projection and a modest rebalancing plan. You’re more likely to get support for small proactive adjustments than for emergency financing later.

5. Respect Regional Realities

What makes sense on a 3,000‑cow dry lot in western Kansas isn’t identical to a 300‑cow tie‑stall in eastern Ontario or a 1,200‑cow free‑stall in Wisconsin.

  • In some western regions, access to custom heifer raisers changes the calculus.
  • In parts of the Northeast and the Upper Midwest, strong local demand can push heifer prices above the national average.
  • In quota systems like Quebec or Ontario, butterfat incentives may tilt decisions toward maximizing fresh cow performance rather than just head count.

The point isn’t to copy your neighbor’s beef percentage. It’s to understand how your replacement pipeline, local markets, and processor signals fit together.

Managing the Whole Game

What’s become clear is that beef‑on‑dairy is here to stay. Peer‑reviewed work in Translational Animal Science and Journal of Dairy Science confirms what the market already knew: beef × dairy calves are now a recognized, important part of the North American beef supply chain.

That’s good news. There’s real value on the table, and it’s helping a lot of dairies keep doors open and invest in what matters—better fresh-cow facilities, healthier transition programs, more comfortable housing, improved butterfat performance.

At the same time, reports from CoBank remind us we can’t pull replacements out of thin air. If everyone leans too hard into beef‑on‑dairy at once, the industry doesn’t magically get the heifers it needs in 2027 or 2028. Somebody ends up short—and often it’s the operations that didn’t see the shortfall coming.

The goal here isn’t to scare anyone away from beef‑on‑dairy. It’s to help you turn today’s beef premiums into durable, long‑term profit—without waking up two years from now wondering where the replacements went.

If there’s one step worth taking in the next 30 days:

  • Put your current heifer numbers and realistic replacement needs on a single page.
  • Project them out 18–24 months.
  • Let that picture have a real say in how much beef semen you use this year.

It doesn’t require perfect data. Just honest numbers. And that quiet little habit is often what separates the herds that “manage to get by” from the ones that keep growing and improving—no matter what Brazil, the cattle futures, or the next drought throws at them.

At The Bullvine, we’ll keep tracking these shifts so you’ve got the information and tools you need to play the whole game, not just the next move.

Key Takeaways:

  • $1,400 calves today, $3,500 heifers in 2027: The beef-on-dairy math only works if your replacement pipeline can handle it—and for many herds, it can’t
  • The shortage is already locked in: U.S. heifer inventories hit a 20-year low, CoBank projects 800,000 head short by 2027, and new processing plants are coming online hungry for milk
  • Every breeding decision is a 24-month bet: By the time heifer prices scream, the shortage was set two years ago—waiting for signals means you’re already behind
  • Adjust in steps, not panic: Dropping beef semen 3-5 points per quarter protects your pipeline without blowing up this year’s cash flow
  • A one-page dashboard can save you six figures: Track heifers by age against replacement needs monthly, and you’ll see the gap before it becomes a $3,500-per-head crisis

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

Global Dairy Markets Kick Off 2026 With A Surprise Rally – But Don’t Get Too Comfortable Yet

The first 2026 GDT rally is real—but the farms that win from it will be the ones already managing margin, not chasing price.

Executive Summary: Global dairy got a welcome jolt to start 2026 when the first GDT auction pushed the index up 6.3%, led by stronger whole and skim milk powder prices, after a long stretch of weaker events. Behind that headline, the shift is being driven less by a demand boom and more by tighter powder supply: New Zealand offered less product, and US plants have cut powder output by roughly 10% year‑on‑year as milk moves into cheese and high‑protein ingredients instead. At the same time, EU butter prices around €4,400 per tonne, sizeable EU butter stocks, US butter stuck in the mid‑$1.30s, and heavy cheese and whey production all remind us that the world is still working through a “wall of milk,” even if it looks different in Europe, North America, Oceania, and China. Futures markets in Europe and Singapore are quietly confirming this firmer tone, but most official outlooks still point to only modest milk price gains against relatively high input and finance costs. For farmers, this combination means the rally is useful but not a rescue: the biggest wins will come from tightening margin‑management plans, rechecking butterfat versus protein strategy against current pay programs, and using tools like dairy‑beef where local buyers can genuinely support it. In short, this is a moment to use better prices to strengthen your position, not a signal that the hard part of this cycle is behind us.

Global Dairy Market Trends

You know those weeks when the market finally gives you something other than bad news? The first Global Dairy Trade auction of 2026 was one of those weeks. The January 6 event pushed the GDT Index up 6.3 percent, according to official GDT results and confirmed by NZX Dairy Insights. That broke a five-month slide that had been wearing on everyone’s nerves.

GDT Index Snaps Five-Month Slide—But Don’t Mistake a Rally for a Recovery 

Before we dig into what’s driving all this, here are the numbers that matter most right now:

  • GDT Price Index: Up 6.3% at Event 395, the first increase since August 2025
  • Whole Milk Powder: Up 7.2% to roughly $3,407 per tonne
  • Skim Milk Powder: Up 5.4% to about $2,564 per tonne
  • Anhydrous Milkfat: Up 7.4% to around $6,011 per tonne
  • US Spot NDM: Reached $1.265 per pound for the week ending January 9
  • EU Butter Reference: Around €4,408 per tonne, down roughly 40% year-on-year
  • CME Spot Butter: Trading in the mid-$1.30s per pound, near multi-year lows
  • CME Dry Whey: Slipped into the low-70-cent range per pound

New Zealand and global dairy reports told the same story: less product on offer from Oceania and stronger demand from Asia and the Middle East combined to move the needle. Average winning prices at GDT moved into the mid-$3,500-per-tonne range, which was a welcome change from the drift we’d been seeing.

What’s encouraging is that this is the first time in a while we’ve seen both fat and powder move up together in a meaningful way. It doesn’t mean the year is saved. But it does tell us the market still responds when supply tightens, and buyers step forward.

Powder’s Quiet Turn: Less Balancing, More Bite

Looking at the powder side of this rally, you start to see some interesting structural changes at work. In early January, US spot nonfat dry milk climbed into the mid-$1.20s per pound. The T.C. Jacoby Weekly Market Report, which draws heavily on CME and USDA data, pegged the weekly average at $1.265 per pound for the week ending January 9. That’s a real improvement from where we sat late last year.

At the same time, USDA’s Livestock, Dairy, and Poultry Outlook still points to modest US milk growth for 2026. The October projections have national production rising from around 231 billion pounds in 2025 to 234 billion pounds in 2026, driven by a slightly larger herd averaging just under 9.5 million cows and higher yield per cow. On the surface, you’d expect “more milk” to mean softer powder prices, not firmer.

So what changed? On the production side, you see, we’re simply not making as much powder as we used to. That same Jacoby report highlighted October US nonfat/skim production at just under 150 million pounds, about 10 percent below the same month a year earlier. The analysts described it as one of the lighter October figures they’ve seen in recent years based on USDA’s monthly time series.

MetricOctober 2025October 2024ChangeYoY %
Total US Milk Production19.25B lbs18.98B lbs+270M+1.4%
Nonfat Dry Milk (NDM) Output148.5M lbs165.0M lbs-16.5M-10.0%
US Cheese Production286M lbs271M lbs+15M+5.5%
Whey Protein Streams42M lbs38M lbs+4M+10.5%

On the ground, plants are using their dryers less as a balancing tool. With all the new cheese vats and high-protein lines that have come online across the Midwest and West over the past few years, extra milk that would have gone to powder a decade ago is now more often going into cheese or specialty proteins. A plant manager in the Central Plains told me recently, “If I can put a load into cheese or a protein stream, I’ll do it before I even think about the dryer.” That attitude is becoming pretty common.

Now put that together with the GDT story. Ahead of the first 2026 auction, New Zealand sellers cut back their offered volumes of whole and skim milk powder compared with earlier events, according to NZX Dairy Insights. Milk collections there aren’t running away, and co-ops are managing volume more tightly. Buyers still came to the table, and between that and tighter US production, the whole powder market suddenly looked a lot less heavy than it did in the fall.

So the data suggests this powder rally isn’t just a random bounce. It’s built on less supply meeting stable-to-better demand. The open question is how long that balance holds.

What The Futures Are Whispering

If you sit down with anyone who lives in the risk-management world, they’ll tell you the futures curves matter. And right now, they’re quietly backing up what we’re seeing in spot markets.

On the European Energy Exchange, skim milk powder futures for the early-to-mid-2026 months moved into the low € 2,200-per-tonne range right after the GDT lift. That’s a few percent higher than where they sat in late December. Whey futures edged higher, too, though not by as much.

Over in Singapore, which has become a key hub for hedging Oceania-linked product, whole milk powder futures for the January–August window climbed into the upper-$3,300s per tonne, with skim in the high-$2,600s to low-$2,700s. Anhydrous milkfat and butter futures there saw even stronger percentage gains after the auction.

Why does any of this matter at the farm level? Because these are the curves your co-op or processor looks at when they’re deciding whether to lock in export deals. On Wisconsin farms that ship into export-focused co-ops, and in California plants that rely heavily on overseas powder sales, marketers are much more willing to write business when EEX and SGX curves are firm and active. Those deals, in turn, show up in premiums, base prices, and risk-sharing programs.

You might never place a futures order yourself, but it’s worth knowing that the people pricing your milk are watching those screens every day.

Butterfat: Valuable In Theory, Awkward In Practice

Now, let’s talk butterfat, because this is where many of us feel a disconnect between the “fat is back” headlines and the actual pay stub.

In Europe, the composite butter price, based on Dutch, German, and French quotations, has been around €4,408 per tonne in early January. That’s a bit better than December, but still about 40 percent below where it was a year ago. Vesper’s late-2025 analysis estimated EU butter surpluses at roughly 93,700 tonnes across the first three quarters of 2025, with production up more than 86,000 tonnes year-on-year. That’s a lot of butter to work through, and Vesper expects prices to slip below €4,000 per tonne in the first quarter of 2026.

Product / RegionPrice (Current)Price (Year Ago)YoY ChangeStatus
EU Butter Composite€4,408/tonne€7,347/tonne-€2,939⚠️ -40.0%
US Spot Butter (CME)$1.37/lb$2.15/lb-$0.78⚠️ -36.3%
US Class III (Cheese)~$18.50/cwt~$17.80/cwt+$0.70↑ +3.9%
NYS Protein Milk Price~$19.25/cwt~$18.10/cwt+$1.15↑ +6.4%

In the US, it’s a different flavour of the same challenge. Spot butter at the Chicago Mercantile Exchange has started 2026 in the mid-$1.30s per pound. Butter at $1.3750 on January 1, and Ever.Ag’s early-January “Margin Matters” commentary described it as testing multi-year lows. USDA data show butter production in late 2025 still running ahead of year-ago levels, even after accounting for strong cream usage elsewhere in the system.

Exports, interestingly, have improved. Late-2025 export summaries from USDA and dairy trade coverage show US butter shipments several times larger than the year before and strong growth in anhydrous milkfat exports as well. International buyers are clearly taking advantage of the discount on US fat relative to European and New Zealand product.

Domestically, the picture is nuanced. Consumers haven’t gone back to low-fat diets. USDA production reports show yogurt and cottage cheese output growing in recent years, while ice cream and sour cream have been flat to slightly down. So people are still comfortable with fat, but they seem to prefer it when it’s paired with protein or cultures.

What does that mean for butterfat levels on your farm? Over the last decade, many herds have pushed fat up through better fresh cow management, strong transition programs, and careful ration work. On Northeast and Upper Midwest farms, it’s not unusual now to see rolling herd averages north of 4.0 percent fat. But with butter this cheap, the extra dollars you spend chasing an extra few points of fat may not pay back like they did when butter was at $2.50 or more.

That doesn’t mean you stop caring about fat. It does mean it’s worth sitting down with your nutritionist and milk statement to see whether your current component strategy still lines up with how your buyer is paying today. On some Ontario and New York farms, for instance, processors are quietly putting more emphasis on protein because of where their products – yogurt, cheese, high-protein drinks – are headed. That shifts the economics.

Cheese And Whey: Strong Demand, Full Vats

Cheese has been the main growth engine for the US dairy industry in recent years, as many of us have seen. USDA’s 2025 production data shows total cheese output running several percentage points ahead of the previous year, with some months close to 6% growth. New plants in places like Michigan, Texas, and Idaho are very visible examples of that expansion.

On the price side, CME block Cheddar has been trading in the low-$1.30s per pound to start 2026, down from the $1.60–$1.80 range that held for much of last spring and summer. During that higher-price period, US cheese exports set record or near-record volumes in several months, especially into Mexico and parts of Asia, according to USDA export statistics.

MetricCurrent StatusYear AgoChangeImplication
US Total Cheese Production+6.0% YoYBaselineHigher volumeSupply exceeds domestic + export growth
US Cheese ExportsRecord+ to Mexico & AsiaYear-ago baselineRecord volumesDemand is real, but can’t absorb all new production
Domestic Cheese ConsumptionRelatively flatFlatNo growthMore product chasing same home market
Dry Whey (CME Spot)$0.70–$0.73/lb$0.88–$0.92/lb-20% to -22%Substantial pressure; excess supply; downside drag
Whey Protein Concentrates (WPC)Firm (specialty)StrongStable to slightly higherValue-added fractions holding; commodity pressure below

So why are prices back down? It comes back to volume. Even when exports are “record,” they still only take a slice of total output. The rest has to be eaten domestically or stored. When production grows faster than both domestic use and exports, prices simply don’t have much room to move higher.

Whey is part of this story. Protein demand hasn’t gone away. In fact, consumer research and nutrition studies from the last few years show continued growth in demand for high-protein foods and supplements. Dairy proteins remain a central ingredient in many sports and wellness products.

But every pound of cheese brings whey with it. Processors tend to strip out the higher-value fractions – whey protein concentrates, and isolates – and those markets remain fairly tight. The commodity dry whey that’s left, though, has been under pressure. To start 2026, CME dry whey has slipped into the low-70-cent range per pound, lower than it was in early autumn. Industry analyses point to several months where dry whey output has run ahead of the previous year, adding to stocks.

So, as with butterfat, the headline (“protein is hot”) doesn’t always tell you what’s happening at the commodity end. The details of how your milk is used – commodity cheese, specialty cheese, high-value protein ingredients – matter a lot when it comes back to your mailbox.

The Wall Of Milk: It Doesn’t Look The Same Everywhere

RegionNov Collection (Local Unit)YoY % ChangeYTD TrendKey Driver
Germany+5.0%Slightly behind 2024 YTDHigher milksolids (4.1% fat, 3.5% protein)
Italy+3.5%Positive YTDSolid seasonal strength
Spain-2.0%Positive YTDLower volume, but higher solids
Ireland-2.1%Strong YTD leadSpring flush strength carrying year
Australia-2.2%Behind 2024 YTDBeef prices, weather, cow numbers under pressure
New Zealand~FlatN/A (seasonal producers)Tight GDT offerings, managed supply
China+3.2%Above 2024 (cautious)Farmgate prices linked to global powder; selective demand

We all hear about the “wall of milk,” but when you look region by region, it doesn’t look uniform at all. Here’s what the latest data show:

  • Germany: November milk collections came in close to 5 percent higher than a year earlier, with milksolids up even more, thanks to butterfat around 4.1 percent and protein near 3.5 percent. But year-to-date, Germany is still slightly behind 2024 because the early months were weaker.
  • Italy: November collections were roughly 3.5 percent higher year-on-year, with milksolids up about 4 percent.
  • Spain: November volumes were down a couple of percent, yet cumulative milk solids ticked higher as fat and protein percentages improved.
  • Ireland: November milk was down just over 2 percent while still holding a solid lead in year-to-date milk and solids thanks to a strong spring flush.
  • Australia: November production was around 875,000 tonnes, more than 2 percent lower than a year earlier, and season-to-date volumes are also behind. Dairy Australia and analysts like Bendigo Bank have been open about the drivers: strong beef prices, weather challenges, and structural issues are all making it harder to rebuild cow numbers.
  • New Zealand: Ahead of the January auction, local analysts talked about lower milk collection forecasts and reduced whole and skim milk powder offerings compared with previous events, per NZX Dairy Insights. When those smaller catalogs arrived at GDT, and buyers still wanted volume, prices responded quickly.
  • China: Official data put December farmgate milk prices in major producing provinces around 3.03 Yuan per kilogram, slightly higher than in November and a few percent above the year before. Academic studies have shown that Chinese raw milk prices have become more tightly linked to international powder prices as imports have grown. When global powder is weak, Chinese farmers feel it quickly; when international prices firm, Chinese buyers become more active, but step by step.

So the global “wall of milk” is really a patchwork. Some bricks are growing, some are shrinking, some are fairly static.

A Practical Playbook For The Year Ahead

Let’s bring this back to the farm office and the kitchen table. What do we do with all this?

1. Use The Powder And Fat Lift To Recheck Your Risk Plan

With powder and fat both stronger than they were in the fall, this is a reasonable time to revisit your risk-management approach. You don’t need to swing for the fences.

You might:

  • Talk with your co-op or buyer about locking in a portion of your spring or early-summer milk if Class IV or powder-linked prices offer margins that work for your cost structure.
  • In the US, review Dairy Revenue Protection and Dairy Margin Coverage again. University of Wisconsin dairy economists have repeatedly noted that these tools can provide a useful safety net when both milk and feed are volatile.

Mark Stephenson, director of dairy policy analysis at the University of Wisconsin, has been emphasizing for years that producers shouldn’t wait for the “perfect” price. “If you can lock in a margin that covers your costs and leaves something reasonable, that’s worth serious consideration,” he’s noted in recent extension presentations. That kind of thinking – focusing on acceptable margins instead of a perfect price – often serves farms better over the whole cycle.

2. Make Sure Components Match Today’s Pay Signals

Over the past decade, a lot of energy has gone into improving butterfat levels through fresh cow management, solid transition programs, and refined rations. Many herds have made impressive gains. But with butter pricing where it is right now, it’s worth asking whether every extra pound of butterfat is paying back the way it did a few years ago.

Take a recent milk cheque and ask yourself:

  • How is each unit of butterfat valued compared to protein?
  • Has your processor or co-op changed those relative values in light of current market conditions?

On some Wisconsin and Northeast farms, nutritionists are still prioritizing high-fat content but also placing greater emphasis on protein yield and overall cow health, especially as processors lean into higher-protein products like yogurt, cottage cheese, and protein-enriched milks. The point isn’t to back off on fat, but to ensure your component strategy aligns with today’s economics, not yesterday’s.

3. Lean Into Dairy-Beef Only Where The Market Can Absorb It

Beef-on-dairy has grown very quickly. Farm Bureau Market Intel analyses and USDA data show that many herds are using beef semen strategically on lower-genetic dairy cows. That’s generating a lot more crossbred calves than we had ten years ago.

When everything is lined up – sire choice, health programs, and marketing channels – those calves often bring a clear premium over straight Holstein bull calves. Feedlot operators in the US and Canada have said publicly that well-bred dairy-beef crosses can perform better on growth and carcass traits than traditional Holstein steers. University research from institutions like Penn State and Kansas State supports that.

But not every region is set up the same way. On parts of the Northeast and some more remote Western areas, producers still report challenges finding reliable buyers willing to pay a premium for crosses. So it’s important to match your breeding strategies to your local marketing reality.

Before expanding beef-on-dairy, it’s worth a very practical conversation with your calf buyer or local feedlot:

  • What specific genetics are they looking for?
  • What health standards and documentation do they require?
  • What kind of premium can they realistically sustain over time?

Those answers will tell you whether dairy-beef is a valuable outlet or a potential headache in your area.

4. Think In Margins, Not Just In Class Prices

We all look at the headline Class III and IV prices. They’re a quick barometer. But as recent years have reminded us, margin per hundredweight is what keeps the lights on.

Recent USDA projections suggest that while milk prices may stay under pressure, feed costs are off the extreme highs we saw not long ago. Corn and soybean meal are still volatile, but not at the peaks that squeezed margins so brutally in 2022. That changes the math.

PeriodClass III Milk Price ($/cwt)Corn Price ($/bu)SBM Price ($/ton)Estimated Margin ($/cwt)
Q3 2024$17.50$3.45$315+$2.10
Q4 2024$17.20$3.65$325+$1.85
Jan 2026 (Est. post-GDT)$18.25$3.55$318+$2.45
2-Year Historical Average$18.80$3.20$290+$3.10
Peak (2022)$23.50$6.85$480-$0.50

This season, it’s useful to:

  • Update your cost of production with your adviser, including interest, labor, and repairs.
  • Talk with your lender about how much downside you can realistically handle before major changes would be needed.
  • Decide ahead of time what actions you’ll take if milk or feed prices cross certain thresholds, rather than waiting until stress is high.

Farms that understand their true margin – not just the milk price – tend to make steadier decisions when things get choppy.

5. Keep An Eye On Global Signals, Without Letting Them Drive Every Move

Global benchmarks like GDT, EU wholesale prices, and futures on EEX and SGX have become regular reference points for processors. That doesn’t mean you need to live in the data, but it does help to have a basic feel for where those numbers are.

A practical approach might be:

  • Glancing at a simple GDT summary after each event to see if WMP, SMP, butter, and AMF are rising or falling.
  • Following one or two reliable sources for EU butter and SMP price trends.
  • Asking your co-op rep once or twice a year how closely your local prices track these global indicators.

That way, when you hear “GDT was up six percent this week,” you already have some sense of what that might mean for export-linked values and, eventually, for your own milk cheque.

The Bottom Line

Stepping back, this early-January rally has given the industry something it’s been lacking: a little bit of positive momentum. Powder and fat have come off their lows. Futures markets in Europe and Asia have acknowledged that shift. And we’ve seen that when supply tightens, and buyers stay active, prices can still move.

At the same time, we’re not out of the woods. Milk production across key exporting regions is still ample. Cheese and whey output remains heavy. Butter stocks in Europe are comfortable. Chinese demand looks better than it did, but it’s still cautious rather than aggressive. And on many farms – from smaller family dairies in the Northeast to large dry lot systems in the Southwest – the milk cheque still feels tight for the amount of capital and effort involved.

While the rest of 2026 is far from written, early indications suggest this may be a year where small, smart moves matter: a slightly better hedge, a ration that protects components without overspending, a breeding plan that matches local markets, a stronger relationship with your buyer. None of these alone will transform a balance sheet, but together they can make a meaningful difference.

What’s particularly noteworthy is that we’re starting this year from a place of pressure, but not panic. The supply side will adjust over time. Some regions will scale back faster than others. As that plays out, the operations that keep a clear eye on margins, stay flexible, and base decisions on solid information will be the ones best positioned to benefit when the market finally swings more decisively back in favour of producers.

And that’s why conversations like this – whether at the kitchen table, in the barn office, or over coffee at a conference – still matter. We’re all trying to read the same signals and make the best decisions we can for our herds, our families, and our businesses in a very interconnected dairy world.

Key Takeaways :

  • The slide is broken—for now. GDT kicked off 2026 with a 6.3% rally, whole milk powder up 7.2%, skim up 5.4%. First increase in five months.
  • Supply, not demand, is driving it. US powder output fell ~10% year-over-year in October as milk shifts to cheese and protein streams. New Zealand also trimmed GDT offerings.
  • Fat markets aren’t following. EU butter stocks near 94,000 tonnes, US butter in the mid-$1.30s—don’t expect butterfat to carry your cheque like it did in 2022.
  • Futures confirm the turn. EEX and SGX dairy curves have firmed, giving processors more confidence to lock in export deals that eventually flow back to farm prices.
  • Act now, not later. Use this window to tighten margin plans, recheck your component strategy against current pay signals, and push dairy-beef only where local buyers genuinely support it.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

$8.2B Exports, $2,500 Heifers: Why Your Milk Check Is Stuck – and the Beef‑on‑Dairy and Genetics Decisions You Can’t Duck in 2026

$600 beef calf or $2,500 heifer? The farms still standing in 2026 didn’t trade their future for today’s calf check.

Executive Summary: U.S. dairy exports hit $8.2 billion in 2024, yet milk checks stayed stubbornly flat—and understanding why matters for your next move. The gap comes down to three forces: processing overcapacity that needs export markets to clear marginal pounds, a component shift in which cheese plants now reward protein over extreme butterfat, and a heifer shortage, many herds created by chasing $600 beef calf checks instead of protecting replacements. Today, quality heifers command $2,500–$3,000+, and the math has flipped. Consolidation has reshaped the landscape, too—15,000 dairies exited between 2017 and 2022, with 1,000+ cow herds now producing two-thirds of U.S. milk and demanding “invisible” cows that stay off the treatment list. The operations thriving in this environment share a playbook: components tuned to their plant’s grid, genomics and beef-on-dairy strategies that secure the replacement pipeline, and risk management treated as routine—not a crisis response. The next 12–24 months will separate the farms that planned from the farms that hoped.

You’ve probably lived this. You sit through a winter meeting where someone from the co‑op says, “Exports are strong, global demand looks good, U.S. dairy is well‑positioned.” The slides are full of big numbers. Then you get home, sit down at the kitchen table, open your milk check… and it feels like you’re farming in a different industry than the one they just described.

What’s interesting here is that those export numbers really are big. USDA’s Foreign Agricultural Service, in numbers summarized by IDFA, Dairy Processing, Dairy Foods, and Progressive Dairy, put 2024 U.S. dairy exports at about 8.2 billion dollars, the second‑highest export value on record after the 9.5‑billion‑dollar peak in 2022. Mexico took roughly 2.47 billion dollars of that total, and Canada about 1.14 billion, so together those two neighbors account for just over 40 percent of everything the U.S. ships overseas by value. Export coverage from USDEC highlights that Mexico is consistently the top buyer of U.S. cheese and skim milk powder.

Early 2025 commentary from market analysts suggests exports have generally held up reasonably well compared to 2024, with cheese shipments in particular staying firm in several key months. So that “exports are strong” line on the slides isn’t spin.

The question you and a lot of producers are asking is simple: if exports look that good, why doesn’t the milk check feel the same? To get at that, let’s walk through what’s happening at the plant, what’s changed with butterfat performance and protein, why geography still matters, what’s going on in Mexico—and then bring it right back to genetics, beef‑on‑dairy, fresh cow management, and risk decisions on your own farm.

Looking at This Trend from the Plant Side

Looking at this trend from the processor’s side is where the fog starts to clear a bit.

Over the last several years, processors have poured serious money into stainless steel. IDFA and industry analysts have talked about “historic levels” of processing investment, and Hoard’s Dairyman reported that roughly 8 billion dollarsworth of dairy processing projects—new cheese plants, powder facilities, and ingredient expansions—are in the works across the Upper Midwest, Plains, and Southwest. Brownfield Ag News and Dairy Herd have described “widespread growth underway,” citing new or expanded plants in South Dakota, Kansas, Texas, Idaho, and New York.

You see it most clearly along the I‑29 corridor. South Dakota has become one of the fastest‑growing dairy regions in the U.S., as new cheese capacity along I‑29 pulled in cows and capital. Kansas appears in USDA Milk Production reports and Progressive Dairy summaries as another state with steady multi‑year growth, driven by large freestall herds and added processing capacity. In New York, big yogurt and cheese plants—including Chobani’s facility at New Berlin—are regularly flagged in state and federal reports as major buyers anchoring regional milk sheds.

Here’s where the math gets real. Large cheese and powder plants are incredibly capital‑intensive. Dairy economists and plant managers consistently note that these facilities are built to run at high utilization—typically targeting 80 percent or higher—to spread fixed costs over as many cwt as possible. If you build a plant to handle 7 million pounds of milk a day and it only runs at 4 million, your cost per cwt jumps because the debt, labor, utilities, and maintenance don’t shrink just because the milk flow does.

So if the domestic market can only comfortably absorb, say, two‑thirds of what this whole system could produce at profitable prices, the rest has to move somewhere. That “somewhere” is export markets. USDEC summaries show that in 2024, the U.S. shipped record or near‑record volumes of cheese to destinations such as Mexico, South Korea, and Central America, and moved significant quantities of skim milk powder and whey to Asia and Latin America.

From the plant’s point of view, moving that extra product overseas at thin margins is often better than leaving vats idle. From your side of the milk check, those marginal export pounds don’t always create enough added value per cwt—after you factor in global competition, freight, and currency—to show up as a big jump. The plant can spread its fixed costs over a larger volume. You might see a bit better basis at times, but not the windfall “8.2 billion dollars” sounds like on a slide.

That’s the first piece of the export paradox: big export dollars and stubborn milk checks can absolutely coexist.

What Farmers Are Finding About Components

Now let’s bring this back into the parlor, because butterfat levels and protein are doing more of the talking on your milk check than many of us expected a few years ago.

For much of the last decade, butterfat looked like the star. USDA and CME data show U.S. butter prices and per‑capita butter consumption rising, and for many years, Class III and IV values put butterfat at a clear premium over protein on a solids basis. So a lot of us leaned into butterfat—through breeding, rations, and fresh cow management—to capture those butterfat premiums.

As more milk has flowed into cheese vats, though, the balance has shifted. Cheesemakers live on protein. That’s what builds curd. The Federal Milk Marketing Order Class III formulas use cheese, whey, and butter prices to calculate fat and protein values using specific yield factors. The way those formulas are structured creates a kind of see‑saw: when butterfat prices move sharply higher, the implied value of protein tends to get pulled down, and when butterfat softens, protein can carry more of the pay pool.

If you look at USDA component price reports across 2024, butterfat values often ran in the 3.00 to 3.50 dollars per pound range, while Class III protein values showed significant volatility—bouncing from around 1.10 to over 2.50 dollars per pound depending on the month. Dairy market updates from MCT Dairies and federal order bulletins highlighted several months where fat was historically strong while protein sagged, reflecting that cheese‑heavy product mix. Analysts like Sarina Sharp with the Daily Dairy Report have talked about co‑ops finding themselves “long on cream” at times, which makes it hard to fully reward sky‑high butterfat tests when protein and cheese demand are really driving the bus.

What farmers are finding—and what a lot of field nutritionists and independent advisers will tell you—is that balancedmilk tends to pay better than extreme milk in this environment. Herds averaging around 3.5–3.8 percent protein and 3.8–4.1 percent butterfat, with solid fresh cow management and a smooth transition period, often see more stable component checks than herds that push butterfat into the mid‑4s while letting protein linger around 3.0–3.1 percent. That profile matches what many cheese plants say they want: strong pounds of solids, but in a ratio that actually fits their vats.

MonthButterfat ($/lb)Protein ($/lb)
Jan3.151.85
Mar3.351.45
May3.102.20
Jul3.451.30
Sep3.252.05
Nov3.052.45

If you haven’t done it recently, it’s worth a quick kitchen‑table exercise:

  • Take a month’s milk statement and write down the total pounds of fat shipped and total pounds of protein shipped.
  • Divide each by the total pounds of milk shipped to confirm your average butterfat and protein tests.
  • Then look up that month’s USDA or co‑op Class III/IV component values and see how many dollars per cwt those pounds are really generating.

A recent review on milk quality and economic sustainability points out that herds with better component performance and milk quality tend to show stronger economic sustainability—so long as they aren’t trading away health and fertility to get there. And Mike Hutjens, Professor Emeritus and extension dairy specialist at the University of Illinois, has hammered the same point for years: it’s pounds of fat and protein shipped per cow and per cwt that drive income, not just pretty percentages on the DHI sheet.

This development suggests something important: chasing maximum butterfat at the expense of protein and cow health doesn’t pay the way it once might have. The money today is in a balanced component profile, backed by good transition‑period management and consistent TMRs.

Why Your ZIP Code Still Matters More Than You’d Like

Looking at this trend across regions, it’s hard to ignore how much your postal code still shapes your milk check.

USDA Milk Production reports make it pretty clear that cows and milk have been shifting into certain regions, especially the interior. South Dakota is one of the clearest examples. The state has become a major growth engine as the I‑29 corridor cheese plants and expansions pulled in herds and investment. Kansas appears in USDA and Progressive Dairy statistics as another state with consistent year‑over‑year growth, driven by large freestall operations and added plant capacity. At the same time, USDA/NASS and state reports often rank Michigan near the top for milk per cow, thanks to strong forage programs, cow comfort, and efficient parlors.

What I’ve noticed, looking at those numbers and listening to producers, is that geography flows directly into basis and hauling. A 1,500‑cow freestall in eastern South Dakota, 20 or 30 miles from a modern cheese plant, is playing a different game than a 200‑cow tie‑stall in a New England valley where there’s limited processing and plants are already full. The close‑in herd may save 30–50 cents per cwt on hauling and pick up stronger over‑order premiums and quality incentives because the plant really needs their milk. The more remote herd often pays more just to get milk to town and has fewer realistic buyers if contracts change.

To put some rough numbers on it, imagine a herd shipping 20,000 cwt per month. If better basis and lower hauling together net 0.75 dollars per cwt more than a herd in a less favored location, that’s 15,000 dollars per month, or roughly 180,000 dollars per year. That’s just an example based on USDA and regional data; every farm will have its own version of that spread. But it shows why two herds can read the same export headlines and feel completely different realities when the milk checks arrive.

FactorHerd A: Close to Growing Plant (SD, KS, TX)Herd B: Remote or Declining Region (VT, Upstate NY, Rural West)
Distance to Plant20–30 miles80–150+ miles
Hauling Cost$0.25–$0.40/cwt$0.60–$1.00/cwt
Over-Order Premium/Basis$0.50–$1.25/cwt$0.00–$0.50/cwt
Quality/Volume IncentivesStrong (plant needs milk)Weak (plant at capacity or shrinking)
Monthly Advantage (20,000 cwt)Baseline−$15,000
Annual ImpactBaseline−$180,000

It’s not about “good” or “bad” states. It’s about plant geography, infrastructure, and policy. Many producers in the Midwest and Plains will tell you their biggest advantage right now is simply being inside the pull radius of expanding cheese plants. Producers in some Northeast or Mountain West pockets, or even parts of Canada, may have very competitive herds but face higher freight and less processor competition, even while exports are booming.

Mexico: Our Best Customer—and a Big Exposure

Now let’s talk about where a lot of those extra cheese and powder pounds actually end up: Mexico.

USDA FAS, IDFA, USDEC, and trade outlets like Dairy Processing are all on the same page here: Mexico is the single largest foreign market for U.S. dairy by value. In 2024, the U.S. shipped roughly $2.47 billion in dairy products to Mexico and about $1.14 billion to Canada. Together, Mexico and Canada account for more than 40 percent of U.S. dairy export value, with Mexico consistently the top buyer for U.S. cheese and skim milk powder.

What’s encouraging in the near term is that Mexico is structurally short on milk. CoBank’s export analysis and USDA FAS reports describe a situation where Mexican dairy demand has outpaced domestic production, leaving a persistent gap that imports—mostly from the U.S.—fill. Per‑capita dairy consumption in Mexico is still lower than in the U.S., which gives some headroom for growth as incomes rise. That combination—structural deficit plus room for per‑capita growth—is a big part of why analysts see Mexico as critical to U.S. dairy’s near‑term export outlook.

But there’s another side that matters for your risk. FAS and industry coverage point out that Mexico is investing in its dairy sector, particularly in northern states, where newer farms are increasingly resembling large freestall and dry-lot systems in the U.S. Southwest, with upgraded genetics, improved feed efficiency, and better milk-handling infrastructure. The goal is to trim back some of that import dependence over time.

So what farmers are finding is that Mexico is both a tremendous asset and a concentration point. Over the next one to three years, it’s hard to imagine a strong U.S. export story that doesn’t lean heavily on Mexico. Over a three‑to‑ten‑year window, if Mexico succeeds in significantly boosting its own production, the growth rate of U.S. exports there could slow, or the mix of products could shift—even if the trading relationship remains strong.

For Canadian readers in Ontario and Quebec, supply management and quota systems buffer your farm‑gate price from a lot of these swings, as multiple analyses of the 2022 Census and Canadian policy have noted. But U.S. export performance and Mexico’s appetite still shape the broader North American environment you’re operating in—especially for processors, trade negotiations, and on‑going USMCA disputes.

One Herd That Fits Today’s Market

Sometimes these big forces are easier to digest when you see how they play out in a real barn.

Top‑Deck Holsteins, a roughly 700‑cow Holstein herd in Iowa, is one of those examples. A recent profile describes Top‑Deck as a freestall operation shipping milk with a rolling herd average around 33,500 pounds per cow per year, built on intentional management and breeding decisions. The exact numbers can move with feed and weather, but the pattern is what matters.

On the cow side, that profile explains that Top‑Deck:

  • Pushes forage quality and ration balance hard to drive dry matter intake and feed efficiency.
  • Treats cow comfort as a core investment—stall design, bedding, ventilation, and milking routines are all tuned for long lying times and low stress.
  • Watches fresh cow management and the transition period closely, with protocols aimed at catching issues early and supporting strong peaks without burning cows out at 30–60 days in milk.

Genetically, Top‑Deck uses genomic testing to rank heifers and cow families, then:

  • Uses sexed Holstein semen on top‑merit animals to generate replacements with strong production, components, fertility, and health traits.
  • Uses beef semen—often Angus—on lower‑merit animals to produce calves that bring better beef value than traditional Holstein bull calves.

Recent genomic and evaluation‑system reviews in the Journal of Dairy Science and related outlets note that millions of dairy animals worldwide have been genotyped, and that using genomic evaluations with economic indexes has significantly improved progress in production, fertility, and health compared with relying on parent averages. Work from the University of Guelph’s “beef on dairy” research program—funded through the Ontario Agri‑Food Innovation Alliance and national beef research groups—shows that beef‑sired dairy calves, when managed and marketed correctly, can deliver clearly higher prices than straight Holstein bull calves, and that optimizing their early‑life management is key to maximizing value.

What’s interesting here is that Top‑Deck’s approach isn’t about chasing one extreme number. It’s about building cows that quietly ship a lot of pounds of fat and protein, stay healthy and fertile, and leave behind replacements that can do the same—while using beef‑on‑dairy to lift calf revenue. That’s exactly the kind of herd that fits a cheese‑heavy, component‑sensitive, export‑connected world.

The Consolidation Reality—and What It Means for Genetics

Now let’s punch in the consolidation piece, because this really matters for breeders and for anyone thinking about where their herd fits.

The 2022 Census of Agriculture shows U.S. dairy farm numbers dropping from 39,303 in 2017 to 24,082 in 2022. That’s roughly a 39 percent decline—about 15,000 dairies gone in five years—even as total U.S. milk production climbed roughly 5 percent, on about 9.4 million milk cows. Rabobank analysis cited in those same reports estimates that herds with more than 1,000 cows now produce around two‑thirds of U.S. milk by value, up from around 60 percent in 2017.

On top of elemental market forces, environmental and labor policies are nudging in the same direction. California, Washington, and other states have tightened manure, water, and methane rules, pushing dairies toward digesters, lagoon covers, and more sophisticated nutrient management systems—investments that are easier to justify on a 2,000‑cow dairy than on an 80‑cow tie‑stall. Labor and immigration constraints also tend to hit smaller farms harder, while larger operations often have more tools to recruit, pay, and house workers.

So the center of gravity has shifted. The buyers of genetics and semen are increasingly large freestall and dry-lot herds milking 1,000, 3,000, or 10,000 cows, not just smaller family herds picking bulls at a local sale. And those large herds are demanding a specific type of cow.

European and Scandinavian research has started using the phrase “invisible cows” to describe the ideal animal in large, modern dairy systems: basically trouble‑free, almost boring cows that don’t show up on the treatment list, have few metabolic or hoof problems, calve easily, breed back reliably, and quietly ship components that fit the plant’s grid. U.S. management and genetics advisers are framing similar ideas—focusing on cows that minimize disruptions in high‑throughput, labor‑tight environments.

What I’ve noticed, talking with large‑herd managers and AI folks, is that this is changing the genetic marketplace. Big herds don’t want “project cows” that constantly need special attention. They want cows that are almost invisible day‑to‑day:

  • Strong on productive life and livability.
  • Good mastitis resistance and udder health.
  • Sound feet and legs that keep them moving to the bunk and parlor.
  • Fertility and calving traits that keep fresh cow problems to a minimum.
  • Moderate size with solid feed efficiency.
Trait CategoryOld Priority (Show Ring / Single Trait)2025 Large-Herd Priority (“Invisible Cow”)
ProductionMax milk volume or max butterfat %Balanced pounds of fat + protein shipped per cow/year
HealthTreat problems as they comeMastitis resistance, low SCC, minimal treatments
FertilitySecondary concernStrong heat detection, conception rate, calving interval
CalvingSome assistance acceptableCalving ease (sire & maternal), low stillbirths
LongevityCull and replace as neededProductive life, low cull rate, multiple lactations
StructureExtreme dairy form, show-ring styleSound feet/legs, good locomotion, moderate frame
TemperamentNot formally selectedCalm, easy to handle in high-throughput parlors
Feed EfficiencyRarely consideredModerate intake, strong component output per lb DMI

For breeders, that has two big implications. First, there’s an opportunity for those who can breed and market families that consistently deliver these trouble‑free, “invisible” cows and back it up with real herd performance. Second, there’s risk if a herd or breeding program stays focused only on show‑ring traits or single‑trait extremes without a clear economic story tied to big‑herd, high‑throughput systems.

As herds get larger, the market is slowly but surely rewarding genetics that reduce problems rather than create them.

Beef‑on‑Dairy: Cash Cow or Heifer Trap?

Now let’s lean into beef‑on‑dairy and replacements, because this is where a lot of operations are feeling both opportunity and pain.

Over the last several years, beef semen sales into dairy herds have surged. CoBank analysts and semen company data indicate that beef semen units going into dairy cows have roughly tripled compared to the late 2010s, with estimates that 7–8 million beef units were sold into U.S. dairies in 2024 alone. The attraction is obvious: in many markets, newborn beef‑on‑dairy calves can bring 600 to 900 dollars per head in the first week, while Holstein bull calves often lag well behind that.

At the same time, USDA’s annual Cattle reports and independent analyses have been ringing the bell on dairy replacement inventories. A 2024 Farmdoc Daily review noted that just 2.59 million dairy heifers were expected to calve and enter the herd that year—the lowest since USDA began tracking that series in 2001. More recent updates and CoBank commentary suggest replacement inventories have been revised downward multiple times and remain historically tight.

On the price side, USDA’s Agricultural Prices reports show average dairy replacement heifer values moving into the 2,200 to 2,700 dollar range in many regions over 2023–2024, with springing heifers at auctions commonly bringing 2,500 to 3,000 dollars, and top lots in some Midwest and Western states touching 3,600 to 4,000 dollars. Several economic studies and extension bulletins peg the cost of raising a replacement heifer from birth to calving around 1,700 to 2,400 dollars, depending on the system—confinement, dry lot, or pasture.

So here’s the hard truth many of us are dealing with: a lot of farms leaned into beef‑on‑dairy so aggressively—because that 600–900 dollar beef calf check looked awfully good—that they’re now staring at 2,500‑plus replacement heifer prices when they want to expand or even just maintain herd size. Analysts in Dairy Herd have gone so far as to say that America’s heifer shortage is actively limiting expansion and that the “big money in beef‑on‑dairy” is one of the key drivers.

For a Bullvine reader, the warning needs to be crystal clear:

Don’t sell your future for a 300‑dollar calf check today.

Decision PointToday’s CashCost to RaiseMarket PriceReal Economics
Beef-on-Dairy Calf$600–$900$0 (buyer’s problem)N/AImmediate income, no future cow
Holstein Bull Calf$150–$250$0 (buyer’s problem)N/AMinimal income, no future cow
Keep & Raise Heifer$0 today$1,700–$2,400$2,500–$3,60024-month investment, future production
Annual Impact (100 beef calves)+$60,000–$90,000Clear−$250,000–$360,000 in replacement costsNet position depends on replacement needs

In some markets, the calf check is 600 or 800 dollars, not 300, but the principle is the same. Beef‑on‑dairy is a powerful tool when it’s aimed at the bottom of the herd with a clear replacement plan. Used without a plan, it can hollow out your future cow herd and leave you paying top-of-the-market prices to fill stalls.

The sweet spot, based on both research and what well‑run farms are doing, looks something like this:

  • Top 30–40 percent of females: Genomic‑tested and top‑merit cows and heifers get sexed dairy semen to generate replacements.
  • Middle group: Conventional dairy semen, adjusted up or down depending on your replacement needs.
  • Bottom end: Clearly identified low‑merit cows and heifers get beef‑on‑dairy semen to turn them into higher‑value calves.

And that plan isn’t static. It gets revisited each year as calf, beef, and replacement markets change. But the order of operations doesn’t change: protect your future herd first; chase beef calf checks second.

What Farmers Are Finding Works Right Now

Talking with producers from Wisconsin to South Dakota, from Idaho to Ontario, three themes keep showing up on farms that seem to be navigating all this better than most.

Breeding for Profit and “Invisible” Cows

Looking at this trend in breeding decisions, the herds that look most resilient aren’t chasing a single extreme trait. They’re using tools like genomic selection, economic indexes, and on‑farm records to build cows that are profitable and low‑drama.

Peer‑reviewed work on dairy genetics and national evaluation systems, summarized by the Council on Dairy Cattle Breeding and others, shows that genomic selection combined with economic indexes like Net Merit (U.S.) and Pro$ or LPI (Canada) can significantly improve progress in production, fertility, and health traits compared to traditional selection. That’s the backbone of how most major AI studs and progressive herds are making mating decisions today.

On the farms I’ve seen, a practical genetics plan often looks like this:

  • Use a profit index (Net Merit, Pro$, LPI) as the main filter rather than picking bulls off a single trait like butterfat or total milk.
  • Inside that pool, favor bulls that nudge both fat and protein percentages modestly upward while maintaining or improving fertility, udder health, and productive life.
  • Put real weight on traits that keep cows in the herd: mastitis resistance, hoof health and locomotion, calving ease, and overall robustness.

In that context, many commodity‑oriented herds are targeting cows with butterfat around 3.8–4.0 percent, protein in the mid‑3s, and reproduction performance that aligns with their culling and replacement plans. That doesn’t win you banners at a show, but it tends to win you more predictable component checks, fewer headaches, and a cow that’s “invisible” in the best way—just quietly doing her job.

Turning Genomics and Beef‑on‑Dairy into Everyday Tools

Genomics and beef‑on‑dairy aren’t fringe ideas anymore—they’re everyday tools for a growing number of herds.

Recent genomic reviews indicate that genomic evaluations can roughly double the accuracy of selecting young animals compared to using parent averages alone, especially for complex traits such as fertility and health. Breeding programs that use sexed semen on the top tier of females and beef semen on the bottom tier to accelerate dairy genetic gain while also lifting calf value.

On many commercial farms, that has turned into a straightforward three‑tier system like the one above. The key shift on farms that are doing it well is that they’ve stopped guessing:

  • They genomic‑test at least a subset of heifers to identify which families deserve replacements.
  • They run replacement‑need projections based on real cull rates, expansion plans, and age at first calving.
  • They adjust the proportion of sexed, conventional, and beef semen to hit those replacement targets rather than just chasing what the calf market looks like this month.

University of Guelph research and beef‑on‑dairy extension materials emphasize that dairy‑beef cross calves can command solid premiums over straight Holstein bull calves when marketed correctly, but they also warn that early‑life management and health are critical to capturing that value. The farms that treat beef‑on‑dairy as a strategic tool—not just a quick cash grab—are the ones turning it into a durable advantage.

Making Risk Management Routine Instead of a Panic Button

The third big shift isn’t genetic or nutritional—it’s in how farms treat price risk.

Extension economists and dairy market advisers have been pushing for years now that tools like Dairy Margin Coverage and Dairy Revenue Protection should be part of a routine risk plan, not just something you sign up for when prices crash.  Herds that quietly use DRP or basic options strategies year after year to put a floor under part of their milk price while leaving some upside open.

What many advisers suggest, as a starting point, is that producers consider protecting something like 30–50 percent of their expected milk production with DRP, options, or fixed‑price contracts when forward prices cover their cost of production and debt needs. It’s not a rule; it’s a range that seems to work for a lot of operations. Some herds are comfortable covering more, while others are less comfortable, depending on their balance sheets and risk tolerance.

A simple example might look like this:

  • A 900‑cow herd in Wisconsin, selling mainly into Class III, uses DRP to set a revenue floor under part of its projected spring and summer milk based on its typical butterfat and protein tests and the markets it ships into.
  • At the same time, the herd forward‑contracts a portion of its corn and soybean meal when futures plus local basis give them a feed cost that supports a margin they can live with.

The rest of the milk and feed stays unhedged, leaving room to benefit if markets move higher. The point isn’t that 900 cows in Wisconsin need this exact plan. The point is that treating risk tools as normal business practice—as much a part of the job as booking soybean meal—can turn wild swings into manageable bumps.

From conversations with producers who’ve made that shift, the hardest step usually wasn’t understanding the math. It was deciding to stop waiting for the next crisis to start learning.

Different Starting Points, Different Options

Given all this, the logical question is: “So what does this mean for my farm?” The honest answer depends on your size, your location, and your timeline. But some patterns show up pretty consistently.

Larger Herds Close to Growing Plants

If you’re milking 800–3,000 cows in eastern South Dakota, western Kansas, the Texas Panhandle, southern Idaho, or near growing plants in Wisconsin or New York, you’re in a spot where processors need your milk. That doesn’t solve everything, but it’s a real advantage.

On farms like yours that seem to be in decent shape, you usually see:

  • Sharp focus on components and cow flow. Butterfat and protein targets are tuned to what nearby cheese and ingredient plants actually pay for, and fresh cow management during the transition period is geared to support strong peaks without wrecking cows.
  • Structured breeding and replacement plans. Genomics and sexed semen build replacements from the top of the herd; beef‑on‑dairy is used thoughtfully on the bottom end to boost calf revenue without starving replacements.
  • Habitual risk management. DRP, DMC, options, and feed contracts are used when the math works, not just when the market is already in free fall.
  • Cautious growth decisions. Expansion plans are stress‑tested against lower milk prices and higher costs, often with lender and adviser input, not just modeled on today’s strong basis.

Mid‑Size Herds in Stable Regions

If you’re running 400–800 cows in places like Wisconsin, Michigan, Pennsylvania, Vermont, or Southern Ontario, you’re big enough to feel serious capital pressure but not always big enough to be your plant’s top priority.

Mid‑size herds that look resilient tend to:

  • Drive the cost of production hard. They lean into cow comfort, parlor throughput, and ration consistency to get into the top third of their region’s cost curve, using benchmarks from lenders, extension, and trade media.
  • Make themselves “must‑keep” suppliers. Plants know they can count on them for consistent volume, strong quality, and components that fit the product mix.
  • Explore niches where they truly fit. Some find success with organic, grass‑fed, A2A2, on‑farm processing, or regional branding—especially in the Northeast and Upper Midwest—but only when local demand and the family’s temperament for marketing line up.
  • Treat succession and timing as strategic variables. Major upgrades or expansions are tied to clear family plans for who wants to be there in 5–10 years, not just to what the bank will finance.

Smaller or More Isolated Herds

If you’re milking 50–200 cows in a rural pocket far from growing plants, or in a region losing processing, the export‑driven, capacity‑heavy system frankly isn’t built with you in mind.

Smaller herds in that position that manage to stay in the driver’s seat often:

  • Get brutally honest about cost and equity trends. They know, in numbers, whether they’re gaining ground, treading water, or slowly slipping.
  • Decide what role the dairy plays. For some, the dairy is still the primary economic engine. For others, it’s part of a mix with off‑farm jobs, cash crops, custom work, or direct‑marketing businesses. That choice shapes everything else.
  • Explore niches carefully, not desperately. On‑farm processing, direct‑to‑consumer sales, or agritourism can work—especially near population centers—but only when location, market, and family skills align. They’re not automatic lifelines.
  • Plan early for transitions. The most successful exits or step‑downs start with early, candid conversations with family, lenders, and advisers—before external forces make the decision for them.

A Few Practical First Steps

If you’re looking at your own numbers and wondering where to start, here are a few simple, concrete steps that many producers have found useful:

  • Pull a year’s worth of milk checks and component reports.
    Work out your true average butterfat and protein tests, and—more importantly—your pounds of fat and protein shipped per cow and per cwt. Then talk with your field rep or plant contact about how that profile lines up with what your leading buyer wants and pays best for.
  • Map your replacement needs before you map beef‑on‑dairy.
    Sit down with your records and figure out your real replacement rate and any expansion plans. Estimate how many quality dairy heifers you’ll need calving in over the next two to three years. Use that number to double-check how much beef‑on‑dairy your breeding program can truly support without putting you in the heifer penalty box.
  • Pilot genomic testing on a subset of heifers.
    Work with your AI rep or herd vet to test a group, rank them, and use that ranking to decide who gets sexed dairy semen and who gets beef. Treat this as a learning process, not a one‑off experiment.
  • Schedule an hour with a risk adviser.
    Sit down with someone from your co‑op, a dairy‑focused broker, or an extension economist and ask them to walk you through what it would look like to protect roughly 30–50 percent of your expected milk and some of your feed at prices that cover your costs and debt needs. Then adjust that percentage based on your own risk tolerance and lender expectations.
  • Run a stress‑test budget.
    Put together a simple cash‑flow scenario at a lower milk price—say 13–14 dollars Class III—and slightly higher feed costs. See where the pinch points are. Use that information to decide whether your next move should be to tighten costs, adjust debt, lock in some margins, pursue measured growth, or plan a gradual pivot.

Three Questions Worth Asking Yourself

As you work through all that, three blunt questions keep coming up in good kitchen‑table conversations:

  • Do my components actually fit my buyer’s product mix and pricing grid—or am I leaving money on the table chasing the wrong butterfat/protein profile?
  • Am I using genomic tools and beef‑on‑dairy with a clear replacement strategy—or am I selling my future herd for today’s calf checks?
  • Do I have even a basic risk plan for the next 12–24 months, or am I still gambling that spot markets will treat me kindly?

The Bottom Line

At the end of the day, the export headlines and your milk check are telling different parts of the same story. The export dollars keep plants running and markets open. The milk check reflects how that big system—stainless steel, global competition, butterfat and protein pricing, consolidation, geography, heifer supply, and policy—lines up with your cows, your barn, and your ZIP code.

What I’ve noticed, sitting at a lot of kitchen tables and in a lot of barn offices, is that once you really understand those connections, the whole situation feels a little less random. You won’t control the world price of cheese. But you can control how your herd is bred, how your fresh cows come through the transition period, what your cost of production looks like, and whether you use the genetics, beef‑on‑dairy, and risk tools that are already on the table.

There isn’t one right answer. For some operations, the smart play will be to lean in and grow with the local plant. For others, it’ll be carving out a well‑defined niche that truly fits their region and family. And for some, the bravest and best decision will be planning a thoughtful transition that protects family, equity, and sanity. The key is making that call with clear eyes, honest numbers, and a solid grasp of the forces that are shaping all of us—whether we like them or not.

Key Takeaways 

  • $8.2B exports, stubborn checks: Record dairy shipments didn’t lift every milk check because expanded plant capacity needs export markets to clear marginal pounds—at margins that rarely flow back to producers.
  • Protein now drives the pay grid: Cheese plants reward curd yield, not extreme butterfat. Herds balancing 3.5–3.8% protein with 3.8–4.1% fat are capturing more consistent component premiums than single-trait chasers.
  • Beef-on-dairy created a heifer crisis: Replacement inventories fell to their lowest since 2001. Farms that grabbed $600 beef calf checks now face $2,500–$3,000+ heifer bills—proof that short-term cash can cost long-term cows.
  • Big herds are buying “invisible” cows: 15,000 dairies exited in five years; 1,000+ cow operations now ship two-thirds of U.S. milk. They’re paying for genetics that deliver fertility, health, and components—not project cows that hit the treatment list.
  • Three moves that separate planners from hopers: Tune your component profile to your plant’s grid, use genomics and beef-on-dairy with a locked-in replacement plan, and treat DRP and feed hedges as standard practice—not emergency measures.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

European Butter Down 35%: The 90-Day Playbook That’s Helping Dairy Farmers Protect $150,000+

European butter crashed 35%. History shows your milk check is due in 90 days. The farmers protecting six figures right now aren’t smarter. They’re just 90 days earlier.

Executive Summary: European butter crashed 35%—your milk check follows in 60-90 days. With Class III at $17-18/cwt, production growth running three times normal pace, and spring flush weeks away, the proactive window is narrowing. The wealth gap between acting at 1.3 DSCR versus waiting until 1.0 typically exceeds $150,000—not because one group is smarter, but because they moved earlier. This framework covers the metric your lender is watching, component strategies adding $800-1,200/month, and beef-on-dairy premiums hitting $350-700/head. The playbook mirrors 2015-16: three conversations before pressure hits—accountant, nutritionist, lender.

You know, German retail butter dropped to €0.77 per pack in late December 2025. That’s down from nearly €2.00 just a few months earlier—a correction that barely registered in most North American dairy publications. But here’s what caught my attention: for farmers who’ve learned to read global dairy signals, that price move wasn’t just European grocery news. It might be a 60-90 day advance signal for what’s heading toward our milk checks.

I spoke with a Wisconsin producer running about 280 cows near Fond du Lac recently. He put it simply: “I started watching European butter after 2015. That year taught me that what happens in Germany doesn’t stay in Germany. By the time it shows up in your mailbox, you’re already behind.”

The 60-90 Day Warning System: When European butter dropped 35% from €7,200 to €4,400 between early 2024 and late 2025, it preceded U.S. Class III pressure by roughly 75 days. The Wisconsin producer who learned this pattern in 2015 gained a $150,000+ advantage over his neighbor who ignored these global signals 

And he’s not wrong. Understanding these global connections—and knowing when they might warrant action—is becoming increasingly valuable for dairy operations navigating interconnected markets. So let me walk you through what farmers across North America are learning about price signals, financial positioning, and the strategic decisions that can make the difference between weathering market pressure and getting caught flat-footed.

AT A GLANCE: Key Insights

  • The Signal: European wholesale butter down ~35% year-over-year; historically correlates to North American price pressure within 60-90 days
  • The Metric That Matters: Know your Debt Service Coverage Ratio—acting at 1.3x versus waiting until 1.0x can mean a six-figure difference in preserved wealth
  • Near-Term Strategies: Feed-based butterfat improvements can add $800-1,200/month within 60-90 days; beef-on-dairy premiums running $350-700/head
  • The Framework: Proactive positioning beats reactive response—farmers who move early consistently outperform those who wait
  • The Bottom Line: Markets may surprise either direction, but stress-testing your operation at $15-16/cwt scenarios is sound management

How European Butter Prices Connect to Your Milk Check

The relationship between European dairy commodities and North American milk prices follows a transmission path that agricultural economists have tracked for over a decade now. It typically unfolds across 60-90 days, which—when the signals are reliable—gives observant farmers a meaningful window to prepare.

Dr. Mark Stephenson, who served as Director of Dairy Policy Analysis at the University of Wisconsin-Madison before his recent retirement, studied this lag extensively throughout his career. His research shows that when European wholesale butter drops significantly, the effects tend to ripple through Global Dairy Trade auctions in New Zealand within 2-3 auction cycles, then influence contract negotiations across Oceania before reaching North American processor discussions.

What’s happening right now appears to fit that pattern. European wholesale butter fell from over €7,200 per tonne in early 2024 to the €4,000-5,000 range by late 2025, according to AHDB’s EU wholesale tracking—that’s roughly a 35% year-over-year decline. Class III futures for Q1-Q2 2026 are currently trading in the $17.00-18.00/cwt range on CME, which is actually better than some analysts projected a few months back, but still tight for operations with higher cost structures.

Industry estimates suggest that breakeven for mid-size Wisconsin dairies typically runs $18-19/cwt when all costs, including family living and debt service, are accounted for. Operations in California’s Central Valley often see higher numbers due to feed costs and regulatory compliance, while Northeast operations face their own regional dynamics. Western operations dealing with water constraints and Southeast dairies facing heat stress economics have their own cost pressures layered on top. Canadian producers navigate a different reality entirely—quota values and supply management provide price stability but bring their own capital and cash flow considerations. The specific math varies by region and management, but the directional pressure applies when Class III hovers near or below regional breakevens.

RegionTypical All-In Breakeven ($/cwt)Primary Cost DriversCurrent Margin @ $17.50 Class IIIProjected Margin @ $15.50 ScenarioRisk Level Q2 2026
Wisconsin$18.00 – $19.00Feed, labor, debt service-$0.50 to -$1.50-$2.50 to -$3.50Moderate-High
California Central Valley$20.00 – $22.00Feed costs, water, regulatory compliance-$2.50 to -$4.50-$4.50 to -$6.50High
Northeast (NY, PA, VT)$19.00 – $21.00Labor, fuel, regional feed premiums-$1.50 to -$3.50-$3.50 to -$5.50Moderate-High
Texas/New Mexico$17.50 – $19.50Water constraints, heat stress mitigation, feed$0.00 to -$2.00-$2.00 to -$4.00Moderate
Southeast (GA, FL)$19.50 – $21.50Heat stress, humidity management, feed transport-$2.00 to -$4.00-$4.00 to -$6.00High
Canada (Quota Systems)Quota value amortized variesQuota costs, supply management compliancePrice stability via quota systemPrice stability via quota systemLow (different market structure)

Now, I want to be clear about something. Markets can and do surprise us. Futures have been wrong before—2022 comes to mind, when projections sat around $18, and actual prices hit $23 on unexpectedly strong export demand. Some analysts I’ve spoken with remain cautiously optimistic that domestic demand strength could offset some of the pressure we’re discussing. But what’s different about the current setup is the structural inventory situation, which has its own timeline regardless of demand fluctuations.

The Financial Metric Your Lender Is Already Watching

If there’s one number that shapes the conversation you’ll have with your bank—whether it’s a proactive discussion or a reactive one—it’s your Debt Service Coverage Ratio. DSCR tells you whether your operation generates enough cash to cover debt obligations with breathing room… or whether you’re running closer to the edge than you might realize.

Farm Credit Canada’s educational materials lay out the basics pretty clearly. A DSCR of 1.5 is generally considered healthy—it means you’ve got 1.5 times more cash available than your debt obligations require. Drop below 1.0, and you’re looking at difficulty servicing debt without off-farm income or other support. Most agricultural lenders use similar thresholds, though the specific trigger points for increased monitoring or restructuring conversations vary by institution.

DSCR RatioFinancial PositionWho Controls the ConversationRestructuring Options AvailableTypical Cost of Restructuring
1.5x or higherHealthy, strong cushionYou lead; bank followsFull menu: extend terms, consolidate, refinance at competitive ratesStandard processing fees (~$500-1,500)
1.25x – 1.49xAdequate but tighteningPartnership discussionMost options available; minor rate premiums possibleStandard to slight premium (~$1,000-3,000)
1.0x – 1.24xOperating in yellow zoneShared control; bank monitoring increasesLimited options; rate premiums likelyModerate premium (~$3,000-8,000 + 50-100 bps higher interest)
0.85x – 0.99xDistressed territoryBank controls termsRestricted; workout scenarios$8,000-15,000 + 100-150 bps higher interest
Below 0.85xCrisis modeBank workout team drivesForced asset sales likely$15,000+ legal/processing + distressed sale losses

Here’s what farmers are discovering—sometimes later than they’d prefer—the difference between acting at 1.3x DSCR and waiting until you hit 1.0x isn’t just about the numbers themselves. It’s about who’s leading the conversation and who’s following.

I spoke with a senior agricultural lender at a Midwest Farm Credit association who asked to remain anonymous but offered this perspective: “When a producer comes to us at 1.3 with a plan, we’re partners working on optimization. When they come at 0.95 because their operating line is maxed, we’re in workout mode. Same bank, same farmer, completely different dynamic.”

Why does this matter so much? Industry data on distressed agricultural loans shows some significant cost differences. Farms entering workout typically pay 100-150 basis points higher on restructured debt and face substantially higher legal and processing fees. Proactive restructuring—the kind you initiate while your ratios still look reasonable—generally costs a fraction of what a reactive workout costs. And perhaps more importantly, you’re often selling assets into stable markets rather than whatever conditions happen to exist when you’re forced to act.

Agricultural lenders like AgAmerica have documented case studies showing the financial benefits of proactive restructuring. In their published examples, operations that restructured early reported significant annual savings through debt consolidation and strategic use of bridge financing during capital-intensive phases. These options existed because producers initiated conversations while their ratios still demonstrated operational viability.

Here’s a calculation worth doing this week:

Pull your most recent income statement and loan documents. You need three numbers:

  1. Net cash income (gross revenue minus operating expenses—but don’t subtract interest, depreciation, or principal payments)
  2. Annual debt service (all monthly loan payments × 12)
  3. Divide the first by the second

Pro-tip: Remember that while your tax preparer uses depreciation to lower your tax bill, your lender “adds it back” to your net income to determine your actual cash flow capacity. Don’t let a “paper loss” scare you away from a proactive lender meeting. That $80,000 depreciation expense on your Schedule F doesn’t mean you’re $80,000 poorer in cash—it’s an accounting entry, not money leaving your checking account. Lenders understand this, and you should too when evaluating your real financial position.

If you’re above 1.3, you likely have options and time to be strategic. Between 1.0 and 1.25, the window for proactive decisions may be narrowing. Below 1.0, that conversation with your lender probably needs to happen soon—and having a professional guide you in is worth considering.

RED FLAGS: Signs You May Already Be Past Proactive Positioning

  • Operating line balance is climbing more than $5,000/month for three consecutive months
  • Deferred maintenance backlog growing—you’re skipping repairs you’d normally make
  • Breeding decisions driven by cash flow rather than genetic strategy
  • Accounts payable stretching beyond normal terms with key suppliers
  • Finding yourself calculating “which bills can wait” rather than “which investments make sense.”

If three or more of these apply, the proactive window may be closing. That doesn’t mean it’s too late—but it does mean the conversation with your lender needs to happen this month, not next quarter.

What’s Building Toward Q2 2026

Several market forces appear to be converging, potentially creating price pressure this spring. I want to be thoughtful here—market projections are exactly that, projections—but the structural setup is worth understanding so you can make your own assessment.

The cheese inventory factor: When butter prices declined through late 2025, processors across the U.S., UK, and EU made a logical shift. Butter had compressed margins and ongoing storage costs. Cheese—particularly aged cheddar—can sit in inventory for months as it matures, serving as a financial buffer during uncertain times.

You probably already know the aging timelines: mild cheddar reaches market readiness in 2-3 months, medium in 4-9 months, and sharp in 9-12 months. The cheese made in December 2025 and January 2026 will mature and need to be moved to market starting around April-May 2026. That’s not speculation about demand—that’s just aging biology meeting calendar math.

The spring flush timing: Every dairy farmer knows spring flush, but the research on its consistency is worth noting. Studies published in the Journal of Dairy Science on annual rhythms in U.S. dairy cattle show that the spring production peak is remarkably consistent across regions, parities, and management systems—driven more by photoperiod and reproductive biology than management decisions.

USDA’s December 2025 forecast projects U.S. milk production for 2026 at 106.2 million metric tons, up 1.2% from 2025. StoneX Director of Dairy Market Insight Nate Donnay noted in late December that milk production growth was running at an estimated 5.5% pace in September and October—about three times the normal rate. That’s notable context heading into the new year.

The export question: Here’s what’s been encouraging—September 2025 U.S. cheese exports hit 116.5 million pounds, up about 35% year-over-year, according to USDA Foreign Agricultural Service data. That was a remarkable achievement for the industry. The question some analysts are asking is whether markets that absorbed those record volumes will have the same appetite just as domestic production peaks.

None of this means $13 milk is coming. Markets find equilibriums, demand can surprise to the upside, and spring flush intensity varies year to year. But farmers projecting cash flow for Q2 2026 might consider running scenarios at $15.00-16.00/cwt alongside their base case assumptions. That’s not pessimism—it’s the kind of stress-testing that helps operations stay resilient when surprises happen.

Why Component Performance Is Becoming a Competitive Advantage

One of the most significant structural shifts in U.S. dairy over the past decade has been the steady improvement in milk components. And the numbers here are pretty remarkable. CoBank’s Knowledge Exchange published an analysis in September 2025 showing that U.S. butterfat levels increased approximately 13% over the past decade—from about 3.75% in 2015 to 4.24% by 2024. That’s roughly six times the improvement rate seen in the EU and New Zealand.

What’s particularly noteworthy is how this shifts farm-level economics during price compression. Class III and Class IV pricing formulas reward butterfat and protein by the pound rather than by volume. When base prices compress, the premium for higher components becomes proportionally more valuable as a share of the milk check.

Let me walk through some rough math on two cows producing identical volume but different components:

Cow A at 3.7% butterfat: 75 lbs/day = 2.78 lbs butterfat daily
Cow B at 4.4% butterfat: 75 lbs/day = 3.30 lbs butterfat daily

At current butterfat component pricing—which has been running in the $1.55-1.75/lb range in recent months according to USDA announcements—that 0.52-pound daily difference represents roughly $0.80-0.90 per cow per day. Scale that across a 200-cow herd over a year, and we’re talking meaningful revenue differences.

Now, genetic improvement takes 2-3 years to show up meaningfully in the bulk tank. But feed ration adjustments can produce measurable butterfat improvements within 60-90 days—which matters for operations looking at near-term margin pressure.

A Penn State study published in the Journal of Dairy Science in June 2024 found that replacing about 5% of ration dry matter with whole high-oleic soybeans improved income over feed cost by approximately $0.27/cow/day—roughly $99/cow annually. The research synthesized results from multiple feeding trials, so the findings are pretty robust.

Dairy nutritionists generally recommend adding 2-5% molasses to TMR to stimulate fiber-digesting bacteria and boost acetate production, which supports butterfat synthesis. Many farms report butterfat increases of 0.10-0.15 percentage points from this relatively simple adjustment. Protected fat supplementation—combinations of palmitic and oleic acids—can increase milk fat yields within 30-45 days of implementation.

For farms facing compressed margins, even a 0.15-0.2% butterfat improvement translates to meaningful revenue—potentially $800-1,200 monthly for a 200-cow operation at current component pricing. It’s not a complete solution to price pressure, but it’s real money that shows up in the tank relatively quickly.

The ration adjustment that pays for itself in monthly milk checks: Feed-based butterfat improvements show up in the tank within 60-90 days—potentially adding $800-1,200 monthly for a 200-cow operation. Penn State research found protected fat and molasses additions can boost butterfat 0.10-0.15 percentage points within 30-45 days

The Beef-on-Dairy Opportunity

One revenue diversification strategy that’s gained remarkable traction is beef-on-dairy crossbreeding. Industry surveys, including data from the American Farm Bureau Federation, based on Purina’s 2024 producer research, indicate that roughly seven in ten dairy operations are now actively implementing crossbreeding programs. That’s a significant shift from even five years ago.

The economics are fairly straightforward. Industry analysis shows that the majority of dairy farmers participating in these programs receive meaningful premiums for beef-on-dairy calves, with reports of additional revenues ranging from $350 to $700 per head compared to straight dairy bull calves. For an operation producing 70 male calves annually, switching half to beef crosses could generate $18,000-$20,000 in additional annual revenue.

What stands out to me about this trend is the timeline. Beef-on-dairy calves sell at 6-9 months, meaning breeding decisions made in Q1 2026 generate cash in Q4 2026. That’s a faster payoff than almost any other diversification strategy available to dairy producers—which matters when you’re managing through uncertain price periods.

Penn State Extension research on beef×Holstein crosses shows these animals have greater potential to put on muscle than purebred Holstein steers and generally show improved feedlot performance. The carcass quality has proven competitive, and the market infrastructure has developed rapidly to accommodate increased supply. One California producer I spoke with mentioned that his local auction now has specific beef-on-dairy sales days—something that would have seemed unlikely five years ago.

A Texas Panhandle operation I connected with recently shared a different angle on this. They’ve been running beef-on-dairy for three years now and emphasized that buyer relationships matter as much as genetics. “We spent six months building connections with regional feedlots before we started,” the manager told me. “Knowing where those calves are going—and what those buyers want—shaped our sire selection from day one.”

Implementation is fairly straightforward for most operations: genomic testing identifies which cows should continue breeding to elite dairy genetics (typically top 50% by genomic merit) versus which shift to beef sires—Angus, Simmental, or Charolais being common choices depending on regional buyer preferences.

WHAT ONE PRODUCER LEARNED FROM 2015

A 320-cow operation in Dodge County, Wisconsin, offers a useful case study. The producer—who asked that I not use his real name but was willing to share his experience—was running at about 1.28 DSCR in October 2015 when he started noticing warning signs.

“My accountant said I was fine. My neighbor said I was overreacting. But I’d been watching powder prices in Europe drop for months, and I had a feeling about what was coming.”

He restructured his equipment notes that November, extending terms and reducing his monthly obligation by $2,800. He culled 40 head—his bottom performers on both production and components—before spring 2016.

“When milk hit $13 that summer, I was tight but managing. My neighbor, who waited until April to act? He was in a workout by July. Similar starting points, different decisions, very different outcomes.”

His estimate of the wealth difference: around $150,000-$180,000 preserved by moving about six months earlier. Not from being smarter, he emphasized—just from reading the signals and acting before he had to.

What Peer Accountability Groups Are Teaching Farmers

There’s growing evidence suggesting that farms participating in structured peer groups make major financial decisions 6-12 months earlier than farms relying solely on individual analysis. And the mechanisms behind this are fascinating—rooted in behavioral economics as much as farm management principles.

Research on structured farm management groups has consistently shown meaningful financial advantages for participants. Studies tracking farms in peer advisory programs have found notable improvements in operating profit and return on assets compared to non-participants—though the specific magnitude varies by region, group structure, and management intensity.

The Ohio State University Extension put together a helpful fact sheet on peer group value that explains part of the mechanism. As they describe it, “With trusting relationships, members can share their farm’s production data such as yield, inputs, labor, and equipment, along with core financial ratios. Peers then act as an informal board of directors by identifying the strengths and areas for improvement.”

Here’s something I’ve noticed over the years: most dairy farmers don’t actually know their neighbor’s DSCR. They might know what kind of tractor he bought or roughly what he’s feeding, but the real financial picture? That stays behind closed doors. And that isolation can be expensive.

Having sat in on several of these groups over the years, I’ve observed something important about what actually happens in those rooms. The groups seem to override the cognitive biases that can cause all of us—not just farmers—to delay difficult decisions. Loss aversion makes culling cows feel worse than the abstract benefit of “preserving financial flexibility.” Status quo bias creates comfort with continuing current practices even when data suggests change might be warranted. Optimism bias whispers, “we’ve always made it through before.”

The farmers losing the most money right now aren’t necessarily the ones with the worst operations. They’re often the ones who calculated correctly but couldn’t pull the trigger—who knew what they should do but found reasons to wait another month, another quarter, another year.

Peer groups interrupt these patterns through straightforward mechanics: quarterly meetings with financial transparency, benchmarking against similar operations, and accountability for stated commitments. When you tell five other farmers in January that you’re going to restructure your equipment debt and cull your bottom 15%—and they’re going to ask you about it in April—it changes the calculus.

Kim Gerencser, a Saskatchewan-based farm business and management consultant who has been facilitating peer groups for well over a decade, has written and spoken extensively about the value of accountability structures. In interviews with Country Guide, he’s emphasized that the groups that sustain themselves over many years do so because participants find genuine value in the structure. The accountability piece, he’s noted, is what really matters.

For farmers who haven’t participated in this kind of group, options include Cornell’s Dairy Profit Discussion Groups, various state extension programs, cooperative-facilitated groups, and private consultant-led formations. The common elements that seem to make groups effective: quarterly meetings, financial transparency among members, neutral facilitation, and strong confidentiality agreements.

A Practical Six-Month Framework

For farmers who’ve assessed their position and decided proactive action makes sense, here’s what a practical timeline might look like. I want to emphasize that this isn’t the only approach, and every operation’s circumstances differ. A 500-cow California dairy faces different cost structures and cooperative relationships than a 150-cow Vermont operation or a 2,000-cow Texas facility.

But the underlying framework—financial clarity first, then cost structure adjustment, then ongoing accountability—seems to apply broadly based on what I’ve seen work across different regions and operation sizes.

Month 1 (January): Financial Clarity

The starting point is knowing exactly where you stand. Complete the DSCR calculation using both historical and projected prices. Pull your operating line balance trend over the past six months—if it’s been climbing $3,000-8,000 monthly, you may already be running negative cash flow, regardless of what last year’s financial statement showed.

Review your DHIA reports to identify the bottom 15-20% of your herd by combined production and components. These become your first-look candidates if cash flow requires culling decisions.

And if you’re considering a lender conversation, schedule it now while you’re initiating from a position of relative strength. The framing matters. Something like: “I’ve run forward projections based on current futures. I’d like to discuss options while we’re still well above your monitoring threshold” positions you as a proactive manager rather than a distressed borrower.

Month 2 (February): Cost Structure Adjustment

If culling decisions make sense for your operation, executing them while cattle prices remain stable preserves value. Current market prices for cull cows typically range from $1,200-1,800/head, depending on region and market conditions; distressed selling in a soft spring market could mean $800-1,100. That difference across 35 cows adds up quickly—real money for most operations.

Implement any feed ration adjustments to improve butterfat. The 60-90 day timeline for feed-based component gains means February changes can show up in April milk checks.

If beef-on-dairy makes sense for your operation, begin that breeding protocol on lower genomic performers. Revenue arrives in Q4 2026.

Month 3 (March): Risk Management and Accountability

Evaluate hedging options based on your operation’s risk tolerance and expertise. Dairy Revenue Protection and Class III options are available for farms that want price-floor protection, though they come with costs and basis risk that warrant careful evaluation—ideally with someone who understands these tools well.

Consider joining or establishing a peer accountability group. The first meeting should present your current position and action plan. Having external accountability through the spring flush period can be valuable.

Months 4-5 (April-May): Monitor and Maintain Discipline

Track actual versus projected cash flow weekly. This is where discipline matters—there can be temptation to reverse culling decisions or restructuring if short-term prices tick up.

If you’re in a peer group, the meeting during this period provides external validation. Present your January baseline, your April position, and your variance analysis. Let the group help you assess whether you’re on track.

Month 6 (June): Assessment and Forward Planning

Compare actual DSCR to January projections. Evaluate what worked, what didn’t, and what you’ve learned. Develop your Q3-Q4 plan incorporating any beef-on-dairy calf revenue and continued component focus.

What success might look like: A farm that entered January at 1.3x DSCR with $18.50/cwt breakeven, facing uncertain milk prices, emerges in June at 1.15-1.18x DSCR with $16.80/cwt breakeven—having maintained position above the critical 1.0x threshold even through potential price pressure. That’s not a dramatic turnaround story. It’s just solid management under challenging conditions.

The Conversation That Matters Most

Perhaps the hardest part of proactive financial management isn’t the calculations or even the lender meetings. It’s the kitchen table conversation about making significant changes before a crisis becomes undeniable.

What farmers who act early seem to be deciding is whether the discomfort of acknowledging vulnerability now is worth the financial protection it might provide later. And honestly, that’s not an easy trade-off. Culling cows you’ve raised can feel like a retreat. Calling your lender proactively can feel like admitting weakness. Joining a peer group and sharing your financials can feel uncomfortable.

But the alternative—waiting until circumstances force the same decisions from a weaker position—tends to cost real money, according to the research and case studies I’ve reviewed. The wealth difference between proactive and reactive positioning can range from $150,000 to $300,000 or more over a 2-3-year market cycle, depending on the operation’s size and the severity of the downturn.

That’s what tends to happen when operations restructure at penalty rates rather than market rates, sell cattle into distressed markets rather than stable ones, pay workout fees rather than standard processing fees, and navigate restricted credit access for years rather than maintaining banking relationships.

Key Takeaways

On global market signals:

  • European butter prices and Global Dairy Trade auction results can provide 60-90 days of advance indication for U.S. milk price direction
  • Current signals suggest potential price pressure in Q2 2026, though markets can surprise, and projections always carry uncertainty
  • Worth monitoring: GDT auction results at globaldairytrade.info, AHDB EU wholesale prices, and CLAL’s international databases

On financial positioning:

  • DSCR is the metric lenders watch most closely—knowing yours and projecting it forward matters
  • The wealth difference between acting proactively versus reactively can be substantial over a market cycle
  • Proactive restructuring conversations tend to yield significantly better terms than reactive conversations during distress

On operational strategies:

  • Component improvement through feed rations can generate meaningful monthly revenue within 60-90 days
  • Beef-on-dairy crossbreeding offers $18,000-$20,000 potential annual revenue diversification with a  6-9 month payoff timeline
  • Culling decisions reduce cost structure but require careful analysis of volume versus efficiency trade-offs specific to each operation

On decision-making:

  • Peer accountability groups appear to help farmers make structural decisions earlier than solo analysis
  • The psychological barriers to early action—loss aversion, status quo bias, optimism bias—are normal human tendencies
  • The farms that navigate market pressure most successfully seem to share a common trait: they made uncomfortable decisions while they still had meaningful control over terms and timing

The Bottom Line

The European butter correction of 2024-2025 wasn’t just a European story. It appears to be an early chapter in a global market adjustment that’s still developing. For dairy farmers willing to monitor these signals, clearly understand their financial position, and make proactive decisions, it may also represent an opportunity to strengthen operations before market pressures fully test them.

The question isn’t whether to prepare—smart operators are always preparing. The question is whether you’ll do it on your terms or the bank’s.

For producers reading this in January 2026, that means three conversations in the next 30 days: one with your accountant to calculate your current DSCR, one with your nutritionist about component-focused ration adjustments, and—if your number is below 1.25—one with your lender before spring flush hits. The farmers who preserved six figures in 2015-2016 didn’t have better operations. They had better timing.

For dairy producers seeking resources: University extension dairy programs in most states offer farm financial analysis services. The Center for Dairy Profitability at UW-Madison publishes annual benchmarking data. Regional cooperatives increasingly offer member financial planning support. Farm Credit institutions provide forward-looking cash flow analysis. The key is engaging these resources while your financial position still allows flexibility to act thoughtfully on what you learn.

Note: Market projections are inherently uncertain. This article provides educational framework, not financial advice. Consult qualified professionals for operation-specific decisions.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

4.23% Butterfat, $187,000 Gone: The Margin Math That Broke 2025 – And Shapes Your 2028

4.23% butterfat—an all-time record. $187,000 gone from a 500-cow herd—silently. That’s not bad luck. It’s the margin math that broke 2025 and shapes who wins by 2028.

Executive Summary: U.S. butterfat hit 4.23% in 2024—an all-time record. Exports topped $8.2 billion. Margins still collapsed. For a 500-cow herd underestimating true breakeven by just $1.50/cwt, that translates to roughly $187,000 in equity vanishing annually—often invisibly, until the lender starts asking hard questions. This isn’t cyclical bad luck; genomic selection has locked the national herd into high-component production through at least 2028, while 82% of U.S. milk still clears domestically, no matter how strong exports run. Regional pain points vary sharply: eroding Class I premiums in the Northeast, punishing cost structures in California, and processor-dependent fortunes across the Southwest. What follows is the margin math that explains 2025’s wreckage—and a 2026-2028 checkpoint framework for aligning genetics, breakeven reality, and processor fit before options narrow further.

Dairy Margin Math

You know that feeling when you look at the milk check and think, “This isn’t what the markets promised me a year ago”? A lot of dairy folks were right there in 2025.

What I’ve found, digging through the numbers and talking with economists, lenders, and producers across the country, is that 2025 wasn’t just “one bad year.” It was the point where years of genetic progress in butterfat performance, record-high component tests, and massive processing investments finally collided with the hard limits of demand and pricing. And that’s the math we need to walk through together.

The 2025 Reality: Less About Volume, More About Butterfat

Looking at this trend, one of the first surprises is that the U.S. didn’t suddenly drown in extra milk. Industry analysis based on 2024 and 2025 statistics indicates that total U.S. milk production has been relatively flat compared with earlier decades of growth. So the story isn’t just “too many cows.”

What really changed was what was in the tank.

Here’s what’s interesting. Industry reports traced national milkfat trends going back decades, and for a long stretch—from the mid-1960s up to about 2010—average U.S. butterfat hovered in a remarkably tight band, around 3.65–3.69 percent. Then things started to climb. By 2021, we hit a national average of about 4.01 percent milkfat for the first time in recorded history—breaking a record that had stood since 1944 and 1945.

That moved to roughly 4.06–4.08 percent in 2022 and 4.14–4.15 percent in 2023, depending on the calculation method, with each year setting a new record. By 2024, calculated national averages around 4.23 percent butterfat and 3.29 percent protein using monthly USDA National Agricultural Statistics Service data. That lines up with what many of you are probably seeing on DHI sheets—cows that were once 3.6–3.7 percent now sitting comfortably over 4.0.

It’s worth noting that because total milk volume hasn’t grown nearly as fast as butterfat tests, the total pounds of milkfat have jumped faster than the pounds of milk. From 2022 to 2023 alone, U.S. milkfat production increased by about 136.2 million pounds—a 1.5 percent gain—despite modest growth in total milk.

At the same time, price reports and commentary from CME, USDA, and the Farm Bureau, along with our own analysis here at The Bullvine, showed butter and cheese markets under pressure in 2024 and 2025 as stocks built and global competition intensified. So the 2025 reality wasn’t just “more milk.” It was a lot more fat in roughly the same milk pool, with fewer places to sell that fat at the premiums we’d gotten used to.

The Long Component Shift, in One Glance

To put the component story in perspective, here’s a simple snapshot using ranges and figures drawn from USDA statistics and industry analysis.

Table 1. The Component Shift (National Picture)

YearApprox. Avg. Milkfat %Primary Market FocusPhase
2005mid-3.6% rangeFluid milk / volumeOld baseline
20214.01%Fat premiums are gaining tractionThe “pivot”
20234.14–4.15%Fat clearly leading the checkThe “boom”
2024~4.23% (estimated)High-component “new normal.”The “overload”

Industry reports confirm that milkfat set a new annual record four years in a row, leading into 2024. And when you combine that with industry genetics coverage and what we’ve been tracking here, the component gains have been fueled by coordinated genetic selection, nutrition programs, and management improvements. Put together, the message is clear: we’re not drifting back to 3.6–3.7 percent as a national norm anytime soon.

Why Exports Didn’t “Save” 2025

What farmers are finding—and you probably know this already if you’ve been watching the trade reports—is that the export story is a bit of a double-edged sword.

USDA’s Foreign Agricultural Service and industry groups like USDEC and IDFA have all highlighted that U.S. dairy exports hit record or near-record levels in recent years. Dairy Foods reported that U.S. dairy exports topped $8.2 billion in 2024—the second-highest total export value ever—with strong cheese and powder shipments to key buyers such as Mexico and Southeast Asia. And here’s the figure that really matters: according to IDFA, roughly 18 percent of U.S. milk production, on a solids basis, is now exported. That’s about one day’s worth of milk produced on America’s dairy farms each week going overseas. A huge change from 20 years ago.

So it’s fair to ask: if exports were that strong, why did domestic prices still slump?

The scale math is pretty unforgiving. If about 18 percent of U.S. milk production goes out as exports, that still leaves roughly 82 percent that has to be consumed domestically. At the same time, the national butterfat average went from roughly 4.01 to 4.08 to 4.15 to over 4.2 percent in just a few years. So even if total milk volume is nearly flat, the pounds of fat looking for a home are not.

Market Destination% of U.S. Milk (Solids Basis)Key Vulnerability2024–2025 Reality
Domestic consumption82%Hard ceiling on fat absorptionButter stocks built despite record components; Class I utilization down to 30% in Northeast
Export markets18%Price competition with EU/Oceania$8.2B record exports in 2024, but often at discounted prices to move volume
Processing capacity100%Processor product mix locked in$11B in new plant investments (2025), but most designed for specific component profiles

On top of that, USDEC and Farm Bureau’s dairy trade analysis have emphasized that keeping those export channels open often means being competitive on price. In multiple periods, U.S. butter and skim milk powder have had to trade at a discount to European and Oceania products to move volume.

Industry reports have described that dynamic as a mix of record exports and tight margins, as a defining feature of the last couple of years. We covered the implications of this in our piece on 2025’s dairy dilemma.

What’s encouraging is that in some regions, especially in the West and Southwest, export-oriented plants have been a lifeline. Industry coverage of new powder and cheese facilities in Texas, New Mexico, and Kansas shows how those plants have created strong localized demand and a better basis for dairies in those draw areas, many of them large freestall or dry lot systems. In those cases, exports aren’t an abstraction; they’re the reason the local processor can keep taking milk.

But zooming out, the data from USDEC, IDFA, Farm Bureau, and industry analysts suggests exports did about as much as they reasonably could—and still couldn’t completely mop up the extra butterfat coming out of U.S. herds. When 80-plus percent of your product still has to clear domestically, multi-year component expansion will eventually show up in the price.

Genetic Momentum: The Part You Can’t Undo Next Breeding Season

Here’s where the genetics piece comes in, and it’s one of the most important parts of this whole story.

Coverage has spelled out how dairy cattle in the U.S. have essentially entered a “high-component era” thanks to genomics and selection for fat and protein. Genomic selection, shorter generation intervals, and focused breeding goals have stacked more fat and protein into the national herd over the last decade.

And the research backs this up. Peer-reviewed genetics papers published in journals such as Genetics, Selection Evolution, and PNAS have documented that genomic selection has increased genetic gain rates for production and component traits by 50% or more compared with traditional progeny-testing systems. Some studies show even larger gains—the Frontiers in Genetics review on U.S. dairy cattle genomic selection noted that the program has essentially doubled the rate of genetic gain.

The April 2025 Holstein base change really drove this home. According to documentation from NAAB and Select Sires, this was one of the largest base changes in history—resetting values to 2020-born cows with PTAs for fat dropping by about 44-45 pounds in the adjustment. That tells you just how much the genetic level has climbed. We covered the implications in our April 2025 US Holstein Evaluations analysis.

Here’s what that means in the parlor. A heifer you bred in 2021 or 2022 to a high-component genomic bull freshened in 2023 or 2024. Her daughters—already on the grow—will be milking through 2028–2030. So while you can start adjusting your sire lineup today—maybe shifting a bit more emphasis toward protein, feed efficiency, and health—you can’t un-breed the decisions from five years ago.

Land-grant university extension programs have been pretty clear in their 2024–2025 outlook discussions: the industry is genetically “pre-loaded” for high butterfat and strong solids for at least the next several years. The cows in the pipeline and the base-change data both point in that direction.

If current component and utilization trends continue, it’s hard to see a world in the late-2020s where butterfat returns to scarcity. Much more likely is a reality where high butterfat is the baseline, and the true differentiators are metabolic efficiency, health, and how closely your herd’s profile matches your plant’s needs.

Regional Pain Points: Same Storm, Different Boats

What farmers are finding is that the same national trends play out very differently depending on where you are and who you ship to.

Table 2. Regional Pain Points (2025–2026 Snapshot)

RegionPrimary Market StructureBiggest Margin Killer (2025)Est. Breakeven Range ($/cwt)Strategic Position
Northeast (FMMO 1)Fluid-to-manufacturing shiftLoss of Class I premiums (44% → 30% utilization)$21–$24High-cost structure meets manufacturing pricing; margin squeeze acute
California & West CoastMixed fluid/manufacturing/exportFeed + regulatory costs + co-op loss pass-throughs$20–$23Punishing input costs; basis often below U.S. average
Upper Midwest (WI/MI)Cheese-focused, high componentsComponent mismatch with some plants; 4.2%+ fat not always rewarded$17–$20Strong processing diversity, but not all plants optimize ultra-high butterfat
Central Plains / Southwest (TX/NM/KS)New cheese & ingredient plants, export-linkedProcessor-dependent; need consistent volume to justify $11B buildout$16–$19Best positioned if tied to new plants; vulnerable if outside draw areas

In the Northeast, FMMO 1 data and Cornell/Penn State extension work indicate that Class I (fluid) utilization has declined significantly. Analysis has documented that in the Northeast, Class I milk utilization fell from 44 percent in 2000 to 30 percent by 2022. That’s a dramatic shift, and it means more milk is being priced in manufacturing classes. Coverage of FMMO reform and Order 1 discussions has highlighted how that erodes the fluid premium that used to support many smaller and mid-size herds. Producers there are now being judged much more directly on components and the all-in cost structure.

In California and other Western states, the cost picture is especially tight. Feed, water, and regulatory burdens are already higher than in many other regions.

On top of that, reports have documented co-ops passing losses through to members during tough stretches, leaving some producers with net milk prices materially below the national all-milk price. Stack those together, and you have a very narrow margin for error.

In the Central Plains and Southwest, there’s been massive investment in new processing capacity. IDFA reported in October 2025 that more than $11 billion is flowing into 53 new or expanded dairy manufacturing facilities across 19 states, with Texas alone receiving about $1.5 billion. We examined these dynamics in our piece on the $11 billion wave of processor investments. Industry coverage has documented specific projects including Cacique Foods in Amarillo, Great Lakes Cheese in Abilene, H-E-B in San Antonio, and Leprino Foods in Lubbock. Many of those plants are designed around large freestall and drylot systems that supply consistent volume. Producers in those regions often report strong local demand and aggressive base allocations, even in weaker price windows, but they’re also tied tightly to the success of those new plants and their export programs.

In Wisconsin and other Upper Midwest states, statistics and extension data show a mix of strong production, high butterfat, and diversified processing: cheese, butter, whey, specialty products. But even there, when state and national butterfat levels pushed firmly into the 4.0+ range, not every product mix could reward unlimited fat—especially plants focused heavily on cheese yield and whey solids.

A Note for Canadian Producers: The specifics differ north of the border—quota systems buffer volume swings and provide different price dynamics. But the underlying component and cost pressures are real in Canada too, and conversations about efficiency, genetics, and processor fit are just as relevant. The genetic momentum we’re describing is continental, not just American, and many of the strategic questions around breeding emphasis and cost structure apply regardless of which side of the border you’re milking on.

So while the national numbers are the same for everyone, the pain points—and the opportunities—vary a lot by region and processor.

The Breakeven Trap: Where “Almost Okay” Eats Equity

Here’s the part that’s easy to overlook when you’re just trying to get through another month: the breakeven math.

Farm financial analysts, including those at American Farm Bureau and in land-grant university farm management programs, have flagged a significant uptick in Chapter 12 bankruptcies. Chapter 12 filings were up 56 percent in June 2025 compared to the prior year. Farm Policy News documented that family farm bankruptcies increased 55 percent in 2024 compared to 2023. And University of Arkansas Extension noted that Q1 2025 saw 88 Chapter 12 filings compared to just 45 in Q1 2024.

What’s striking is that these filings often don’t coincide with the absolute lowest milk prices we’ve ever seen—they show up after a few years of “thin but not terrible” margins. We explored this pattern in depth in our analysis of the 55% surge in strategic bankruptcies.

Our own “$200K Dairy Margin Trap” analysis here at The Bullvine walked through an example of how a relatively modest $1.25–$1.75/cwt squeeze between expected and actual margins can quietly drain $150,000–$200,000 a year out of a 500-cow operation. You don’t always feel that in any one month, but the balance sheet sure feels it in three to five years.

Extension bulletins from universities like Wisconsin and Penn State have stressed that many farms underestimate their true cost of production by omitting paid-equivalent owner labor, reasonable machinery replacement, heifer-raising costs, and deferred maintenance. When those are fully accounted for, breakeven often ends up $1–$2 per hundredweight higher than the “mental” number many producers are using.

To put some real numbers on it: a 500-cow herd averaging about 25,000 pounds per cow per year ships roughly 12.5 million pounds—125,000 hundredweight. If your real breakeven is $1.50/cwt higher than you think, that’s around $187,500 a year in unrecognized loss. At $2.00/cwt, it’s roughly $250,000. On a 150-cow herd producing around 37,500 hundredweight, the same $1.50–$2.00 error still adds up to roughly $56,000–$75,000 per year—enough to decide whether you can replace a tractor or re-roof a barn.

“If you think your breakeven is $19 but you haven’t fully counted owner labor, capital replacement, heifer costs, and deferred maintenance, you’re probably not breaking even—you’re quietly liquidating your farm one hundredweight at a time.”

Across three lean years, that’s hundreds of thousands of dollars of equity quietly eroded. It’s no wonder some producers feel blindsided when the bank suddenly looks nervous; the erosion happened slowly, while everyone hoped “next year” would fix it.

That’s why you’re seeing more talk from lenders and extension teams about detailed cost tracking, FINBIN-style benchmarking, and honest breakeven exercises. The goal isn’t to beat anyone up; it’s to make sure the math behind the milk check is as clear as the test sheet for butterfat.

Rethinking “Winning” in a High-Component Era

So, what farmers are finding is that the definition of “winning” has shifted.

Most serious market outlooks—including USDA’s Livestock, Dairy, and Poultry Outlook, CoBank’s Knowledge Exchange dairy briefs, Farm Bureau’s dairy market overviews, and multiple land-grant university outlook meetings—converge on a similar picture: a high-component milk supply, robust processing capacity, strong but not unlimited export growth, and ongoing Class I decline. They don’t pretend to know the exact Class III price in 2027, but they do suggest the structural pressures we’re seeing now aren’t going away.

Against that backdrop, three themes keep emerging in industry coverage and in our analysis here at The Bullvine.

1. Genetics: From “More Fat” to “Smart Fat.”

Industry analysts have shown we can absolutely keep breaking component records with the tools we have. The question isn’t “Can we add more fat?” anymore; it’s “Is more fat the best use of the next unit of genetic progress on this farm, with this processor?”

Reviews on milk quality and economic sustainability in journals such as Animals, and systematic reviews on performance indicators, point to a growing emphasis on metrics such as feed efficiency, health, and fertility. These align with what extension geneticists say: we now have the genomic tools to select for cows that convert feed into milk solids more efficiently, stay healthier through the transition period, and last longer in the herd.

For herds shipping mainly to cheese plants with strong whey and lactose streams, it can make sense to lean a little harder into protein, casein, and efficiency traits, while maintaining solid butterfat performance. For plants more dependent on butter and cream, maintaining high butterfat is still logical—but even there, balancing it with health and feed efficiency can keep production sustainable.

2. Efficiency and Health: Durable Competitive Edge

Our margin analysis and university farm business summaries both highlight that in tight times, the herds that stay profitable are the ones that consistently produce higher income over feed cost per stall, not just more pounds per cow. We explored the feed cost dynamics in our recent piece on why smart dairies are spending more on feed.

Research on seasonal milk composition, transition cow health, and fresh cow management shows that better control of the transition period—reducing displaced abomasum, ketosis, retained placenta, and metritis—pays off in both milk components and lower vet bills. The National Mastitis Council’s “Best of the Best” roundtable and industry coverage of quality award winners show that herds with strong udder health and milking routines capture more premiums and generally have more stable production.

In practical terms, as many of us have seen and extension case studies generally support, herds that clean up transition management and tighten ration consistency often see substantial improvements in income over feed cost—sometimes more than a dollar per cow per day—without adding new technology. That’s the kind of advantage that holds up whether butter is $1.80 or $3.00.

3. Market Alignment: Matching Cows to Plants

Industry coverage and our market pieces here keeps coming back to one simple idea: the same hundredweight of milk can be worth very different amounts, depending on what your plant does with it.

Cheese plants with advanced whey and ingredient streams can usually capture more value from both protein and fat than butter-powder plants with no side-streams. Plants that sell a lot of branded consumer products may be less exposed to global commodity swings than plants that sell mostly unbranded bulk product. Co-ops that spent heavily on certain commodity investments have more riding on specific market segments.

In Wisconsin operations, for example, producers shipping to specialty cheese plants with strong whey programs often report different checks than neighbors shipping to a more traditional commodity mix, even with similar butterfat performance and protein levels. In Texas and Kansas, dairies tied to new cheese/ingredient plants have reported strong demand and competitive pricing, while those just outside certain draw areas don’t see the same benefits.

The farms that seem to be navigating this best aren’t always the biggest, but they usually have a clear grasp of three things:

  • How their buyer makes money
  • How their butterfat and protein profile fits that product mix
  • How their cost of production stacks up against the risk profile of that market

2026–2028: Checkpoints Instead of Crystal Balls

So, where does that leave you when you sit down with your family, your lender, or your advisory team?

Nobody can tell you exactly where prices will be in June 2027. But the combination of USDA data, component trends, USDEC/IDFA trade reports, CoBank outlook briefs, and farm financial analysis provides enough structure to use checkpoints rather than crystal balls.

2026: Get Honest and Get Oriented

  • Lock in a real breakeven. Work with a farm business specialist or your lender to build a fully loaded cost of production that includes owner labor, realistic machinery replacement, heifer raising, and deferred maintenance.
  • Map your buyer. Identify your processor’s main products—cheese, powder, butter, fluid, ingredients, branded retail—and how they price butterfat and protein. Ask them directly how your component profile helps or hurts their system.
  • Audit your herd plan. With your genetic advisor, review whether your current sire choices and culling strategy still make sense for where you expect your milk to go in 2029–2031, not just where it went in 2022.

2027: Test Your Plan Against Reality

  • Compare plan vs. actual. Take your 2026 plan and match it against your actual margins, cull rates, heifer inventory, and debt service. Did the quiet equity erosion show up despite your adjustments?
  • Reassess market fit. If your plant is clearly long on cream and struggling with butter, but you’re chasing ever-higher butterfat performance, it might be time to rebalance breeding goals and rations slightly toward protein, efficiency, and health.
  • Decide whether to fix or pivot. If you’re still below true breakeven after making reasonable operational changes, 2027 is the year to have honest conversations about restructuring, resizing, or exploring different income strategies before equity erosion gets out of hand.

2028: Choose Your Long-Term Role

If current genetic and utilization trends continue, by 2028, we’re likely still in a world of high component prices, strong processing capacity, and export markets that are vital but not omnipotent. At that point, it’s less about hoping for a return to “normal” and more about choosing who you want to be in this system.

  • Are you positioned as a lean, efficient, component-savvy herd aligned with a processor that can pay for what you produce?
  • Is your breeding program clearly set up for metabolic efficiency, health, and the component balance your market values, not the one it valued five years ago?
  • Does your balance sheet give you room to keep investing in fresh cow management, transition cow care, and facilities that support cow comfort, instead of just plugging leaks?

Those aren’t easy questions, but the sooner they’re asked, the more options you tend to have.

Editor’s Note on Data and Methods

The numbers in this article come primarily from USDA National Agricultural Statistics Service milk production and composition data; U.S. dairy statistics; USDEC/IDFA and Dairy Foods export summaries; Farm Bureau, Farm Policy News, and University of Arkansas Extension analysis of dairy financial stress and bankruptcy trends; CoBank Knowledge Exchange dairy briefs; IDFA manufacturing investment data; and The Bullvine’s own breakeven and margin modeling. Genetic trends and efficiency themes reflect published reviews on milk composition and economic sustainability in peer-reviewed journals, including Genetics, Selection, Evolution, PNAS, and Frontiers in Genetics, as well as NAAB/Select Sires base change documentation. These are national or regional averages and may not mirror your exact situation; that’s why we encourage you to run your own numbers and share your experience.

The Bottom Line

What’s interesting is how consistently the data and the on-farm stories line up when you step back. USDA analysis shows a steady march to higher butterfat; industry genetics coverage shows record components driven by genomics; USDEC, IDFA, and Farm Bureau show exports doing well but still capped around that 18-percent share; and farm financial analysis points to slow, quiet equity erosion when breakeven is misjudged.

What’s encouraging is that producers have more tools than ever—genomic testing, better transition period nutrition research, fresh cow management protocols, quality benchmarking, and robust financial tools—to respond thoughtfully rather than just react.

If current trends continue, the late-2020s likely won’t be about “getting back” to some old version of the milk check. They’re going to be about thriving in a world where high butterfat is common, where efficiency and health are as valuable as raw output, and where being matched to the right plant matters more than ever.

The 2025 downturn wasn’t a random fluke; it was a feature of a system that finally caught up to its own success in components and capacity. The big question going forward isn’t when the market will fix itself. It’s whether our cows, our costs, and our contracts are lined up with the market we actually have.

So let me leave you with the same question I’ve been asking in winter meetings:

Are you still breeding and budgeting for the 2022 milk check—or are you starting to design your herd and your business for the 2028 reality the data keeps pointing toward?

KEY TAKEAWAYS:

  • Record butterfat broke the margin math: 4.23% components and $8.2 billion in exports still left producers struggling—82% of milk clears domestically, and American fat demand has hard limits
  • $187,000 vanishes without warning: A 500-cow herd underestimating true breakeven by just $1.50/cwt bleeds that much equity every year—often invisibly, until the lender starts asking hard questions
  • Genetics locked this in through 2028: Genomic selection doubled the rate of component gain; the high-fat cows freshening now were bred years ago, and their replacements are already growing out
  • Same storm, very different boats: Northeast herds face eroding Class I premiums, California operations fight punishing cost structures, and Southwest dairies have bet heavily on new processing capacity
  • Decide by 2027 or drift into trouble: Lock in your real breakeven, understand what your processor actually pays for, and audit your breeding direction—the window for strategic repositioning shrinks every season

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

$80 Per Cow Vanishing Monthly: 5 Moves Dairy Producers Must Make Before Spring

You’re bleeding $80/cow every month, and the industry just added 211,000 more cows to make it worse. 5 moves to make before spring.

Executive Summary: Every month you wait, you’re losing $80 per cow. Class III has crashed from $20 to $15.86 since spring—and the industry just added 211,000 cows to make sure it stays there. California’s rapid H5N1 recovery, surging EU production, and strong New Zealand output have created a global oversupply that isn’t easing anytime soon. Need replacements? Quality springers now cost $4,000-plus amid the tightest heifer pipeline in 20 years. Add $4.40 corn to the equation, and margins are getting crushed from every angle. Here’s what’s actually driving the squeeze—and five specific moves to protect your operation before spring.

Dairy Market Squeeze

The U.S. dairy industry just added 211,000 cows in 12 months—the largest herd since 1993, according to USDA NASS—at the exact moment Class III prices dropped from $20 to $15.86 per hundredweight. Meanwhile, anyone trying to expand is staring at $4,000 springers and the tightest heifer supply in two decades. That collision of forces is going to define 2026 economics for operations of every size, whether you’re milking 80 cows in Vermont or 8,000 in the Central Valley.

Let me walk through what the numbers actually show and what the producers who are navigating this successfully are doing differently.

The Production Surge Nobody Can Ignore

USDA NASS confirmed that November 2025 milk production in the 24 major states hit 18.1 billion pounds—a 4.7% jump from the prior year. Nationwide, we’re looking at 18.8 billion pounds, up 4.5% year-over-year. For context, that’s the kind of production growth that typically takes two to three years to accumulate. We got it in twelve months.

And California’s recovery has accelerated the math. After H5N1 hammered the state through late 2024 and into 2025—federal livestock program records indicate roughly 75% of commercial herds experienced infections at some point—production is now running more than 10% above year-ago levels. November 2024 represented a 20-year production low for California. The turnaround has happened faster than most analysts expected, and all that milk is flowing back into national markets.

Class III milk prices have collapsed from $20.50 to $15.30 per hundredweight in just 12 months—a 25% decline that’s costing dairy producers $80-90 per cow monthly across all operation sizes 

Here’s what this means for your check: at $15.86 Class III versus $18.50 three months ago, that’s roughly $80-90 per cow per month in lost revenue for a typical Holstein operation. On a 200-cow herd, you’re looking at $16,000-18,000 less coming in between now and spring—assuming prices don’t drop further.

Herd SizeMonthly Loss ($80/cow)Spring Loss (3 months)Annual Impact
50 cows$4,000$12,000$48,000
100 cows$8,000$24,000$96,000
200 cows$16,000$48,000$192,000
500 cows$40,000$120,000$480,000
1,000 cows$80,000$240,000$960,000
2,500 cows$200,000$600,000$2,400,000

The Heifer Bottleneck Is Real

This is the constraint that will shape expansion decisions over the next three years, so let’s dig into it.

USDA data shows approximately 26.7 heifers expected to calve per 100 milk cows—the lowest ratio in at least two decades. Total dairy heifers expected to calve in 2025? Just under 2.5 million head, the lowest since USDA began tracking this metric.

The heifer-to-cow ratio has declined to a 20-year low of 26.7 per 100 cows, creating a replacement crisis that explains why quality springers now cost $4,000+ and why expansion-minded producers need to source animals immediately

The economics driving this aren’t mysterious. Ag Proud market reports show beef-cross calves bringing $1,100-1,400 at many auctions, sometimes higher for well-bred Angus or Limousin crosses. Straight dairy heifers? Often $300-500 unless they come from high-genomic programs with strong marketing. When beef-on-dairy creates that much value differential, producers make rational decisions about their breeding programs.

I was talking with a Wisconsin producer last month who’s running about 70% beef semen across his herd. His logic is straightforward: the premium on those crossbred calves more than offsets the cost of purchasing replacements when he needs them. For his operation and cash flow, that math works.

MetricBeef-Cross CalfRaise Own Dairy HeiferBuy Springer
Calf Sale Value$1,250$400N/A
Heifer Raising Cost (to calving)$0 (sold)$2,200$0
Purchase Price (springer)N/AN/A$4,000
Net Economics per Head+$1,250-$1,800-$4,000
Value DifferentialBaseline-$3,050 vs beef-$5,250 vs beef

A Northeast producer I know takes the opposite approach—she’s kept her replacement program intact because she doesn’t want to be buying springers at $4,000 when she needs them. Her calculation: the heifer she raises for $2,200 all-in is worth $1,800 more than the one she’d have to buy.

Both strategies can pencil out. The question is which matches your operation’s cash flow, facilities, and expansion timeline.

The practical implication: quality springer replacements now command $3,500-4,000 or more in many markets. If you’re planning any expansion over the next 18-24 months, heifer sourcing needs to be part of your planning conversation this month. The animals aren’t available in the numbers we’ve historically seen.

Global Oversupply Compounds the Problem

Four major dairy-producing regions are simultaneously flooding global markets with increased production—California up 10%, EU up 6%, U.S. overall up 4.7%, and New Zealand up 2.9%—creating synchronized oversupply that’s crushing milk prices worldwide

It’s not just U.S. production running hot. The latest AHDB market review shows EU milk deliveries jumped around 6% in September after the bloc worked through its bluetongue challenges. DairyNZ and LIC statistics show that New Zealand’s 2024/25 season finished with total milk solids production up 2.9% to 1.94 billion kilograms.

The Global Dairy Trade auctions have posted nine consecutive declines now, reflecting strong global supply meeting softer demand from key importing regions. If you’re shipping to a plant with export exposure—and that includes many operations in Wisconsin, Idaho, and the Southwest—those GDT results eventually flow back into your mailbox price.

For Canadian producers watching from across the border, the U.S. production surge creates its own dynamics. American oversupply tends to intensify pressure on USMCA access negotiations and affects cross-border pricing signals, even within the quota system.

California’s role amplifies these dynamics domestically. The state produces roughly 18% of U.S. milk, but here’s what really matters for price discovery: California Dairies Inc. alone churns over 480 million pounds of butter annually (about 23% of U.S. production), and the state manufactures the largest share of nonfat dry milk powder in the country. When California production swings, commodity pricing moves for everyone.

The Butter Paradox

Here’s something that looks like good news until you understand what’s actually happening.

USDEC data shows butter exports surged in 2025. January alone was up 41% year-over-year, and through the first nine months, total butterfat exports soared 149%.

Sounds great, right? Here’s the catch: U.S. prices had dropped enough to compete in markets we typically can’t reach. Brownfield Ag News reports CME spot butter trading around $1.375 to $1.40 per pound as we moved into January—a long way from the $3.00-plus prices we saw during the supply squeeze.

We were essentially selling butter globally because domestic prices made us competitive, not because we’d developed new market access. That’s fundamentally different from export growth driven by structural demand improvement. When global prices strengthen, that business disappears.

Cheese Exports: The Genuine Bright Spot

If you’re looking for actual strength in the dairy complex, cheese exports tell a legitimately positive story.

USDEC confirmed that August 2025 reached 54,110 metric tons—the highest monthly volume in the history of U.S. cheese exports. That’s 28% above year-ago levels, and the growth has come from multiple markets rather than depending on any single buyer.

Mexico remains our foundation, accounting for roughly a third of total U.S. cheese exports, according to USDEC trade data. But South Korea, Japan, and Australia all posted strong growth in the first half of 2025. The fundamentals here—growing global demand, improved U.S. product quality, established market relationships—look durable.

One constraint worth watching: USTR data shows USMCA quota utilization is still around 42%, suggesting meaningful upside if Canadian market access improves. That’s a trade policy question beyond any individual producer’s control, but it represents real unrealized potential.

The GLP-1 Demand Question

GLP-1 drugs have some dairy economists predicting significant demand shifts. The actual data tells a more nuanced story, concerning in specific categories but not the catastrophe some suggest.

Kaiser Family Foundation polling indicates about 12% of American adults have used a GLP-1 medication at some point, with roughly 6% currently taking one. That’s real market penetration.

Cornell University and Numerator recently published detailed grocery purchasing data on this population. Households with GLP-1 users reduced cheese purchases by 7.2% and butter by 5.8%. They cut sweet bakery items and cookies by 6-11% across categories.

Here’s how I’d frame this practically: it matters, but it’s not an existential threat—yet. The protein density of dairy actually positions products like Greek yogurt and cottage cheese favorably for consumers who are eating less but prioritizing nutrient-dense foods.

Where I’d watch more carefully is high-fat categories. If GLP-1 adoption reaches the 15-24% levels Morgan Stanley projects for the early 2030s, premium ice cream and butter-heavy applications could face meaningful headwinds. Worth factoring into long-term product mix thinking, but not a reason to panic about 2026.

Current Price Reality

Let’s be direct about where we are.

According to USDA’s official Class and Component Price announcements, December Class III came in at $15.86/cwt—January futures point to the low-to-mid $15 range. That’s the math when production expands as quickly as it has.

The Class III to Class IV spread has been particularly notable. December showed Class III at $15.86 versus Class IV at $13.64—a $2.22 gap favoring cheese markets over butter and powder. If you’re a Class IV shipper, you’ve felt that spread directly in your check. Geography and market assignment matter more than usual right now.

On the feed side, corn has been trading around $4.40 per bushel according to Trading Economics futures data. USDA projects an average farm price around $4.00 for the 2025/26 marketing year, which would provide some relief—but that’s not guaranteed.

What to Do Before Q2

Based on the data and the producer conversations I’ve been having, here are five moves worth considering before spring:

  • Run your break-even calculation this week. Know exactly what Class III price puts you underwater. If you haven’t updated this math since prices were $20, you’re operating blind. Have contingency triggers ready—what do you cut first at $15? At $14?
  • Audit your heifer pipeline now. Calculate your replacement availability for the 2027-2028 calving. If you’re below 28 heifers per 100 cows, start sourcing conversations immediately. Set a price ceiling before you need animals urgently—desperation buying at $4,500 in twelve months is a lot more expensive than planned purchasing at $3,800 today.
  • Evaluate your beef-on-dairy math quarterly. The premium calculation shifts with calf prices and heifer availability. A 70% beef semen strategy that worked at $1,400 crossbred calves might need adjustment if those prices soften. Don’t set-and-forget your breeding program.
  • Review feed cost protection. With corn at $4.40 and possible relief toward $4.00, evaluate whether forward contracts make sense for Q1-Q2 before spring planting volatility. Locking in $4.25 corn looks smart if prices spike; it looks expensive if they fall to $3.80. Know your risk tolerance.
  • Examine your processor relationship. If you’re Class IV-dependent and watching checks come in $2.20 below Class III equivalents, it’s worth exploring whether component shipping options or processor alternatives exist in your region. Not every operation has flexibility here, but some do and aren’t using it.

The Bottom Line

The operations that navigate the next 12-18 months successfully won’t be the ones waiting for prices to recover on their own. They’ll be the ones who used this window to lock in replacement animals before the shortage intensifies, controlled feed costs where possible, and knew their break-even to the penny.

Dairy has always been cyclical. Strong production, recovering global supply, and moderating prices—we’ve been through this pattern before. What’s different this time is the heifer constraint underneath it all. The industry can’t simply expand out of tight margins when replacement animals don’t exist.

That constraint will eventually support prices. But “eventually” might be 2027 or 2028. The question is whether your operation’s financial position lets you wait that long—and whether you’re taking the steps now that position you to expand when the cycle turns.

The fundamentals of dairy demand remain constructive. Protein consumption is growing. Convenience continues driving category growth. Despite years of plant-based competition, real dairy holds its market share.

Those realities matter. But so does the math of $15.86 Class III with $4.40 corn and $4,000 springers. The producers who acknowledge both—the long-term demand strength and the short-term margin pressure—are the ones making decisions right now that they won’t regret in 2027. 

Key Takeaways 

  • You’re bleeding $80/cow monthly — Class III crashed to $15.86; that’s $16,000 vanishing from a 200-cow herd before spring
  • 211,000 cows added in 12 months — Largest U.S. herd since 1993; prices won’t recover until supply corrects
  • Springers hit $4,000+ — Tightest heifer pipeline in 20 years; replacement economics have flipped
  • Global milk keeps flooding in — California +10%, EU +6%, New Zealand +3%; no relief coming in 2026
  • 5 moves to make now — Know your break-even, source heifers before desperation, reassess beef-on-dairy, lock feed, review your processor

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

From 52¢ to 25¢: Where Your Milk Dollar Goes Now – And 3 Ways to Reclaim Your Share

1980: Farmers got 52¢ of every dairy dollar. 2024: Just 25¢. Farm prices dropped 11% last year. Retail prices? Barely moved.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY:  A Wisconsin farmer did the math: he gets $1.07 for the milk in a gallon, selling for $4.89. That $3.82 gap isn’t new—but it’s widening. Farm share of the retail dairy dollar has dropped from 52 cents in 1980 to just 25 cents today, and when farm prices fell 11% last year, retail prices barely moved. So where does the money actually go? European research offers a surprising answer: farmer organization may matter more than processor consolidation. German farmers, working through strong cooperative structures, capture 80-85% of price transmission; French farmers negotiating individually capture just 23%. For mid-size U.S. operations, three strategic paths emerge—efficiency optimization (where top performers capture $350,000-$550,000 more annually than average), strategic scaling or collaboration, and premium market positioning. With $11 billion in new processing investment flowing toward facilities that favor large-scale supply, the time to choose your path is now.

I spoke with Mark recently, a dairy farmer who has been milking cows in central Wisconsin for 31 years. Last Tuesday, he stopped at the Kwik Trip in Marshfield after dropping a load at the cooperative and watched a young mother put a gallon of whole milk in her cart. The price tag read $4.89.

His milk check that morning showed $20.90 per hundredweight—down from $23.60 just twelve months earlier. USDA’s National Agricultural Statistics Service released those August 2025 numbers in September, and you know how it is… standing in that convenience store aisle, Mark did what every dairy farmer eventually does: the math.

“I’m getting roughly a dollar-seven for the milk in that gallon,” he told me over coffee later that week. “She’s paying four-eighty-nine. Where’s the other three-eighty-two going?”

It’s a fair question. And thanks to some useful academic research coming out of Canada and Europe, we’re getting clearer answers—ones that have honestly changed how I think about dairy market dynamics.

The Dairy Dollar Has Shifted Over Time

Here’s what the historical data shows. And it’s worth understanding these numbers in context, because they tell us something important about structural changes in our industry.

Farm share of the retail dairy dollar has plummeted from 52 cents in 1980 to just 25 cents today—a 52% decline that reflects fundamental structural shifts in dairy market power, not temporary cycles

 THE DAIRY DOLLAR: WHAT WE KNOW

For every $1.00 consumers spend on dairy products today:

Segment2024 ShareChange Since 1980
Farm$0.25↓ from $0.52
Marketing & Distribution$0.75

The marketing share includes processing, retail margins, transportation, and packaging. USDA ERS tracks farm share but doesn’t publish detailed breakdowns of marketing components—which is itself part of the transparency challenge we’ll get to later.

Source: USDA Economic Research Service, Price Spreads from Farm to Consumer, 2024

Back in 1980, dairy farmers captured approximately 52 cents of every retail dollar spent on milk. By 1999, that share had dropped to 32 cents. USDA’s Economic Research Service has tracked this through its Food Dollar Series for decades, and the most recent numbers from its 2024 Price Spreads data put the farm share of the retail dairy product basket at roughly 25 cents on the dollar.

Now, some of that shift reflects legitimate changes in the supply chain—more sophisticated processing, extended cold chains, greater product diversity, and increased food safety requirements. These things cost money, and that cost shows up somewhere.

But here’s what caught my attention: when farm prices dropped 11.4% between August 2024 and August 2025, retail prices barely moved. Bureau of Labor Statistics data shows that the average gallon of conventional whole milk ranged from $3.99 to $4.32 during that period.

The margin had to go somewhere. Understanding where—and why—matters for how we think about pricing dynamics going forward.

What Academic Research Reveals About Price Transmission

This brings us to some research that deserves more attention in our industry. It’s the kind of work that helps explain howprice changes actually move through the supply chain—or don’t.

A study published in the Journal of Food Research by economists at the University of Guelph examined price transmission through Canadian agricultural supply chains. They compared supply-managed commodities like dairy with market-driven commodities like pork, and their findings raise some interesting questions for us.

What the Guelph researchers found:

  • In supply-managed dairy systems, price changes were transmitted relatively symmetrically—when farm prices rose, retail prices followed at roughly the same rate as when farm prices fell
  • In competitive pork markets, the pattern looked different: retail prices responded quickly when farm prices increased, but declined much more slowly when farm prices dropped
  • The researchers attributed this asymmetry directly to processor and retailer concentration

As they put it: “Because of processor and retailer concentration, consumer prices respond more quickly to upward than downward movements of farm prices.”

Why does this matter for U.S. dairy? Because our system shares some characteristics with that competitive model they studied. When input costs rise, those increases tend to move through the chain relatively quickly. When costs fall… well, the benefits don’t always flow back to producers at the same pace. Many of us have seen this play out firsthand.

The European Evidence

European research adds another dimension that I found genuinely surprising. A 2020 study from the EU’s VALUMICS project examined dairy value chains across Germany, France, and the United Kingdom, and what they found challenges some conventional thinking.

The key findings:

  • Germany and the UK showed 80-85% price transmission—meaning most price changes at the farm level eventually reached retail
  • France showed only 23% transmission—most farm-level price changes got absorbed somewhere in the middle of the chain
  • Here’s what’s interesting: the difference wasn’t primarily about processor consolidation
  • The key variable was the farmer organization—how collectively producers could negotiate

So Germany has relatively fragmented processing—many mid-sized processors and cooperatives competing for milk. France has more consolidated processing, with Lactalis and Sodiaal controlling over 20% of the national milk collection.

CountryPrice Transmission %Farmer OrganizationProcessor Structure
Germany80-85%Strong cooperative structures with collective negotiating leverageFragmented: many mid-sized processors competing
United Kingdom80-85%Strong cooperative frameworks backed by legal structuresMixed competitive environment
France23%Individual farmer negotiation with limited collective leverageConsolidated: Lactalis & Sodiaal control 20%+ of national milk

Conventional thinking might suggest German farmers would face more pressure in that competitive processor environment. But the data showed the opposite. Germany achieved 80-85% symmetric price transmission. France achieved 23%.

The researchers pointed to the farmer organization as the critical variable. Germany’s cooperative structure provides producers with collective negotiating leverage backed by legal frameworks. French farmers negotiate more individually with those consolidated processors.

I want to be careful not to overstate this—European dairy markets differ from ours in important ways, and correlation doesn’t establish causation. But the findings suggest that how farmers organize may matter as much as how processors consolidate. That’s worth thinking about.

Dr. Andrew Novakovic, who has studied dairy markets at Cornell University for decades, has made similar observations about collective bargaining mechanisms. Information alone doesn’t necessarily translate into better prices—farmers need ways to act on that information collectively.

What might that look like practically? Active participation in cooperative governance, engagement with FMMO hearing processes, and support for producer organizations that advocate on pricing issues. None of these offer quick fixes, but they represent the mechanisms through which farmers can influence market outcomes beyond their individual operations.

Regional Pricing Variation

One aspect of U.S. dairy pricing that merits discussion—and you probably already know this if you’ve ever compared notes with producers in other regions—is the variation in what farmers actually receive.

USDA Agricultural Marketing Service mailbox price data shows meaningful spreads between regions. The 2024 annual averages had Southeast states around $24.58 per hundredweight, while New Mexico averaged $19.96. That’s nearly a five-dollar difference for essentially the same product.

I recently spoke with a producer in California’s Central Valley who noted similar frustrations. “We’re watching cheese exports hit record levels,” she told me, “and our mailbox price doesn’t seem to reflect that demand.” It’s a sentiment I’ve heard echoed from Vermont to Idaho—the sense that global market strength isn’t translating into farm-level returns as producers expect.

Some of this reflects legitimate factors: Federal Milk Marketing Order formulas, transportation costs, local supply-demand balance, and plant proximity. The FMMO system was designed to ensure orderly marketing and prevent predatory practices when milk couldn’t travel far.

But the magnitude of regional differences raises questions worth exploring. I spoke with Dr. Mark Stephenson, recently retired director of dairy policy analysis at the University of Wisconsin-Madison, about this dynamic.

“The regional pricing system reflects historical infrastructure and political compromises as much as current economic realities,” he observed. “Whether it still serves farmers optimally is a legitimate question.”

For individual operations, the practical takeaway is straightforward: understand the dynamics of your specific FMMO region. USDA publishes monthly mailbox prices by state—tracking where you stand relative to other regions can inform marketing decisions.

Processing Sector Changes

Any discussion of dairy pricing should include what’s happening on the processing side. And the numbers tell a story of significant consolidation over the past several decades.

USDA Rural Development cooperative statistics show U.S. dairy cooperatives declined from 1,244 in 1964 to 118 by 2017. Today, the four largest dairy cooperatives market approximately 41% of all U.S. milk. The 2020 acquisition of 44 Dean Foods facilities by Dairy Farmers of America for $425 million represented a significant moment in this trend.

It’s worth noting that cooperatives themselves vary considerably in structure and function. Some focus primarily on bargaining and milk marketing—negotiating prices and finding homes for member milk without owning processing assets. Others operate significant cheese plants, bottling facilities, or ingredient manufacturing. Regional cooperatives often serve different functions than national organizations, and a producer’s relationship with a bargaining-only cooperative differs meaningfully from membership in a cooperative that processes your milk directly.

Understanding what your cooperative actually does, and how its structure affects your returns, matters more than ever in this environment.

Now, I think it’s important to understand the processor’s perspective here too. These are businesses operating in challenging conditions—thin margins, intense retail pressure, significant capital requirements, and increasing regulatory complexity around food safety and environmental compliance.

Mike Brown, senior vice president of economics at the International Dairy Foods Association, has explained the rationale pretty clearly: “Processing is a low-margin business. The investments we’re making in new capacity require a reliable, consistent supply to achieve the economies of scale that make modern processing viable.”

A cheese plant processing 4-5 million pounds of milk daily needs supply certainty. That’s a legitimate operational requirement. The question isn’t whether processors are making rational business decisions—clearly they are. The question is how the overall market structure affects outcomes across the dairy sector.

New Processing Investment and Export Growth

What’s encouraging is the investment flowing into the industry right now. The International Dairy Foods Association reports approximately $11 billion in new dairy processing investment across more than 50 facilities in 19 states. NMPF president and CEO Gregg Doud has called it unprecedented in American agricultural history.

Much of this investment is oriented toward export markets—cheese, butter, and milk powder destined for growing demand in Asia and other regions. U.S. dairy exports have grown substantially over the past decade, and this processing capacity positions the industry to capture more international market share.

That’s genuinely positive for the industry’s future. Expanded processing capacity creates new market opportunities for milk, and export growth provides demand beyond what domestic consumption alone can support.

The nuance worth noting: much of this new capacity appears oriented toward long-term supply agreements with larger operations—dairies that can provide consistent, high-volume supply year-round. For a 400-cow dairy in Michigan or a 600-cow operation in Pennsylvania, this raises practical questions about market access as the processing landscape evolves.

This isn’t cause for alarm, but it is cause for planning. Understanding where processing investment is flowing—and what supply characteristics those facilities seek—can inform strategic decisions.

Policy Developments

On the policy front, Senators Kirsten Gillibrand of New York and Susan Collins of Maine have introduced the Fair Milk Pricing for Farmers Act, that’s H.R. 295 in the House and S. 581 in the Senate. The bill would require processors to report production costs and product yields to the USDA every two years.

Senator Gillibrand framed the rationale in her February 2025 announcement: “Requiring manufacturers to report dairy processing costs on a biennial basis will give dairy producers, processors, and cooperatives the data they need to ensure that their prices accurately reflect the costs of production.”

This seems like a reasonable transparency measure, and it’s attracted bipartisan support from both producer and processor organizations.

That said, it’s worth understanding what the legislation does and doesn’t do. It creates baseline transparency—useful for FMMO hearing processes when make allowances and pricing formulas are adjusted. It doesn’t set minimum prices, mandate formula changes, or establish collective bargaining frameworks.

As the European research suggests, transparency is valuable but may not be sufficient on its own. It’s one piece of a larger puzzle.

Strategic Options for Mid-Size Operations

Given these market dynamics, what can mid-size operations actually do? After conversations with farm management specialists, agricultural economists, and producers across several regions, three strategic directions keep emerging.

StrategyCapital RequiredTime to ROIPotential Annual Gain (500-600 cow herd)Risk Level
Efficiency Optimization$50K-250K (monitoring systems, feed tech, genetics)7-12 months$350K-550K annually (gap between average and top-quartile execution)Low-Medium
Scale Expansion$8M-12M per 1,000 cows (40% equity required: $3.2M-4.8M)5-7 yearsScale-dependent; driven by per-cow efficiency at 2,000+ headHigh (labor, capital, market access)
Premium Positioning (Organic/Farmstead)$50K-150K + 36-month transition without premium income3-5 years$100K-300K annually (based on $20-30/cwt premium capture)Medium-High (market, transition, certification)

Which path makes sense depends partly on where you are in the business cycle—and honestly, on generational considerations. An operation with a clear succession plan and incoming family labor faces different calculations than one where the next generation has moved on. The strategic choices you make today will shape what kind of operation exists in ten or fifteen years, whether that’s for family members to continue or for an eventual transition. That reality should inform which path you pursue.

Here’s what the numbers suggest: on a well-managed 500-cow dairy, the gap between average and top-quartile execution across efficiency measures could mean $350,000-550,000 annually. That’s the difference between surviving commodity cycles and building genuine equity. The three paths below represent different ways to capture that value.

Path One: Efficiency Optimization

For many operations, the most practical path is executing the fundamentals exceptionally well. And the performance gap between average and top-performing herds of similar size can be more meaningful than you might expect—Penn State Extension dairy specialists have documented income-over-feed-cost differences of $2.00-3.00 per cow per day between operations with similar herd sizes.

On a 600-cow dairy, that daily difference compounds to something significant over a year.

Where does that improvement come from? A few areas consistently matter:

Feed management remains the largest controllable cost. Most operations run TMR consistency at 4-8% variation; top performers achieve 2% or less. Testing every cutting—rather than assuming values carry over—adjusting rations weekly based on actual components, and managing bunk dynamics… these practices can reduce feed costs by $0.30-0.50 per hundredweight according to University of Wisconsin research.

Health monitoring has advanced considerably. Rumination and activity monitoring can identify mastitis and lameness 2-3 days before visual symptoms appear. Systems from SCR, Afimilk, Lely, and others typically run $50-100 per cow for basic monitoring, with more comprehensive systems at $150-250 per cow. The payback comes through earlier intervention, reduced treatment costs, and avoided production losses—particularly during the transition period when fresh cow problems tend to cascade.

Component optimization rewards attention to genetics and nutrition. Operations targeting butterfat levels of 4.0%+ can capture meaningful premiums. Montbéliarde crosses and select Holstein families have shown strong component performance, though results vary by management system and feeding program.

Beef-on-dairy programs have created new revenue streams that many of us didn’t have five years ago. Breeding 20-30% of the herd to beef bulls—Angus, Charolais, or Limousin, depending on your market—produces crossbred calves selling at $350-400 versus $80-100 for dairy bull calves. That’s meaningful additional revenue for operations with solid reproductive management.

This path suits operations with manageable debt, adequate working capital, and a genuine interest in data-driven management.

💡 BULLVINE INSIDER TIP: Efficiency Optimization

Based on what producers are actually seeing in 2025, here’s where the fastest returns are coming from:

What’s working right now:

  • AI-powered ration optimization software — Early adopters are reporting 5-10% feed cost reduction with ROI within 7-8 months, according to Lactanet’s herd analytics data. On a 500-cow dairy, that’s $50,000-100,000 annually to your bottom line.
  • Integrated health monitoring (not standalone sensors) — Systems that combine rumination, activity, and temperature data outperform single-metric monitors. Look for platforms that integrate with your existing herd management software rather than creating another data silo.
  • Smart calf monitoring — Operations using automated calf health systems are seeing significant reductions in mortality. One Dutch dairy documented a 19% improvement in calf survival within a single lactation cycle, with wearable sensors detecting illness 12+ hours before visual symptoms appeared. Payback typically runs under 12 months.

What to skip for now: Standalone activity monitors without integration capability. False-positive rates often create more work than they’re worth.

Path Two: Scale Expansion

Some operations have the capital position and management depth to expand to the scales preferred by new processing facilities. And I want to be honest about what this actually requires.

The economics are demanding. Expansion from 600 to 2,000+ cows typically requires $8,000-12,000 per cow in capital investment. For a 1,400-cow expansion, that’s $11-17 million. Most lenders currently require around 40% equity for dairy expansion—meaning $4.5-6.8 million just to reach the financing table.

When the numbers work, larger operations do show profitability advantages. University of Minnesota FINBIN data consistently shows per-cow returns increase with scale, all else equal.

But all else is rarely equal. Labor presents a genuine challenge—a 2,000-cow operation requires different workforce management than a family operation, and finding reliable dairy labor has become difficult in many regions. Geographic factors matter too: Idaho and parts of the Southwest still see active development, while the Upper Midwest and Northeast face higher land costs and tighter environmental constraints.

Here’s something worth considering, though: Collaborative scaling offers some of the benefits of scale without the full capital burden. Machinery-sharing cooperatives—common in Europe through what’s called the CUMA model—are now emerging in Ireland and parts of North America.

Actually, Ireland’s first farm machinery sharing cooperative was formed by members of the Kilnamartyra dairy discussion group in West Cork, according to Teagasc (Ireland’s agricultural authority). Their first joint purchase was a low-emissions slurry tanker—equipment that would’ve been uneconomical for individual operations but made sense when shared across several farms.

The CUMA model is widely used in France, where up to 50% of farmers are members of some type of machinery cooperative. Beyond equipment, some operations here are exploring multi-family partnerships or formal alliances for input purchasing, young stock raising, or even shared labor pools. Wisconsin’s dairy discussion groups and organizations, such as the Dairy Business Association, have facilitated some of these arrangements.

It’s not a full-scale expansion, but it captures some economies without the $11-17 million capital requirement. Worth exploring if you’re in that middle ground.

💡 BULLVINE INSIDER TIP: Scale Expansion

If you’re seriously exploring expansion or collaboration:

Before committing capital:

  • Map your processor relationships first — Talk directly with your co-op or processor about their 5-year capacity plans. Some are actively seeking mid-size suppliers; others are locked into large-operation contracts. Know before you build.
  • Explore collaborative structures — Contact your state’s dairy business association about machinery-sharing cooperatives or multi-family partnership models. The SARE (Sustainable Agriculture Research & Education) program has published practical guides on legal structures for equipment sharing that can help you avoid common pitfalls.
  • Run the labor math honestly — a 2,000-cow operation needs 8-12 full-time employees with skill sets different from family labor. If you can’t staff it reliably, the expansion economics fall apart regardless of milk price.

Geographic reality check: Expansion feasibility varies dramatically by region. Idaho, the Texas panhandle, and parts of Kansas still have processor demand for a new large-scale supply. Upper Midwest and Northeast markets are largely committed—expansion there often requires displacing existing supply relationships, which is a different game entirely.

Path Three: Premium Market Positioning

The third direction involves capturing more retail value through differentiation—such as organic certification, farmstead processing, or direct-to-consumer sales.

The economics genuinely shift here. Commodity milk at $20-22 per hundredweight captures about 25-49% of retail value, depending on the product—USDA data shows fluid milk’s farm share runs higher than cheese or butter. Farmstead cheese operations can realize $40-60 per hundredweight equivalent, capturing 60-70% of retail value, according to case studies from Penn State Extension and the Vermont Agency of Agriculture.

Market PositionPrice ($/cwt equivalent)Farm Share of Retail %Market Access Reality
Commodity Milk$20-2225%Immediate; established processor relationships
Organic Certified$40-46 (varies by buyer; grass-fed premiums $36-52)50-60%36-month transition without organic premiums; buyer commitment required first
Farmstead Cheese/Processing$50-6560-70%3-5 year market development; requires proximity to metro areas 100 miles or less

For organic specifically, the transition requires careful planning. USDA organic certification requires three years of chemical-free land management before milk can be sold as organic—and during that transition period, you’re bearing organic production costs without organic premiums. Capital requirements typically run $50,000-150,000, depending on your starting point.

What I’m hearing from certifiers and industry groups is that certification costs have risen notably for 2025—the new Strengthening Organic Enforcement rule has created additional paperwork requirements, and several certifiers have raised prices in response. Factor that into your projections.

Some operations have navigated the transition successfully by phasing it across their land base, but it requires 18-24 months of cash flow management without premium returns. Go in with your eyes open.

For farmstead processing, the requirements are significant. Penn State Extension notes that total costs for setting up a cheese enterprise “can easily total over $100,000” depending on scale and regulatory requirements. Vermont case studies show a wider range—$15,000- $40,000 for small-scale farmer-built facilities processing limited volumes, up to $150,000- $ 500,000 for commercial, licensed operations with turnkey equipment.

You generally need proximity to markets—within 100 miles of metro areas with appropriate demographics—and patience. Plan on 3-5 years before profitability.

Northeast operations have shown particular success with this model, given the region’s population density and consumers’ willingness to pay premiums for local products. But I’ve also seen successful farmstead operations in unexpected locations—sometimes it’s about finding the right niche rather than the perfect geography.

This path suits operations near population centers with a genuine interest in marketing and brand-building. It’s not for everyone, but it’s created viable businesses for producers with the right circumstances and inclinations.

💡 BULLVINE INSIDER TIP: Premium Market Positioning

Before committing to organic transition or farmstead processing:

Organic pathway:

  • Secure a buyer commitment first — Contact organic processors (Organic Valley, Maple Hill, regional buyers) about supply needs before starting the transition. Some regions are oversupplied; others are actively recruiting. NODPA’s September 2025 pay price survey shows grass-fed organic premiums ranging from $36/cwt to $52/cwt, depending on the buyer and certification level.
  • Budget for the paperwork — Certification costs are up for 2025 due to the Strengthening Organic Enforcement rule implementation, and record-keeping requirements have increased substantially. Factor in 4-6 hours weekly for compliance documentation.
  • Model the transition cash flow — You’ll carry organic production costs for 36 months before organic premiums kick in. Most successful transitions maintain conventional income on part of the operation during this period.

Farmstead processing pathway:

  • Start with farmers markets — Test your product and build a customer base before investing in full retail infrastructure. Many successful farmstead operations started selling 50-100 pounds of cheese weekly at local markets.
  • Connect with your state extension — Penn State, Vermont, and Wisconsin all offer farmstead dairy programs with technical assistance and business planning resources that can help you avoid costly mistakes.
  • Visit operating farmstead dairies — Nothing replaces seeing the daily reality of retail cheese production. Most farmstead operators are generous with their time for serious prospective producers.

The Bottom Line

Looking at these dynamics—the structural shifts, the research findings, the strategic options—what should producers do?

I don’t think there’s one right answer. Different operations face different circumstances, and what works for a 2,000-cow Idaho dairy won’t necessarily fit a 400-cow Wisconsin operation or a 200-cow Vermont farmstead. You know your situation better than any analyst does.

But I do think waiting for commodity markets to resolve these questions isn’t a strategy. Processing investments are being made now. Supply relationships are being established now. Operations are positioning for the next decade; decisions are being made now.

If you take three things from this analysis, make them these:

First, pull your operation’s income-over-feed-cost trend and compare it against Penn State Extension benchmarks for your herd size. Know where you stand before choosing a path. The gap between average and top-quartile performance is where hundreds of thousands of dollars hide on mid-size operations.

Second, have a direct conversation with your cooperative or processor about their capacity plans for the next five years. Are they seeking supply? Locked into large-operation contracts? Planning new facilities? This isn’t information that comes to you automatically—you have to ask for it.

Third, understand where processing investment is flowing in your region and what supply characteristics those facilities are seeking. IDFA tracks the $11 billion investment wave; your state dairy association can often tell you what’s happening locally.

These aren’t the strategic decisions themselves—they’re the foundation for making those decisions clearly.

The collective questions the research raises—cooperative governance, policy engagement, industry organization—matter too, though they operate on longer timeframes and require collective action. Showing up at cooperative meetings, engaging with your board, participating in industry organizations… these things feel distant from daily farm management, but they’re how farmers influence the structures that shape their prices.

The farms that will be thriving in 2035 won’t be the ones that waited for conditions to improve. They’ll be the ones that understood conditions clearly and positioned themselves accordingly.

Resources for Further Information:

Key Takeaways:

  • Farm share of the retail dairy dollar has declined from 52% in 1980 to approximately 25% today, reflecting both legitimate supply chain costs and structural market dynamics
  • European research suggests that farmer organization and collective bargaining mechanisms may influence price transmission as much as processor market structure
  • $11 billion in new processing investment is reshaping the industry, with much of the capacity oriented toward export markets and large-scale supply relationships
  • On a well-managed 500-cow dairy, the gap between average and top-quartile execution could mean $350,000-550,000 annually—that’s the real opportunity in efficiency optimization
  • Mid-size operations face three viable strategic paths: efficiency optimization, collaborative or individual scale expansion, or premium market positioning
  • Strategic clarity and committed execution will distinguish operations that thrive through the next decade

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

Stop Tightening Your Belt: Dairy’s $6.35/cwt Gap and Your 90-Day Window to Close It

90 days to reposition before 2026 hits. The top 25% of dairy operations already moved. This is the playbook they’re using.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: Tightening your belt won’t save you this time. The shifts hitting dairy in 2025-2026—production running 4.7% above year-ago levels, replacement heifers at a 47-year low, butterfat collapsed from $3.00 to $1.40/lb, processors leveraging billions in new capacity—aren’t cyclical headwinds that reverse when prices recover. They’re structural changes to how this industry operates. Cornell Pro-Dairy data makes the stakes clear: a $6.35/cwt efficiency gap separates top-quartile from bottom-quartile farms, a difference exceeding $100,000 annually between similar-sized operations. The producers repositioning now—locking in feed costs, enrolling in risk management before January deadlines, recalibrating breeding programs for the beef-on-dairy era—will be the ones thriving in 2028. You have a 90-day window. This is the playbook.

Dairy Market Shift 2026

You’ve probably seen the headlines by now. U.S. milk production has been running hot—really hot—through the back half of 2025. We’re talking 3.7 to 4.2 percent above year-ago levels in September and October, and then November came in at 4.7 percent higher than the same month in 2024, according to USDA’s latest milk production reports and Cheese Reporter’s analysis of the data. That’s the kind of year-over-year growth we haven’t seen since the COVID recovery period.

And the industry is still figuring out where all that extra milk should go.

USDA’s November estimates show the national dairy herd has grown to approximately 9.57 million head—up 211,000 cows from a year ago. Per-cow productivity keeps climbing, too. USDA data shows milk per cow running 20 to 40 pounds higher per month than a year earlier across the major dairy states.

When you multiply those gains across millions of cows, you end up with substantial incremental production that needs to find a home.

I’ve been tracking dairy markets for a long time, and this moment feels genuinely different. Not catastrophically so—dairy will remain viable, and there are real opportunities for well-positioned operations—but different enough that the playbook from 2016 or 2020 may need some adjustment in 2026.

Let me walk through what’s actually happening and what it might mean for your operation.

The Production Picture That’s Emerging

The supply situation requires some unpacking because it’s not just about one factor. It’s several forces converging at once.

Herd numbers have expanded meaningfully after years of modest growth, and productivity gains keep compounding. Modern genetics and management practices—better transition cow protocols, improved fresh cow management, tighter reproduction programs—keep pushing output higher. That additional 20-40 pounds per cow per month doesn’t sound dramatic until you’re looking at the national numbers.

The regional story has gotten interesting, too. Some areas hit by HPAI and weather challenges in 2024 saw temporary production setbacks, but by late 2025, USDA data show California’s milk output actually rising sharply—up about 6.9 percent year-over-year in October—as both cow numbers and per-cow production recovered.

Meanwhile, expansion in Texas, parts of the Upper Midwest, and states like South Dakota continues to reshape the geography of the U.S. milk supply.

I recently spoke with a producer in the Texas Panhandle who has been farming for 30 years. He noted that five years ago, he could count the large dairies in his county on one hand. Now there are several major operations within a reasonable drive, all competing for the same labor pool and feed resources. That kind of regional shift creates both opportunities and new competitive pressures.

What economists like Dr. Marin Bozic at the University of Minnesota have been tracking is a fundamental geographic redistribution of U.S. milk production. The industry is less concentrated in traditional dairy regions, which has real implications for processor logistics and regional pricing.

For our Canadian readers, the contrast is striking—while U.S. producers navigate oversupply pressure, Canada’s supply management system, with quota prices ranging from CAD $24,000 to over $56,000 per kilogram of butterfat per day, depending on province (according to Agriculture Canada’s 2025 data) and tariffs of 200-300% on imports creates an entirely different market reality. That protection comes with its own trade-offs, but it insulates Canadian producers from the volatility American farmers are facing.

So what does this mean practically? USDA forecasts indicate domestic production will likely continue exceeding consumption growth through at least mid-2027. That suggests continued pressure on milk prices—though as always, unexpected developments could change the trajectory.

What’s Actually Happening to Component Premiums

For a lot of operations, component pricing—particularly butterfat premiums—has been a crucial margin driver over the past several years. That dynamic is shifting in ways worth understanding.

Butterfat values have come down significantly from their recent peaks. CME spot butter prices, which topped $3.00 per pound at various points in 2023-2024, have declined through 2025. By August, prices had dropped to around $2.18 per pound according to market tracking. September brought a new year-to-date low of around $2.01.

And by October, butter had fallen to $1.60 per pound. As of late December, we’re looking at butter trading in the $1.40 range—a meaningful change in butterfat economics that affects the math for many feeding strategies.

What’s driving this? A combination of factors. Farmers responded to high premiums by selecting for higher-fat genetics and adjusting rations—exactly what economic incentives encourage. At the same time, retail demand for butter and full-fat products has moderated somewhat. Supply caught up with demand, and premiums softened accordingly.

As Dr. Mike Hutjens, Professor Emeritus of Animal Sciences at the University of Illinois, has emphasized in his extension work over the years, chasing very high butterfat often raises feed costs faster than it raises milk checks. Many herds find better margins around moderate butterfat—say, 3.8 to 4.0 percent—with solid protein performance, rather than pushing fat above 4.2 percent and paying for the extra inputs.

That guidance feels particularly relevant given where butter is now.

Of course, every operation is different. Farms with cost-effective access to high-fat supplements may still find the economics work. The key is running the numbers for your specific situation rather than assuming what worked in 2023 still pencils out today.

It’s also worth noting that Federal Milk Marketing Order modernization proposals released by USDA in late 2024 are expected to adjust how components are valued over time. How butterfat and protein strategies pay going forward may look quite different than what we’ve seen in the past few years.

The Genetic Revolution That’s Rewriting Replacement Math

Let’s be direct about something: What’s happening with replacement heifers isn’t just a market trend or a temporary shortage. It’s a genetic revolution that has fundamentally altered how dairy farmers must think about herd replacement—and most operations haven’t yet fully grasped the implications.

USDA’s January 1, 2025, Cattle Inventory report shows 3.914 million dairy heifers 500 pounds and over. That’s the smallest number since 1978, as Dairy Reporter and multiple other outlets have noted. We’re at a 47-year low for replacement inventory.

The data from USDA and HighGround Dairy shows just 2.5 million dairy heifers expected to calve in 2025—the lowest level since that dataset began in 2001. That’s a drop of 0.4 percent compared to 2024, and industry analysts suggest tight replacement numbers will keep heifer availability constrained for several years.

Here’s what makes this different from previous heifer shortages: this one was deliberately created through breeding decisions.

The beef-on-dairy movement isn’t some accident of market forces—it represents a fundamental shift in how progressive dairy operations view their genetic programs. Every breeding decision is now a strategic choice about whether you’re in the business of making milk, making beef, or both.

The old mental model—breed everything dairy, cull what doesn’t work—is obsolete. The new reality requires treating your replacement pipeline as a distinct enterprise with its own P&L, not an afterthought of your breeding program.

The economic forces driving this shift were compelling. When beef calves were bringing $750 more than they had been two years prior, concentrating dairy genetics on your best animals while capturing beef premiums on the rest made perfect sense. USDA and industry commentary explicitly connect lower replacement inventories to increased use of beef semen on dairy cows.

But here’s what the numbers don’t always show: The farms that executed this strategy well didn’t just chase beef premiums—they simultaneously intensified their genetic selection on the dairy side. They used genomic testing to identify the top 30-40% of females, bred them aggressively with sexed dairy semen, and captured beef value on the rest.

The April 2025 CDCB genetic base change—moving the reference population from cows born in 2015 to cows born in 2020, with updated Net Merit formula weights—gives producers better tools for these decisions. The December 2025 evaluation updates added further refinements to health and type trait data, according to CDCB. Farms making breeding decisions without current genomic information are essentially flying blind in this new environment.

The farms that got caught were the ones who saw beef-on-dairy as a revenue grab rather than a genetic strategy. They reduced dairy breedings without upgrading the genetic intensity of the ones they kept.

Consider a scenario many Midwest operations have navigated: A 600-cow Wisconsin dairy that shifted from 70 percent gender-sorted dairy semen to 40 percent in 2024 might have captured an additional $300,000 in beef calf revenue that year. But that same operation now faces needing 75-100 more replacement heifers than their breeding program will produce—a gap that requires careful planning to address at current prices.

The gain was immediate and visible. The cost is delayed and often larger.

“We got caught up in the beef premium along with everyone else,” one 700-cow operator in central Wisconsin told me. He asked to stay anonymous, which is understandable. “The checks were great in 2024. Now I’m looking at replacement costs that eat into those gains significantly. Looking back, I might have maintained a higher percentage of dairy breedings. But the economics at the time pointed toward beef.”

Recent reports show that U.S. replacement dairy cow prices are reaching record highs in late 2025, with many quality cows and bred heifers trading well above earlier levels of $2,000-$2,200. At those prices, buying your way out of a heifer deficit isn’t just expensive—it may not be possible at scale.

The strategic question every operation needs to answer: What percentage of your herd represents your genetic future, and are you breeding them accordingly?

The good news is that farmers are recalibrating. The National Association of Animal Breeders reports gender-sorted dairy semen sales grew by 1.5 million units in 2024—a 17.9 percent growth rate in just one year—as producers adjust their programs.

The farms that will thrive in this new environment aren’t abandoning beef-on-dairy—they’re getting smarter about it. They’re using genomics to make precise decisions about which animals deserve dairy genetics and which should produce beef calves. They’re treating replacement inventory as a strategic asset, not a byproduct.

This is the genetic revolution in action. The question is whether you’re driving it or being driven by it.

The Power Shift to Those Who Own the Stainless Steel

Let’s talk plainly about something the industry doesn’t always acknowledge directly: The power dynamic between dairy farmers and processors has fundamentally shifted. The leverage now belongs to those who own the stainless steel.

Significant processing capacity has come online over the past several years. Industry reports from Cheese Reporter, CoBank, and others tally multi-billion-dollar investments in new cheese, butter, and specialty dairy plants in the U.S.—with estimates ranging from $7 billion to $11 billion in committed or recent capacity additions, depending on the source and timeframe.

Major projects from Hilmar, Bel Brands, Leprino, and others were predicated on expectations of continued milk supply growth and strong export demand. These processors made massive bets on dairy’s future—and now they need milk to justify those investments.

Here’s where it gets uncomfortable: Analysts and trade publications report that several recently commissioned cheese and powder plants are running below their designed capacity.

That creates enormous pressure for processors carrying major capital investments. And that pressure flows directly to farmers in the form of supply commitments, pricing structures, and partnership terms that increasingly favor the processor’s position.

Run the numbers from their side. A $500 million cheese plant sitting at 70 percent utilization is bleeding money. The incentive to lock up milk supply through multi-year agreements, financing arrangements, and expansion partnerships isn’t altruism—it’s survival.

The Darigold situation in the Pacific Northwest illustrates this dynamic clearly. Local reports indicate their new Pasco, Washington plant has seen its price tag rise from initial estimates of $600 million to over $900 million—approximately $300 million over budget. As a result, the cooperative has implemented a $4 deduction per hundredweight from member milk checks, with $2.50 allocated explicitly to construction costs.

Even in a cooperative structure—where farmers theoretically own the processing—the capital requirements of modern dairy manufacturing mean producers are effectively captive to infrastructure decisions made on their behalf. For a farm shipping 5 million pounds monthly, that $4 deduction represents $200,000 annually coming out of your check. Whether you are in a co-op or independent, if you aren’t auditing the ‘why’ behind your check deductions in 2026, you’re essentially writing a blank check to your processor’s construction budget.

When processors offer financing for heifer purchases, equipment upgrades, or expansion projects in exchange for multi-year milk supply commitments, understand what’s really happening: They’re converting your flexibility into their supply security. That’s not necessarily bad—capital access and price stability have genuine value—but you need to recognize the trade.

Economists like Mark Stephenson, Director of Dairy Policy Analysis at the University of Wisconsin-Madison, have observed that processors who invested billions in new capacity now face utilization challenges.

When evaluating these arrangements, consider them with clear eyes:

  • Who benefits more from the locked-in supply? In a rising market, fixed pricing hurts you. In a falling market, it helps. But the processor gets supply certainty regardless.
  • What are the exit provisions? If your situation changes, what does it cost to get out?
  • Are you financing their utilization problem? Expansion commitments that serve processor capacity needs may or may not align with your operation’s optimal scale.
  • What’s the opportunity cost of reduced flexibility? Five-year agreements made in 2025 lock you into a world that might look very different by 2028.

None of this means you shouldn’t engage with processors or consider partnership structures. It means you should engage as a businessperson who understands that the party with the capital makes the rules. Get independent financial advice. Model the downside scenarios. Understand what you’re giving up, not just what you’re getting.

The Export Picture: Opportunity and Uncertainty

Exports have absorbed substantial U.S. dairy production in recent years, with 2024 reaching $8.2 billion—the second-highest export value ever, according to USDEC and IDFA reporting. Understanding the current export environment helps put domestic market dynamics in context.

Mexico remains the dominant destination—and deserves close attention. USDA Foreign Agricultural Service data and USDEC reporting show Mexico accounts for more than a third of all U.S. cheese export volume—by far the largest single destination. Mexico purchased 37 percent of all U.S. cheese sold to international customers through September 2024, and Cheese Reporter confirms 424 million pounds of cheese were exported to Mexico in 2024.

This concentration creates both opportunity and exposure. Mexican economic conditions—including inflation pressures and remittance flows—directly influence demand. The relationship has been remarkably durable, but it’s worth monitoring.

The China situation represents a more structural shift. USDA and Rabobank analysis show Chinese dairy imports dropping from a peak of nearly 845,000 metric tons in 2021 to about 430,000 metric tons in 2023—a decline of nearly 50 percent in just two years, as Dairy Reporter and Capital Press have documented.

USDA GAIN reports and Rabobank describe China’s strategy to boost domestic raw milk production and reduce import dependence. Chinese dairy imports were down roughly 10-14 percent in early 2024, with forecasts suggesting continued pressure.

The consensus among economists studying global dairy trade is that China deliberately increased self-sufficiency. That suggests planning for Chinese demand to return to 2021 levels may not be realistic—though trade relationships can shift in unexpected ways.

On a more positive note, other markets continue developing. Southeast Asia, the Middle East, and parts of Latin America offer growth potential. And USDEC confirms U.S. dairy export volume was up 1.7 percent through the first three quarters of 2025, indicating continued demand despite the China headwinds.

Global competition remains a factor. EU milk production is forecast to decline modestly in 2025, according to European Commission data—about 0.2 percent—as environmental regulations and cost pressures affect European producers. New Zealand, Australia, and South American producers continue competing in key markets.

Building business plans that work at realistic domestic price levels, while remaining positioned to benefit from export opportunities, seems like a prudent approach.

What Could Change This Outlook

Markets regularly surprise us, and it’s worth considering scenarios where conditions might improve faster than current projections suggest.

Weather or disease events could tighten global supply. A significant drought in New Zealand or production challenges in European herds would reduce global competition. U.S. dairy would benefit from being a reliable supplier in that environment.

China’s approach could evolve. Economic pressures, food security priorities, or trade negotiations could reopen Chinese import demand. It’s not the base case, but it’s possible.

Domestic demand could strengthen. Cheese consumption has grown modestly but consistently. A shift in consumer preferences or successful product innovation could accelerate demand. The foodservice recovery post-COVID continues developing.

Trade policy could create openings. New trade agreements or the resolution of existing disputes could improve access to markets that are currently restricted.

I wouldn’t build a business plan assuming these developments, but they’re worth monitoring. They’re also reasons for measured optimism rather than pessimism about dairy’s long-term prospects.

Practical Steps for the Months Ahead

For dairy operators assessing their position, several action areas warrant attention in the near term. These aren’t theoretical—they’re decisions with specific windows. And while the priorities may vary based on your operation’s size and situation, the core principles apply broadly.

Feed Cost Management

With corn prices running around $4.00-4.05 per bushel in late December—down from $4.20-plus earlier in the fall and well below the $5-plus levels of 2023—this represents a genuine opportunity, according to USDA and CME data.

Forward contracting 50-70 percent of the anticipated 2026 grain requirements provides cost certainty regardless of how commodity markets move. For a 600-cow operation, that’s roughly 1,200-1,800 tons of corn equivalent. If prices move higher by spring, you’ve protected yourself.

Smaller operations—say, 100-200 cows—might target the lower end of that range to preserve cash flexibility, while larger commercial dairies with dedicated nutritionists and storage capacity might push toward 70 percent or higher.

I spoke with a nutritionist in the Northeast who mentioned that several of her clients locked in corn in October and are already seeing the benefit as prices have firmed. “It’s not about timing the absolute bottom,” she noted. “It’s about knowing your costs and removing uncertainty.”

The window for favorable pricing exists now, though markets can always move in either direction.

Risk Management Tools

Both the Dairy Revenue Protection and Dairy Margin Coverage programs offer downside protection worth evaluating. Each works differently:

DRP protects revenue and allows customizable coverage levels. Recent quotes in the Upper Midwest have shown producers can often secure Class III price floors in the high-$17 to low-$19 range, with premiums typically running a few dozen cents per hundredweight, depending on coverage level and quarter. These numbers move with the market, so working with your agent on current pricing makes sense.

DMC protects margins—milk price minus feed costs—and offers subsidized rates for smaller operations. As Wisconsin Extension and Ohio State confirm, Tier 1 coverage at $9.50 margin costs just $0.15 per hundredweight for qualifying operations—genuinely affordable protection for smaller producers.

Dr. John Newton, Vice President of Public Policy and Economic Analysis at the American Farm Bureau Federation, has noted that more sophisticated operators are layering both programs. DMC provides base margin protection; DRP covers revenue risk on top of that. The combination requires some investment, but it’s comprehensive.

A note on operation size: DMC’s Tier 1 subsidized rates make it particularly attractive for smaller operations with a production history of under 5 million pounds production history. Larger operations may find DRP more cost-effective on a per-hundredweight basis.

Insurance enrollment deadlines typically fall in mid-to-late January. This is an immediate decision point worth prioritizing.

ProgramWhat It ProtectsCoverage Cost ($/cwt)Best ForEnrollment Deadline
Dairy Revenue Protection (DRP)Milk revenue (price × volume)$0.30 – $0.70 (varies)Larger operations, revenue focusMid-January (quarterly)
Dairy Margin Coverage (DMC) Tier 1Margin (milk price – feed costs)$0.15 (subsidized)Small farms (<5M lbs history)Mid-January (annual)
DMC Tier 2Margin (milk price – feed costs)$1.11 – $1.53Mid-size operationsMid-January (annual)
No Coverage (Exposed)Nothing$0High-risk strategyN/A

Balance Sheet Assessment

Operations carrying significant debt—particularly debt originated at lower interest rates that’s now repricing—benefit from proactive lender conversations.

The math matters. A $4.5 million debt portfolio repricing from 3.5 to 7.5 percent adds roughly $180,000 in annual interest expense. On a typical-size operation, that extra interest alone can add $1.00-1.50 per hundredweight to your cost of production—money that comes straight off your margin.

Options worth discussing with your lender:

  • Amortization extensions that reduce annual payments by stretching repayment
  • Refinancing into FSA programs—USDA’s December 2025 announcement confirms current rates at 4.625 percent for direct farm operating loans and 5.75 percent for farm ownership loans
  • Covenant modifications that provide flexibility during market transitions

A lender I know in the Upper Midwest told me that producers who come in early with clear projections and a realistic plan typically achieve the best outcomes. “It’s the ones who wait until they’re already stressed who have fewer options,” he observed.

Initiating these conversations proactively, with clear financial projections showing you understand market conditions, typically produces better results than waiting.

Herd Composition Review

Evaluating whether lower-producing animals justify their feed and labor costs becomes more important as margins compress.

The efficiency gap between top and bottom performers in most herds is larger than many farmers realize. Cornell Pro-Dairy data shows the lowest quartile of farms averaging operating costs of $22.32 per hundredweight, while the highest quartile averages just $15.79—a difference of $6.35 per hundredweight that translates to performance gaps exceeding $100,000 between similarly-sized operations.

The math often favors addressing the bottom 10 percent of producers rather than carrying them through a soft market. For a 600-cow herd, that’s 60 animals consuming feed, requiring labor, and potentially affecting rolling herd average.

This doesn’t necessarily mean culling aggressively—it might mean more intensive management of problem cows, faster culling decisions on chronic cases, or adjusting breeding priorities. The right approach depends on your specific situation.

Regional Considerations

These strategies apply broadly, but regional variations matter.

Operations in Texas and the expanding Southwest face different labor markets and heat stress considerations than Wisconsin or Michigan dairies. California operations navigating recovery from recent challenges have unique constraints. Farms in traditional dairy regions may have more processor options and competitive milk pricing than those in emerging areas.

Working with your local extension specialists and financial advisors to calibrate these recommendations to your specific situation makes sense. Generic advice only goes so far.

The Efficiency Conversation—What It Actually Means

“Get more efficient” has become standard advice. But what does meaningful efficiency improvement actually involve at a practical level?

Milk quality management delivers measurable returns. Operations maintaining somatic cell counts below 200,000 capture quality premiums while avoiding the production losses, treatment costs, and discarded milk associated with elevated SCC.

Extension economists at Cornell, Penn State, and elsewhere estimate that reducing bulk tank SCC from the 400,000 range to under 200,000 can improve returns by several hundred dollars per cow per year, including quality premiums, reduced discarded milk, and lower treatment costs.

I visited a 400-cow operation in Pennsylvania last spring that had invested significantly in parlor upgrades and milking protocols. Their SCC dropped from 280,000 to 140,000 over eighteen months. The owner estimated the combination of premium capture and reduced mastitis treatment was worth about $350 per cow annually. “It wasn’t cheap to get there,” he acknowledged, “but the payback has been solid.”

For operations considering larger capital investments, robotic milking systems are showing compelling economics for the right situations—studies cited by Progressive Dairy and industry analysts show payback periods of 5-7 years when labor savings, production increases, and improved herd health detection are factored together, though ROI varies significantly based on herd size, labor costs, and management intensity.

Feed efficiency metrics matter more than ever. Tracking pounds of milk produced per pound of dry matter intake reveals opportunities many operations overlook.

Research documented in the Journal of Dairy Science and confirmed by Michigan State’s extension work shows each 1 percent improvement in forage NDF digestibility translates to approximately 0.55 pounds additional milk per cow per day and about 0.38 pounds more dry matter intake, according to a summary of the research.

On a 600-cow herd, that 0.55 pounds daily adds up to 330 pounds across the herd, or roughly 120,000 pounds annually. At $16 milk, you’re looking at around $19,000 in additional revenue from a single percentage point improvement in forage quality. That’s why forage testing and harvest timing decisions carry such significant economic weight.

Labor productivity varies widely across operations, too. Farms running 120-140 cows per full-time equivalent generally outperform those at 80-100 cows per FTE on a cost-per-hundredweight basis. This doesn’t mean minimizing staff—it means ensuring labor investments produce proportional output through good systems, appropriate automation, and reduced turnover.

The farms navigating current conditions most successfully tend to excel across multiple efficiency dimensions simultaneously rather than focusing narrowly on any single metric. It’s the combination that creates a durable competitive advantage.

Why ‘Tightening Your Belt’ Won’t Save You This Time

Here’s what I keep coming back to when I look at all of this: The biggest risk for dairy farmers right now isn’t any single market factor. It’s the assumption that this is just another cycle that will correct itself if you tighten your belt and wait it out.

Dairy farmers are extraordinarily resilient. You’ve navigated 2008-2009, 2015-2016, 2020, and everything in between. Every time you cut costs, got more efficient, and made it through to better prices.

That resilience has been your greatest asset. But in this environment, the traditional playbook has limits.

The structural changes we’re seeing—the genetic revolution reshaping replacement dynamics, the power shift toward processors, the permanent loss of Chinese import demand, the capital intensity that favors scale—these aren’t cyclical headwinds that will reverse when milk prices recover. They’re fundamental changes in how the industry operates.

Tightening your belt works when you’re waiting out a temporary downturn. It doesn’t work when the game itself has changed.

The farms that will emerge strongest from 2026-2028 aren’t necessarily the biggest. They’re the ones that recognized early that some operating conditions have shifted permanently and adjusted their approaches accordingly.

That means:

  • Building cost structures that work at $16-18 milk, while remaining positioned to benefit if prices improve
  • Managing debt proactively rather than assuming refinancing will always be available on favorable terms
  • Making breeding decisions that balance near-term revenue with longer-term replacement needs—and treating your genetic program as a strategic asset
  • Evaluating processor partnerships with clear eyes about who holds the leverage
  • Focusing on profitability at the current size rather than assuming growth solves margin challenges

The Bottom Line

The dairy industry has weathered difficult periods before, and it will navigate this one as well. Domestic and global demand for quality dairy products remains substantial. Well-managed operations will continue finding paths to profitability.

The question is which operations will position themselves to thrive in the industry’s next chapter. And that positioning is happening now, in the decisions being made over the next 90 days.

The farmers who approach this moment with clear-eyed realism—neither panic nor complacency—and take deliberate action to strengthen their operations will look back in 2028 with satisfaction at the choices they made.

That outcome is available to you. That window closes faster than you think.

Key Takeaways

The market reality:

  • U.S. milk production running 3.7-4.7 percent above year-ago levels through fall 2025—the strongest growth since the COVID recovery
  • National herd at 9.57 million head, up 211,000 from a year ago
  • Domestic supply projected to exceed demand growth through at least mid-2027
  • China’s import decline—from 845,000 to 430,000 metric tons—represents a structural policy shift
  • Mexico accounts for more than a third of U.S. cheese exports

The structural shifts:

  • Beef-on-dairy isn’t a trend—it’s a genetic revolution requiring new replacement math
  • Power has shifted to processors who control the stainless steel and need milk to justify their investments
  • Butterfat premiums have collapsed—butter from over $3.00/lb to around $1.40/lb
  • Replacement heifer inventory at 47-year lows (3.914 million head); record prices

Action items for the next 90 days:

  • Evaluate forward contracting 50-70 percent of the 2026 feed needs
  • Review DRP and DMC options before January enrollment deadlines
  • Initiate lender conversations—FSA operating loans at 4.625%
  • Reassess breeding strategy: What percentage of your herd represents your genetic future?
  • Model breakeven at $16-18 milk and identify improvement areas

The mindset shift:

  • “Tightening your belt” is a failing strategy when the game has changed
  • Resilience means proactive adaptation, not passive endurance
  • Q1 2026 decisions will significantly influence outcomes through 2028

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

28p vs. £300 Million: The 2025 Milk Price Gap Nobody’s Explaining

Asked Arla and Müller how £300M in expansions aligns with 28p milk. No response. Their annual reports answered anyway: €401M profit, margins tripled.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: Lakeland’s November 2025 price of 28.8p per litre—the first below 30p in over a year—means the average farm loses 15p on every litre produced. Processor economics tell a different story: Arla netted €401 million profit, Müller tripled operating margins to £39.6 million, and the sector poured £300 million into new capacity. This pattern extends globally. US lenders expect only half of dairy borrowers to profit this year; Germany loses 6 farms a day; Darigold members describe $4/cwt deductions making cash flow “impossible.” Factor in 2-3p/L in looming environmental compliance costs, and margins compress further still. Farms positioned to navigate this share clearly have the following characteristics: debt below 50% of assets, production costs under 38p, and component or contract strategies that capture value beyond the base price. The global dairy industry is consolidating faster than at any point since 2015. What you decide in the next 90 days shapes whether your operation leads that consolidation or gets swept up in it.

Milk Price Gap

The text came through just after 6 AM on a wet December morning in County Fermanagh. Lakeland Dairies had announced November’s price: 28.8 pence per litre. The Irish Farmers Journal confirmed it was the first time we’d seen prices dip below 30p since November 2023.

For the farmer who shared it with me—180 cows, third-generation operation, silage already put up for winter—the math took about thirty seconds. At 28.8p against his actual production cost of roughly 44p, he’s losing just over 15p on every litre his cows produce. That works out to around £2,500 a month in the red, assuming nothing else goes sideways between now and spring.

“Dairy farming is not sustainable for families at the minute,” is how he put it when we spoke later that week. “They talk about it coming back at the second half of next year—the second half of next year could be December.”

You know what struck me about that conversation? It wasn’t the frustration. Every dairy farmer I’ve talked to lately has plenty of that. It was the clarity. He’d already run his numbers. He knew exactly how many months of working capital he had left, what land he could move if it came to that, and at what price point he’d need to start having some hard conversations about the herd’s future.

That kind of clear-eyed planning is becoming more common across dairy operations worldwide right now. And given where things stand, that’s probably smart.

The 70p Gap: Where Your Milk Money Actually Goes

So let’s dig into what we actually know about where the money flows in late 2024.

The headline numbers tell a pretty stark story. Lakeland’s 28.8p base price for Northern Ireland suppliers is the first time we’ve breached that 30p floor in over a year. Meanwhile, you walk into any Tesco Express or Sainsbury’s Local, and you’re looking at somewhere between £1.00 and £1.50 for a litre of milk.

That’s a gap of 70p to 120p per litre between what we’re getting at the farm gate and what consumers pay at checkout.

Now here’s the thing—and you probably know this already—a good chunk of that gap is completely legitimate. Processing costs real money. So does transport, packaging, refrigeration, retail labour, and the considerable energy costs of keeping those dairy cases cold around the clock. A reasonable industry estimate for post-farm costs is 25-35p, depending on the product and supply chain.

But even accounting for all those real costs, there’s still a meaningful portion—perhaps 40p or more—being captured at various points along the supply chain between the bulk tank and the checkout. Understanding where that value ends up, and why, helps when you’re trying to make sense of your own situation.

SegmentTypical revenue per litre (p/L)Approximate cost per litre (p/L)Approximate margin per litre (p/L)
Dairy farm28.844.0-15.2
Processor45.035.010.0
Retailer110.070.040.0
Whole chain110.0149.0*

Here’s what gets interesting when you look at the regional breakdown. According to AHDB data from October 2025, the UK average farmgate price is 46.56p per litre, with Great Britain at 47.99p. Northern Ireland? Just 39.09p—and remember, that’s the average, which includes farms on better contracts. The 28.8p base price we’re talking about sits well below even that regional figure.

I was chatting with a Devon producer last month who put it pretty plainly:

“We’re getting 38p on a standard liquid contract, which isn’t great, but it’s survivable if you’re careful. When I hear what lads in Fermanagh are getting, I honestly wonder how they’re managing it.”

So why such a big difference across regions? Some structural factors help explain it.

The Export Trap: Why Northern Ireland is the Canary in the Coal Mine

Here’s the key thing about Northern Ireland that shapes everything else: roughly 80% of NI milk production—that’s from AHDB’s latest figures—heads straight for export markets. Cheese, butter, powder destined for Europe, Africa, and beyond. That’s a fundamentally different setup from Great Britain, where more milk stays domestic and flows through liquid contracts with the major retailers.

What that export focus means—and this is really the central point—is that pricing works on completely different terms. When you’re selling mozzarella into European food service or milk powder into global commodity markets, you’re competing against New Zealand, Ireland, and every other major exporter out there. Your price gets driven by the Global Dairy Trade index, not by whether Tesco needs to keep shelves stocked.

And there’s a geographic reality that also constrains options. You can’t economically truck raw milk across the Irish Sea to chase a buyer in Liverpool. The collection infrastructure, the processing capacity, the contractual relationships—they’re all concentrated within Northern Ireland. That creates a different competitive environment than what a Cheshire farmer might have with potentially more buyers nearby.

Why does this matter for producers elsewhere? Because what’s happening in Northern Ireland is a preview of what export-dependent regions face globally when commodity markets soften. The same dynamics are playing out in New Zealand right now, where Fonterra is facing pressure on its farmgate milk price forecast amid supply outpacing global demand. Australia’s southern export regions have seen similar pressure on milk prices compared to last season, according to recent Rabobank analysis.

Cyril Orr, the Ulster Farmers’ Union Dairy Chairman, has been pushing hard on the transparency issue through all of this. “As dairy farmers, we are entering a challenging period marked by significant market uncertainty and pressure on farm gate prices,” he said in a December statement. “It is more vital than ever that farmers can place trust in their processors. We need to see greater openness, transparency, and genuine collaboration within milk pools.”

That call for transparency reflects something I’ve heard from producers across the UK, Ireland, and frankly, the US too: there’s a real desire for clearer information about how product values actually translate into what shows up on our milk checks.

The £300 Million Question: What Processor Investments Really Tell Us

Here’s where things get more nuanced—and it’s worth thinking through carefully.

If the dairy sector were struggling across the board, you’d typically expect processors to pull back on capital spending, maybe close some facilities, and issue profit warnings. That’s what we saw during the 2015-2016 downturn, as many of us remember.

But that’s not what’s happening now.

Over the past 18 months, UK and Ireland-based processors have committed nearly £300 million to capacity expansion:

  • Arla Foods: £179 million for Taw Valley mozzarella capacity, announced July 2024
  • Müller: £45 million at Skelmersdale for powder and ingredients
  • Dale Farm: £70 million for the Dunmanbridge cheddar facility in Northern Ireland, plus a major long-term supply deal with Lidl covering 8,000 stores across 22 countries

You don’t commit nearly £300 million to capacity expansion unless you’re confident about future milk availability and market demand. That’s just business sense.

It’s worth looking at the processor financials, too. Arla Foods group-wide posted €401 million in net profit for 2024—up from €380 million the year before—on revenues of €13.8 billion, according to their February annual report. Müller UK, according to The Grocer’s September coverage, nearly tripled its operating profit to £39.6 million after turning a profit again.

What does all this suggest? Well, one way to read it is that while farm-level economics are under real pressure, other parts of the supply chain have found ways to maintain or even improve their positions. Whether that’s a temporary rebalancing or something more structural… honestly, reasonable people can look at these numbers differently. The situation is complex.

I reached out to both Arla and Müller for comment on how their investment plans align with current farmgate pricing. Neither responded. And you know, that silence tells you something too.

A Global Squeeze: This Isn’t Just a UK Problem

Before we go further, it’s worth zooming out—because this margin pressure isn’t unique to the UK. Not by a long shot.

In the US, agricultural lenders now expect only about half of farm borrowers to turn a profit this year. That’s a marked decline from previous expectations. Out in the Pacific Northwest, Darigold—a cooperative serving around 250 member farms across Washington, Oregon, Idaho, and Montana—announced a $ 4-per-hundredweight deduction earlier this year to cover construction cost overruns at its new Pasco facility. As Capital Press reported in May, one farmer bluntly described the situation: “The $4.00 deduct, combined with all the other standard deductions, has made it impossible for us to cash flow.”

The EU picture isn’t any rosier. A December 2024 USDA GAIN report forecast that EU milk production would decline in 2025 due to declining cow numbers, tight dairy farmer margins, and environmental regulations. Germany has been losing over 2,000 dairy farms annually—that’s roughly six operations closing every single day, according to analysis of federal statistics. Poland’s dairy industry profitability is “teetering on the edge,” per a recent Wielkopolska Chamber of Agriculture report. And across Eastern Europe, thousands of farms have exited in recent years amid what industry leaders describe as significant crisis conditions.

The pattern is unmistakable: processors investing, producers struggling, margins getting captured somewhere in between.

What’s interesting is how different regions are responding. And one of the more instructive comparisons—with lessons worth considering—is how Irish farmers handled similar pressure.

When Farmers Fought Back: The Irish Playbook

When Irish processors announced cuts in late 2024, the response was notably coordinated. Over 200 farmers gathered outside Dairygold’s headquarters in Mitchelstown on September 19th—Agriland covered it extensively—and many of them brought printed copies of their milk statements. A broader group eventually mobilised roughly 600 suppliers to raise specific questions about pricing formulas and the calculation of value-added returns.

What made this different was the specificity of it. Rather than general complaints about “unfair prices,” farmers showed up with documented questions: How does the Ornua PPI relate to what’s actually showing up in our milk checks? How are value-added premiums being allocated? What are the real margins on different product categories?

Pat McCormack, the ICMSA President, was pretty direct in his assessment—he suggested processors were using milk prices to absorb volatility that might otherwise hit other parts of the chain. The IFA raised concerns about what continued cuts might mean for production levels.

Within a few weeks, several cooperatives did adjust their pricing. The movement wasn’t dramatic, but it showed that organised, data-driven engagement could influence outcomes.

Here in the UK, the farming unions—NFU, NFU Scotland, NFU Cymru, and UFU—took a different approach, issuing a joint letter calling for “responsible conduct” across the supply chain. Professional and measured.

I’m not saying one approach is inherently better than another—different markets and structures call for different strategies. But the contrast raises some interesting questions about which kinds of engagement actually move the needle. Something to think about.

The Environmental Wildcard: Already on Your Balance Sheet

Here’s a factor that’s reshaping farm economics right now—not someday, but today: environmental regulation. And honestly, it probably deserves more attention than most of us are giving it.

What happened in the Netherlands—where nitrogen limits led to mandatory herd reductions—shows how fast the regulatory picture can shift. Irish farmers have already felt it from nitrate derogation adjustments. Ireland’s water quality issues prompted the EU to reduce the limit to 220kg/ha in some areas starting January 2024, forcing affected farmers to cut stock or find more land.

For UK producers, several things are worth watching:

  • Water quality pressure: Defra’s getting pushed to address agricultural contributions to river catchment issues. Dairy-heavy areas in the South West and North West could face new requirements as review cycles progress.
  • Ammonia targets: The Clean Air Strategy includes a UK commitment to cut ammonia emissions by 16% by 2030 compared to 2005—that’s according to official government reporting. Housing and slurry management are big focus areas.
  • ELMS implications: How dairy operations fit into the Environmental Land Management scheme’s eligibility—and whether future support involves stocking density requirements—are still evolving questions with real implications.

Why does this matter for your cost of production calculation? Because compliance investments aren’t optional anymore—they’re line items. If you’re running your numbers at 44p and not factoring in upcoming environmental requirements, you might be underestimating your true breakeven by 2-3p per litre. That’s the difference between surviving and not in a sub-30p market.

If UK policy moves toward firmer livestock limits, the ripple effects would run right through the supply chain. Processing infrastructure designed for current volumes faces different economics if milk availability shifts through regulation rather than markets.

The Numbers That Actually Matter for Your Operation

If you’re milking cows right now and trying to figure out where you stand, all this industry analysis provides useful context. But your specific numbers are what really matter. Here’s a framework several farm business consultants have been using—not hard rules, but useful reference points:

What to TrackGenerally ComfortableWorth Watching⚠️ Needs Attention
Debt-to-Asset RatioBelow 50%50-60%Above 60%
Working Capital Runway12+ months6-12 monthsUnder 6 months
True Cost of ProductionUnder 38p/L38-42p/LAbove 42p/L
Annual Volume2M+ litres1.5-2M litresUnder 1.5M litres

The debt-to-asset calculation you probably know—total liabilities divided by total asset value. What matters about that 60% threshold is that above it, your ability to absorb an extended low-price period gets pretty limited. You might find yourself servicing debt out of equity rather than cash flow, and any softening in land or livestock values creates additional pressure you don’t need.

Working capital runway—current assets minus current liabilities, divided by your monthly cash burn—tells you how long you can keep going if nothing changes. Dairy pricing cycles generally take 6-18 months to shift meaningfully, so shorter runways don’t leave much room to wait things out.

And the cost of production number? That’s where honest self-assessment really matters. Include everything: variable inputs, fixed overhead, family labour at what you’d actually have to pay someone else, full finance charges—and now, factor in those environmental compliance costs we just discussed. If that figure’s above 42p and there’s no clear path to getting it under 38p in the next 90 days… that’s a structural challenge that better markets alone probably won’t fix.

Three Questions Worth Asking Your Processor This Week

  1. What’s the current Ornua PPI or equivalent product return index, and how does my price track against it?
  2. What market factors might support a price adjustment in Q1 2025?
  3. Are there aligned contract opportunities available, and what would I need to qualify?

You might not get detailed answers. But asking demonstrates you’re engaged, and it creates a record of the conversation.

What’s Working for Producers Who’ve Been Here Before

In conversations with farmers who’ve navigated previous cycles, several themes consistently emerge. Here’s what seems to be helping.

On feed costs: “Lock what you can while grain markets are favourable” was something I heard over and over. Feed generally runs over 40% of variable costs for most of us, so it’s one of the bigger levers you can actually pull. Forward contracting through Q2 2025 won’t entirely offset a 15p/litre shortfall, but it removes one variable from the equation. Several farmers mentioned negotiating extended payment terms—60-90 days—in exchange for volume commitments. Worth exploring.

On component strategy: Here’s something that doesn’t get enough attention in these pricing discussions: butterfat and protein premiums can meaningfully offset base price pressure for operations set up to capture them. UK butterfat levels averaged 4.44% in October 2025 according to Defra statistics—but there’s wide variation between herds. First Milk’s Mike Smith noted in their June 2025 announcement that component payments directly affect their manufacturing litre price, with the standard calculated at 4.2% butterfat and 3.4% protein. Farms consistently running above those benchmarks are realizing additional value that doesn’t show in base-price comparisons. If your herd genetics and nutrition programme support higher components, that’s real money—potentially 1-2p/L or more depending on your processor’s payment structure.

On culling decisions: With beef prices relatively strong right now, the math on marginal cows looks different than it might in other years. The general guidance is to look hard at your bottom 15% by productivity—but timing matters too. Cull values tend to be better now than they might be if spring brings a wave of dispersal sales from farms exiting. One Cumbrian producer told me he’d moved 20 cows in November specifically because he expected prices to soften by February. Smart thinking.

On contracts: Farmers with competitive cost structures and solid compliance credentials may benefit from exploring retailer-aligned pools. The premium over standard contracts—typically 2-5p per litre—can add up to £35,000-£90,000 annually on a million-litre operation. Application windows for Q1 usually run in autumn, so timing for 2025 might be tight, but it’s worth a conversation.

And here’s something that doesn’t get talked about enough: farmers on well-structured, aligned contracts often say it’s the stability, not just the premium, that makes the real difference during volatile times. Knowing your price three months out changes how you plan, how you manage cash flow, and, honestly, how those conversations with your bank manager go.

On sharing information: Producer Organisations provide a framework for collective engagement that individual suppliers just don’t have. The Fair Dealing regulations have given these structures more teeth. Several farmers mentioned that even informal setups—WhatsApp groups where neighbours compare milk checks and input costs—have been really valuable for understanding whether their situation reflects broader patterns or something specific. Shared information helps everyone.

Breeding Decisions in a Survival Economy

Here’s something worth thinking through carefully if you’re making genetic decisions right now: the beef-on-dairy question has gotten a lot more complicated.

The numbers tell part of the story. According to AHDB’s December 2025 analysis, dairy beef now makes up 37% of GB prime cattle supply—up from 28% in 2019. Dairy-beef calf registrations increased another 6% in the first half of 2025 compared to the same period in 2024. That’s a significant shift in how our industry contributes to the broader meat supply.

What’s driven it? Pretty straightforward economics, really. When beef-cross calves were bringing strong premiums and replacement heifer values had collapsed to around £1,200 back in 2019, the maths pushed many operations toward more beef semen at the bottom end of the herd. Made perfect sense at the time.

But here’s what’s changed: replacement heifer economics have flipped dramatically. In the US, USDA data shows replacement dairy heifer prices jumped 69% year-over-year in Wisconsin—from $1,990 to $2,850 by October 2024. CoBank’s August 2025 analysis reported prices reaching $3,010 per head nationally, with top heifers in California and Minnesota auctions fetching over $4,000. That’s a 164% increase from the 2019 lows.

The UK hasn’t seen quite the same spike, but the trend is similar: quality replacement heifers are getting harder to source and more expensive when you find them.

So what does this mean for breeding decisions right now? A few things worth considering:

  • Genomic testing economics have shifted. When heifers were cheap, testing your youngstock and culling aggressively on genomics felt like a luxury. Now, with replacement costs significantly higher, knowing which animals are worth developing and which should go to beef makes real financial sense.
  • The fertility-longevity trade-off matters more. Every open cow or early cull represents a replacement purchase in a tight heifer market. Genetic selection for fertility and productive life has direct cash flow implications that weren’t as acute three years ago.
  • Component genetics intersect with pricing strategy. If your processor pays meaningful butterfat and protein premiums, breeding decisions that move those numbers aren’t just about future herd composition—they’re about capturing more value from the milk you’re already producing.

I’m not suggesting everyone should immediately pivot away from beef-on-dairy—the calf values are still there, and for many operations the economics still work. But the calculation has changed enough that it’s worth running the numbers fresh rather than assuming what worked in 2021 still makes sense in 2025.

The Bottom Line: Consolidation is Coming—Position Yourself Now

Let me be direct about what I see happening.

The UK dairy industry isn’t just going through a temporary rough patch. It’s consolidating. The combination of margin pressure, environmental compliance costs, and processor investment patterns all point in the same direction: fewer, larger operations capturing a greater share of production. USDA data shows more than 1,400 US dairy farms closed in 2024—that’s 5% of all operations in a single year. Germany is losing over 2,000 dairy farms annually. The Andersons Outlook report projects GB dairy producers could fall to between 5,000 and 6,000 within the next two years, down from 7,130 in April 2024. The pattern is global, and it’s accelerating.

That’s neither good nor bad—it’s just reality. The question is whether you’re positioned to be one of the operations that emerges stronger, or whether the current squeeze catches you unprepared.

The farms that will thrive through this cycle share some common characteristics: debt loads below 50%, production costs under 38p, component levels capturing premium payments, breeding programmes balancing replacement needs against beef income, and the willingness to explore non-traditional arrangements—whether that’s aligned contracts, on-farm processing, or strategic partnerships.

The current environment is genuinely challenging, but it’s not the same for everyone. Some farms will work through this and find opportunities on the other side. Others face situations where operational improvements alone may not be enough.

Figuring out which category your operation falls into is the essential first step. Run your numbers honestly. Have proactive conversations with your lender—before they’re calling you. Think through the full range of options, including the possibility of stepping away with equity intact rather than waiting until choices narrow.

If it’s been more than a couple of months since you’ve really dug into your financial position, this might be a good week for that work. The decisions made now—with complete information and realistic expectations—are usually the ones that still look sound eighteen months down the road, whatever direction ends up making sense for your situation.

The processors are betting on continued milk availability. The question is: at what price, and from whom?

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • You’re Losing 15p on Every Litre: 28.8p farmgate vs. 44p production cost = £2,500/month loss for average herds. First sub-30p price in over a year.
  • Processors Are Expanding While Farms Contract: €401M Arla profit. Müller margins tripled to £39.6M. £300M in new capacity committed. The pain isn’t distributed equally.
  • This Is Global Restructuring, Not a Local Dip: Half of US dairy borrowers expected to be unprofitable in 2025. Germany loses six farms daily. Same pattern, different currencies.
  • Your True Breakeven Is 2-3p/L Higher: Environmental compliance—ammonia targets, water-quality regs—is now a line item. Update your numbers before your lender does.
  • The 90-Day Survival Test: Debt below 50%? Costs under 38p/L? Strategy capturing value beyond base price? Farms passing all three will shape the consolidation. The rest will be shaped by it.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The 90-Day Reckoning: What Your Milk Check Is Really Saying About 2026

The math doesn’t care about sentiment. At $15.62 milk and $18.75 costs, a 550-cow dairy burns $36,350/month. What’s your number?

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: At $15.62 Class III milk and $18.75 all-in costs, a 550-cow dairy burns $36,350 every month—and the math doesn’t care about sentiment. Heifer inventories have hit a 47-year low. Nine consecutive GDT auctions have declined. Over $11 billion in new processing capacity is coming online while farms contract. This isn’t a cycle; it’s a structural reset. For producers with costs in the $17-19 range and limited liquidity, the window to preserve family equity through a controlled transition is roughly 90 days. The frameworks are here—true cost of production, liquidity runway, decision pathways—because knowing your real numbers is the difference between making decisions and having them made for you.

You know how it goes this time of year. You’re wrapping up evening chores, maybe checking futures on your phone while the parlor finishes up, and the numbers just don’t add up the way you need them to.

Class III contracts for early 2026 have been trading in the mid-teens on the CME—January 2026 recently settled around $15.62—and for a lot of operations, that’s a couple of dollars or more below what’s needed to cover everything. Not just feed and labor. Everything. The mortgage, the equipment note, and family living expenses.

Here’s what makes this moment unusual, though. Feed costs have actually come down. Corn’s running around $4.40-4.45 a bushel on the Chicago Board of Trade as of mid-December. Soybean meal’s around $300-320 a ton—well below where it was a couple of years back. Butter inventories look manageable. Domestic cheese demand is holding steady.

So why does the math still feel so difficult?

After spending the past few weeks going through the data—conversations with economists, reports from CoBank and the extension services, watching the Global Dairy Trade auctions—I’ve come to believe that what we’re looking at in early 2026 isn’t just another down cycle. Global supply growth, shifting export dynamics, and significant new processing capacity all arriving at once… these conditions seem likely to reshape dairy’s structure over the next several years.

This isn’t about waiting for prices to recover. It’s about understanding where your operation actually stands—and thinking through your options while they’re still open.

The Numbers Nobody Wants to See

The Global Dairy Trade auctions have been tough to watch lately. The December 16th event marked the ninth consecutive decline, with the index dropping 4.4% according to GDT Event 394 results. The auction before that fell 4.3%. Whole milk powder values have softened enough to create real headwinds for exporters trying to move product internationally.

On the domestic side, butter’s been trading in the mid-$2 range per pound, down from earlier this fall. Block cheese has settled into the mid-$1.60s after pushing toward $1.90 in October, based on CME spot market data. Not terrible, but not where most of us need it to be either.

What’s worth noting—and this is something that’s frustrated a lot of folks—is what’s happening with Dairy Margin Coverage. The program triggered a solid payment in January 2024 when margins dipped below $9.50, according to USDA Farm Service Agency records. Since then? With feed costs lower than they were, the formula shows margins that look healthy on paper, even when your cash flow is telling a very different story.

Danny Munch, an economist at the American Farm Bureau Federation, has spoken to this dynamic. When corn and soybean meal prices drop, the DMC calculation can paint a rosier picture than what many farms are actually experiencing. The safety net’s still there, but the way the formula works means it doesn’t always deploy when you’d expect it to.

💰 THE MATH THAT MATTERS

What margin pressure actually looks like per cow:

At $18.75 all-in cost and $15.50 Class III milk:

  • $3.25/cwt margin loss
  • Average U.S. cow produces ~24,375 lbs/year (that’s from USDA’s December 2025 Economic Research Service forecast)
  • That works out to 244 cwt × $3.25 = $793/cow/year loss

For a 550-cow dairy:

  • $436,150 annual margin shortfall
  • $36,350/month cash burn from milk margin alone

And that’s before you add debt service, family living, and depreciation. You can see why liquidity evaporates faster than most folks expect.

The Heifer Trap

Those of us who’ve been through 2009, 2015-16, and 2018 know what price cycles look like. We’ve navigated them before. But a few things are converging now that really do set this period apart.

The replacement pipeline is running dry. USDA’s cattle inventory data from January 2025 showed dairy replacement heifers over 500 pounds at around 3.9 million head—the lowest since 1978, according to the National Agricultural Statistics Service. That’s a 47-year low. Let that sink in for a moment.

How did we get here? Well, you probably know, because you may have made some of the same decisions I’ve seen across the industry. When beef-on-dairy started penciling out so well, a lot of operations shifted their breeding programs. NAAB data shows beef semen use on dairy operations climbed substantially over the past decade. It made economic sense at the time—those crossbred calves brought good money, and they still do. But it means fewer heifers in the replacement pipeline, and that’s not something that corrects quickly.

CoBank’s August 2025 Knowledge Exchange report projected that heifer inventories will likely tighten further before any meaningful recovery, probably not until 2027 at the earliest. Biology takes time. You can’t speed up gestation.

Export markets have shifted underneath us. China has been building domestic production capacity for years now. USDA Foreign Agricultural Service and OECD-FAO analyses show they’re meeting most of their dairy needs internally these days internally, with imports focused more on specific ingredients than on bulk commodities. That’s a structural change, not a temporary dip.

Several Southeast Asian markets—Indonesia, Vietnam, the Philippines—have also pulled back from where they were a few years ago, according to USDA’s Dairy: World Markets and Trade reports. There’s still an opportunity there, but competition has intensified considerably.

Processing is expanding while farms contract. According to IDFA data released in October 2025, more than $11 billion in new and expanded dairy processing projects are underway across 19 states, with over 50 facilities scheduled to come online between 2025 and early 2028. That represents significant demand for raw milk—but also creates some interesting pressure on the supply side.

This creates a tension that’s worth watching closely. Processors built capacity expecting continued production growth. The heifer shortage complicates that considerably. And margin pressure is affecting decisions across the board. Everyone in the supply chain is working through the same challenges simultaneously.

Editor’s note: We’re working on a follow-up piece—”What Your Milk Buyer Wants You to Know About 2026″—examining how processors are managing supplier relationships during this consolidation period. If you’re a processor willing to share perspective, reach out to us at info@thebullvine.com.

Know Your Real Numbers

I’ve been talking with financial consultants and extension specialists about what metrics matter most right now. Every operation is different—different debt structures, different facilities, different family circumstances—but a few numbers keep coming up in those conversations.

Your Actual Cost of Production

This is probably the most important number you can know. It’s also the one most commonly underestimated.

A farm financial analyst who works with Midwest dairies shared something that stuck with me: most producers he sits down with think they know their cost of production, but once they work through everything carefully, they often find they’re $1.50 to $3.00 higher than they thought. That’s a significant gap when margins are already tight.

A complete picture typically includes:

  • Cash operating costs—feed, fuel, labor, utilities, supplies. For most operations, that’s somewhere in the $10.50-12.50 per hundredweight range, according to Penn State Extension dairy breakeven analyses.
  • Debt service—equipment payments, real estate, operating lines. That can add another $3-5 per hundredweight depending on your situation.
  • Family living—what you actually draw, not what you budgeted. Another $1.50-2.50. And be honest here.
  • Depreciation—what it really costs to maintain and replace equipment and facilities over time. Perhaps $1-2 more.

When you add everything up, many mid-sized operations are running $17.50 to $21.50 per hundredweight all-in. The Penn State Extension dairy breakeven tools, the Wisconsin Center for Dairy Profitability benchmarking data (which compares over 500 farms annually), and the University of Minnesota extension work all show similar ranges.

Regional pricing differences matter here, too. Your mailbox price depends heavily on where you’re located and your Federal Order. California’s quota system creates dynamics different from those in FMMO regions. Upper Midwest producers in Order 30 generally benefit from proximity to processing—Wisconsin’s weighted average hauling charge runs around 47 cents per hundredweight, according to Federal Order 30 market administrator data from May 2025.

Cost Scenario (all‑in)Margin per cwt (USD)Margin per cow per year (USD)550‑cow farm margin per year (USD)Monthly cash flow (USD)
$17.00/cwt-1.00-244-134,200-11,183
$18.50/cwt-2.50-610-335,500-27,958
$20.00/cwt-4.00-976-536,800-44,733

But if you’re in the Northeast under Order 1 or the Southeast under Order 7, you’re facing different math entirely. The June 2025 FMMO reforms increased Class I differentials specifically to reflect the higher cost of servicing fluid markets in those regions—the Southeast saw the largest increase nationally at $1.74 per hundredweight on average, according to USDA analysis. Recently passed intraorder transportation credits are helping offset some of those long-haul costs for Southeast producers, according to Progressive Dairy’s 2025 State of Dairy report. Still, when you’re calculating your margins, make sure you’re using your actual milk check, not a national average.

If your true cost is north of $18 and milk’s in the mid-teens, the gap becomes challenging to manage for very long. You know this already. The question is what to do about it.

The Runway Calculation

This next calculation can be uncomfortable, but it’s genuinely important.

📊 YOUR LIQUIDITY RUNWAY

The Formula: (Available Cash + Remaining Operating Credit) ÷ Monthly Loss at Current Prices = Months of Runway

What It Means:

  • 6+ months: Time to evaluate options strategically
  • 3-6 months: Decisions needed in next 30-60 days
  • Under 3 months: Urgent situation requiring immediate action

Example: $87,000 cash + $140,000 credit line = $227,000 total liquidity At $21,000 monthly loss = 10.8 weeks of runway

Farm finance advisors tell me that many mid-sized operations—the ones in that $18-19 breakeven range—have roughly 3-4 months of liquidity right now. Factor in what’s already been drawn during Q4, and some folks are looking at eight to twelve weeks before things get genuinely difficult.

Can Growth Change the Equation?

Some producers are thinking: if I could get bigger, spread fixed costs over more milk, maybe I could bring my per-hundredweight costs down enough to make this work.

Sometimes that does pencil out. Often it doesn’t.

Here’s one way to think about it: take the investment required—new parlor, additional cows, facility improvements—and divide it by the capital you can realistically access. If that ratio gets much above 2.0, the new debt service often consumes the efficiency gains. I’ve seen operations attempt to grow their way out of margin pressure and find themselves worse off because interest payments exceeded the cost savings they achieved.

What About Premium Markets?

Organic, grass-based, A2—there are genuine opportunities in specialty markets. Premiums in the $22-28 range exist for the right product in the right market.

But transitions require time and capital. Organic certification is a three-year process under the USDA National Organic Program rules. That’s three years of meeting the requirements without receiving the premium. If your liquidity runway is 12 months, that timeline just doesn’t work, regardless of the long-term potential.

One Family’s Experience

Let me share what this analysis looks like in practice. I spoke with a 550-cow dairy in east-central Wisconsin a few weeks ago. The family asked me not to use their names, but they were willing to walk through their numbers openly.

When they sat down in early December to really nail down their cost of production, they initially thought they were at about $17.25. That’s the figure they’d been carrying in their heads. But once they included the equipment loan from their 2021 parlor renovation, actual family health insurance costs, and what they’d really been drawing for living expenses—not the budget, but actual spending—they landed at $18.75.

Their available cash was $87,000. Operating line had about $140,000 remaining. Total liquidity: $227,000.

At current milk prices, their monthly cash burn worked out to roughly $21,000. That gave them about 11 weeks.

“Eleven weeks sounds like almost three months until you realize one of those months is already half gone. We thought we had until spring to figure this out. Turns out we had until mid-February.”

— Wisconsin dairy producer, 550 cows

They’re now working with their lender on an orderly timeline. Not the outcome anyone hoped for. But better to understand the situation in December than to discover it in April when options have narrowed considerably.

Three Paths Forward

Based on where your numbers fall, you’re likely looking at one of three general situations. And I want to be clear about something—these aren’t judgments about management ability. Cost structures reflect decisions made over decades, regional differences, facility age, land costs, and interest rates at the time of financing. This is simply about matching current circumstances to realistic options.

📅 CALENDAR OF NO RETURN: Key Decision Windows

If you’re considering a controlled transition, timing affects value significantly:

DateDecision PointWhy It Matters
Jan 15, 2026Final date to list heifer calves for late-winter salesHeifer calf values typically are strongest before the spring flush; Dairy Herd Management reported Holstein springers hitting $3,500-$4,550 and beef-cross calves commanding $1,200-$1,650 at fall 2025 auctions
Feb 1, 2026Lender conversation deadline for Q1 actionBanks close Q1 books in March; flexibility drops significantly after February conversations
Feb 15, 2026Last reasonable date for Q1 controlled exit planningAllows 6-8 weeks for orderly herd dispersal before the spring flush depresses values
March 15, 2026Point of no return for spring timingAfter this date, you’re competing with spring flush volumes; asset values typically soften as supply increases

These windows assume a controlled transition. Crisis liquidations follow different, more compressed timelines.

SituationKey IndicatorsPrimary Focus
Well-PositionedCosts under $17/cwt, 6+ months liquidity, solid debt coverageStrategic positioning for the consolidation period
Middle GroundCosts $17-19/cwt, 3-6 months liquidity, tight but manageable debtEvaluate controlled transition within 90 days
Immediate PressureCosts above $19/cwt, under 3 months liquidity, debt coverage below 1.0Proactive restructuring or professional consultation

The Strong Position Play

All-in costs under $17, 6+ months of liquidity, solid debt coverage, and a good lender relationship.

This describes a minority of operations currently—more common among larger Western dairies with scale efficiencies and some newer Midwest facilities with recent upgrades. If this is your situation, you have the runway to work through the consolidation period ahead.

What tends to make sense here: lock in feed costs while they’re favorable. Ensure your Dairy Revenue Protection coverage is in place for 2026. Have substantive conversations with your milk buyer about 2026-27 arrangements. If heifer availability improves through processor partnerships—and CoBank reports some buyers are offering co-financing to maintain key supplier relationships—you may be positioned to grow at reasonable terms.

The key discipline is avoiding overextension. The operations that emerged strongest from 2015-16 were often those that stayed conservative even when they had the capacity to expand. There’s wisdom in that.

The 90-Day Window

Costs in that $17-19 range, three to six months of liquidity, and debt coverage that’s manageable but tight.

Many farms fall into this category—probably the largest group, honestly. For this group, the window for a controlled transition that preserves meaningful equity is roughly 90 days.

Financial advisors who work with dairy operations consistently report that farms executing planned transitions early in a downturn preserve significantly more equity than those who wait until circumstances force their hand. The Wisconsin Center for Dairy Profitability has tracked these patterns through multiple price cycles.

Timing matters because asset values—particularly herd values—typically soften when many farms are selling simultaneously. Operations moving in March or April will likely realize stronger prices than those waiting until May or June if exit activity accelerates as some expect. Dairy Herd Management’s fall 2025 auction reports showed Holstein springers commanding $3,500-$4,550 per head and beef-cross calves bringing $1,200-$1,650—but these premiums depend on moving before the market gets crowded.

What does a controlled transition look like? Liquidate heifer calves first while prices remain firm. Market cull cows and productive animals over six to eight weeks rather than all at once. Apply proceeds strategically to debt, prioritizing real estate obligations. Communicate openly with your lender throughout.

I spoke with a regional agricultural lending officer in the Upper Midwest who’s worked with dairy borrowers for over 20 years. His perspective: “We’d much rather work with a producer on an orderly plan than deal with a surprise. When someone comes to us early and says, ‘Here’s what I’m seeing in my numbers, here’s what I’m thinking,’ we can usually find more flexibility than if they wait until they’ve missed payments and we’re both in a corner.”

An operation with $6 million in assets and $4.5 million in debt can potentially preserve $1 million or more in family equity through well-timed management. That’s meaningful capital for whatever comes next—whether that’s a different agricultural venture, off-farm investment, or retirement.

When Restructuring Is the Reality

Costs above $19, less than three months of liquidity, and debt coverage below 1.0.

A growing number of farms find themselves here. For this group, the question isn’t whether restructuring happens—it’s whether you’re making the call or someone else is.

Chapter 12 bankruptcy was designed specifically for family farm operations under the Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act. It provides court protection for three to five years. Lenders can’t foreclose during that period, and debt typically gets reduced by 30-50%.

An agricultural bankruptcy attorney in Iowa who handles dairy cases offered this perspective: file proactively rather than waiting for your lender to accelerate the note. Farmers who seek advice before they’re in full crisis tend to have better outcomes than those who wait until foreclosure is imminent.

The honest reality with Chapter 12: it works when restructured debt levels actually allow the operation to generate positive cash flow going forward. For situations where even halving the debt wouldn’t create sustainable margins at current milk prices, restructuring may delay the outcome rather than change it. That’s a hard truth, but it’s worth considering carefully.

Hard-Won Wisdom

I reached out to several producers who navigated the 2015-16 downturn to ask what they learned from it. Their perspectives are worth hearing.

A 400-cow producer in upstate New York—he asked to remain anonymous—emphasized the lender relationship: “Your banker isn’t working against you. They don’t want to foreclose—that’s a loss for them too. But they need to know what’s happening. The worst thing you can do is go quiet and let them be surprised.”

A manager at a 2,200-cow operation in California’s San Joaquin Valley offered additional perspective. Scale doesn’t eliminate these challenges, he noted—it changes the arithmetic. “We have more runway because of volume, but we also have more at stake. The weight of these decisions feels the same.”

Several people I spoke with mentioned the difficulty of separating emotional attachment from financial analysis. These are multi-generational operations. Family history, land that’s been worked for decades, identity tied to being a dairy farmer—that’s all profoundly real. But financial calculations don’t account for sentiment. And the operations that survive to transition to the next generation potentially require decisions grounded in numbers.

Where to Find Help

If you’re working through these calculations and want assistance, the land-grant universities offer genuinely valuable tools:

Penn State Extension provides a dairy breakeven cost worksheet that walks through the analysis in detail, available at extension.psu.edu.

The Wisconsin Center for Dairy Profitability has benchmarking tools that compare your numbers against more than 500 farms, accessible through the UW-Madison Division of Extension.

University of Minnesota Extension offers financial planning worksheets through their farm management program.

Your local extension dairy specialist can often sit down with you and work through the numbers—that’s exactly what they’re there to help with. Don’t hesitate to reach out.

For DMC specifically, the USDA Farm Service Agency maintains a decision tool on their website at fsa.usda.gov.

Five Questions to Answer This Week

If you take nothing else from this piece, sit down sometime in the next few days and work through these:

  1. What’s your true all-in cost of production? Not the number you’ve been carrying in your head. The real figure, including debt service, family living, and depreciation.
  2. What’s your actual liquidity runway at current prices? Cash on hand plus remaining credit, divided by monthly losses. Be honest about what you find.
  3. What would need to change for your operation to cash flow at $16 milk? Is that achievable, or would it require changes that aren’t realistic?
  4. When did you last have a substantive conversation with your lender about your financial position? If it’s been more than 90 days, that conversation is overdue.
  5. What does your best realistic outcome look like two years from now? Not the hopeful scenario—the one you’d actually bet money on.

The Road Ahead

If your position is strong, use this time wisely—secure favorable feed costs, strengthen processor relationships, and maintain discipline on growth decisions.

If you’re in that middle ground, recognize that the window for preserving equity through a managed transition is perhaps 90 days. Earlier timing—March or April—will likely yield better outcomes than waiting until mid-summer.

If you’re facing immediate pressure, consult with professionals now, before you’re in crisis. Outcomes improve significantly when decisions are proactive rather than reactive.

The Bottom Line

The dairy industry that emerges from 2026-27 will look different from what we see today. More consolidated. Different economics of scale. That’s a difficult reality to acknowledge—these are real families, real communities, real legacies at stake.

But the market data is clear. The frameworks for decision-making are available. What remains is the hard part: making choices based on numbers rather than hope, and making them while options remain.

The producers I’ve come to respect most aren’t those who never faced difficult decisions. They’re the ones who faced them honestly, made the best choice available with the information they had, and found a way forward.

Whatever path makes sense for your operation, the most challenging choice may be making no choice at all.

KEY TAKEAWAYS 

  • Run your numbers this week: At $15.62 Class III and $18.75 all-in costs, a 550-cow dairy loses $793/cow/year—that’s $36,350 in monthly cash burn.
  • Recognize this for what it is: Heifer inventories at a 47-year low, nine consecutive GDT declines, $11B in new processing capacity arriving. This isn’t a down cycle. It’s a structural reset.
  • Calculate your true cost of production: Include debt service, actual family draw, and depreciation. Most producers discover they’re $1.50-$3.00/cwt higher than the number they’ve been carrying.
  • Know your liquidity runway: (Cash + remaining credit) ÷ monthly loss at current prices = months until decisions get made for you.
  • Act while options remain: For operations in the $17-19 cost range with limited liquidity, the window to preserve family equity through a controlled transition is roughly 90 days. March moves beat June moves.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

Why Camel Dairy Gets $35/Liter, and You’re Stuck at Blend Price

His camels make 6 liters/day at $35 each. Your Holsteins make 50 liters/day at blend price. You’re outproducing him 8-to-1. He’s out-earning you. Why?

Executive Summary: You outproduce camel dairies 8-to-1. They out-earn you. That’s not genetics—it’s market structure. Three walls lock conventional dairy into commodity pricing: FMMO pooling eliminates farm-level quality premiums, processor contracts surrender your pricing power, and debt loads punish transition attempts. But walls can be climbed. UW-Madison, Iowa State, and Virginia Tech research reveals specific paths: validate customers before capital investment, test demand through co-packing, and choose positioning that competitors can’t easily copy. What follows covers the economics, the barriers, and the practical playbook—plus one question mid-size operations can’t ignore. Can you survive on efficiency gains alone when mega-dairies have scale and niche players have margins you’ll never touch?

When Sam Hostetler got a phone call from a doctor asking if he could supply camel milk for patients with digestive issues, he didn’t see dollar signs. He saw a problem he could solve.

Hostetler had spent four decades working with exotic animals at his operation in Miller, Missouri. Camels weren’t new to him. But milking them commercially? Different story.

“Twelve years ago, I was contacted by a doctor to see if I would consider milking camels,” Hostetler shared in a recent interview. “I said, ‘Milking a camel? I didn’t know they milked camels in this country.’ Then she said, ‘They don’t, but I need milk for a patient.’ To which I replied, ‘Well, I’ve been known to do some crazy things. One more won’t hurt me.'”

That conversation launched Humpback Dairy—now home to about 200 camels, including roughly 100 breeding-age females.

Camel dairies generate roughly ten times more daily revenue per animal than Holstein herds despite producing a tiny fraction of the milk. This visual makes it painfully clear that genetics and feed efficiency aren’t the problem—pricing power and market structure are. For family‑scale dairies, it reframes strategy away from “more liters” toward “better positioned liters” that actually move the milk check.

Here’s the number that should get your attention: Hostetler sells milk at around $26 per liter. Meanwhile, conventional dairy farmers—managing far more animals with far more infrastructure—fight for margins at $19-21 per hundredweight.

THE BOTTOM LINE: The U.S. camel dairy market hit $1.37 billion in 2024 and is projected to reach $3.16 billion by 2034, according to Research and Markets. But this isn’t about competition. It’s about understanding where premium value goes—and why you can’t access it.

Let’s Talk Scale First

Camel dairy is tiny. We’re talking 3,000-5,000 camels across the entire country. According to CBS4, Camelot Camel Dairy in Wray, Colorado, is one of only two fully licensed camel dairies in the United States.

Compare that to 9.35 million dairy cows tracked by USDA NASS for 2024.

Production per animal? Not even close. Camels produce 1-6 liters daily according to FAO research. Your Holsteins? 30-40 liters daily for typical operations, with top herds pushing 50+ liters in well-managed TMR systems.

So why does this matter?

The Price Gap Is Staggering

  • Camel milk: $25-35 per liter retail. Desert Farms charges $35 per liter, according to SkyQuest market research.
  • Your milk: $4.39 per gallon average in 2024, per USDA AMS data. That’s regional variation from $3.29 in Louisville to $5.92 in Kansas City.
  • The margin story: Camel operators report 40-60% gross margins. Conventional dairy? 15-25% based on USDA ERS cost-of-production tracking.

A Wisconsin producer told me last month: “It’s not that I want to milk camels. But when I see someone getting $35 a liter, and I’m getting paid commodity price for milk that took three generations of genetic work to produce… you start asking questions.”

He’s asking the right questions.

ModelMilk price received (USD/cwt)Net margin per cwt (USD)Net margin per cow per year (USD)
Commodity Holstein herd20.03.0900
Premium-positioned Holstein26.07.02,100
Difference (premium – comm.)6.04.01,200
% Advantage of premium herd+30%+133%+133%

KEY INSIGHT: The gap isn’t about production. Holstein genetics have never been better. The gap is about market positioning and who captures the margin between your farm gate and the consumer’s refrigerator.

ProductFarm value (USD)Processing/packaging (USD)Marketing/DTC operations (USD)Distribution/retail profit (USD)Total retail price (USD)
Holstein milk – 1 gallon1.001.1002.304.40
Camel milk – 1 liter14.007.006.008.0035.00

This Isn’t Disruption. It’s Segmentation.

When investors see camel dairy’s growth, they think tech-style disruption. New thing kills old thing.

That’s not what’s happening here.

Mark Stephenson, Director of Dairy Policy Analysis at the University of Wisconsin-Madison, has studied dairy markets for over two decades. The distinction he draws matters: disruption makes the old model obsolete. Segmentation splits the market into different value tiers.

Camel dairy isn’t replacing anything. Even at $3.16 billion by 2034, it’s a rounding error on total dairy volume.

What it IS doing: capturing margin-rich slices of the market that conventional dairy structurally abandoned.

Premium Segments Punch Above Their Weight

Look at how premium dairy has evolved:

  • Organic: ~7% of fluid milk volume (RaboResearch), commanding 25-30% premiums
  • A2 genetics: 2-3% of volume, 50-100% premiums (a2 Milk Company data)
  • Grass-fed: 1-2% of volume, premiums often exceeding 100% (American Grassfed Association)
  • Specialty products: Under 1% of volume, 300-1000%+ premiums

Conventional dairy controls most of the volume but captures a shrinking share of total market value.

That gap? It’s billions in premium revenue that most of us can’t touch.

Why You Can’t Access Those Premiums

Here’s where it gets uncomfortable.

What actually stops a well-managed operation with excellent genetics and superior milk quality from capturing premium prices?

I’ve talked to producers who tried. I’ve reviewed extension research on premium transitions. The barriers aren’t operational. They’re structural.

Structural barrierPremium blocked (USD/cwt)
FMMO pooling2.0
Exclusive processor contracts2.0
High leverage/debt load1.5

A California producer put it bluntly: “My SCC runs under 80,000, my butterfat is consistently above 4.2%, and my protein is top-tier for the region. But I get paid the same blend price as everyone else in the pool.”

Let’s break down the three walls standing between you and premium margins.

Wall #1: The Pooling System

Under the Federal Milk Marketing Order system, your milk is pooled with other milk in regional pools. Prices get set by commodity markets—cheese, butter, and powder trading on the CME.

Everyone in the pool gets essentially the same blend price. Your superior milk—better components, cleaner production, stronger genetics—earns the same per hundredweight as lower-quality milk.

The system was designed to stabilize prices. It’s done that. But the tradeoff? It eliminates individual quality premiums at the farm level.

Yes, component premiums exist for butterfat and protein. Upper Midwest operations have benefited. But there’s no mechanism to capture extra value for A2/A2 genetics, exceptional SCC, or other differentiators.

The processor captures brand premium. You get blend price.

REALITY CHECK: The FMMO system isn’t broken—it’s working exactly as designed. The question is whether that design serves your operation’s future.

Wall #2: Contract Lock-In

Over 90% of conventional operations work under exclusive supply contracts with processors. These provide real benefits: guaranteed market access, predictable pickups, and reduced marketing burden.

Tom Kriegl, who spent years as a farm financial analyst at the University of Wisconsin Extension’s Center for Dairy Profitability, has written extensively about these economics. The tradeoff is clear: you gain stability but surrender pricing flexibility.

Processors aren’t villains here—they face their own margin pressure from retailers and foodservice. But the structure concentrates pricing power away from farms.

Wall #3: Your Debt Load

This is the one nobody talks about enough.

A typical 500-cow dairy carries $3-4 million in debt, based on USDA ERS data. That debt is collateralized against assets and depends on consistent cash flow from commodity milk sales.

Want to transition to premium positioning? You’ll need capital for processing, branding, and marketing infrastructure. You’ll face production disruptions. Revenue won’t stabilize for 12-24 months.

David Kohl, Professor Emeritus of Agricultural Finance at Virginia Tech, has studied this for decades. The dynamic he describes: lenders want stable, predictable revenue. Transition uncertainty makes them nervous.

A Northeast producer told me about approaching his lender: “They said they’d need 18 months of premium sales revenue before restructuring our terms. But I couldn’t build that history without capital to get started.”

Classic chicken-and-egg. And it keeps a lot of good farmers locked into commodity production.

“The farms in the middle are getting squeezed from both ends. Very large operations have scale economics that mid-size farms can’t match. Premium niche operations have margins that commodity production can’t touch.”

— Mark Stephenson, UW-Madison

What Actually Works for Premium Positioning

Not everyone should chase premium markets. But if you’re considering it, here’s what the research shows about operations that succeed.

Get This Backwards, and You’ll Fail

Most farms considering premium positioning do it this way:

  1. Decide to transition
  2. Invest in infrastructure
  3. Convert production
  4. Search for buyers

That’s backwards.

Larry Tranel, dairy field specialist at Iowa State University Extension, has watched this play out with dozens of farms. The operations that succeed flip the sequence:

  1. Identify customers
  2. Validate willingness to pay
  3. Secure commitments
  4. THEN invest in production changes

Research in the Journal of Dairy Science found the same pattern. Farms with existing customer relationships experienced minimal disruption during organic conversion. Farms that converted first and sought markets later? Profitability problems that lasted years.

THE RULE: If you can’t get 30-50 people to put down deposits before you spend anything on infrastructure, you don’t have a market. Better to learn that early.

Why Camel Dairy Has Natural Protection

When someone pays $35/liter for camel milk, they’re not comparing it to your milk price. They’re asking if this specific product meets their specific needs.

The scarcity of camels—13-month gestation periods, two-year calving intervals, limited U.S. population, only a handful of licensed dairies—creates natural barriers to competition.

Compare that to A2 positioning. Any farm can test genetics and claim A2 certification. As more enter, premiums compress.

Durable premiums combine:

  • Verifiable attributes
  • Relationship-based customer loyalty
  • Some barrier to easy replication

Pure attribute claims (“my milk is A2” or “my cows are grass-fed”) get competed away faster than relationship positioning, where customers connect with YOUR specific operation.

The Customer Service Reality Nobody Mentions

Premium operations accept that customer relationship management IS the product. Not overhead. Not a distraction. The actual product.

Direct-to-consumer dairy means substantial time on order management, delivery logistics, emails, complaints, and retention.

Tranel sees this all the time: producers try direct sales for 6 months and quit. Not because the economics don’t work. Because they’re spending 15 hours a week on customer service instead of their animals.

That’s not failure. That’s recognizing that premium positioning requires different skills than production excellence. Both paths are legitimate. They’re just different paths.

Lower-Risk Ways to Test Premium Markets

If you want to explore premium positioning without betting the farm, here are approaches extension specialists recommend.

The Co-Packing Model

Skip the $30,000-50,000+ for on-farm pasteurization. Many states let you produce Grade A raw milk and contract with a licensed processor for pasteurization and bottling under YOUR brand.

ModelStartup capital required (USD)Additional net income per year (USD)Estimated payback period (years)Extra weekly marketing time (hours)
Status quo commodity-only000
On-farm processing/brand build-out40,00060,0000.720
Co-packed, branded fluid milk pilot12,00035,0000.315
Co-packed + subscription delivery tier15,00050,0000.318

Startup cost: $6,500-15,000 for branding, packaging, cold storage, and delivery setup (extension estimates)

Timeline: 8-10 weeks to first sales in states with straightforward pathways

Find a processor willing to do small runs—usually smaller regional plants with excess capacity. State dairy associations can point you in the right direction.

This lets you test demand before committing major capital.

The Validation Sequence

Months 1-2: Research customer segments. Test messaging at farmers markets, social media, and community groups. Collect contacts. Don’t sell yet—gauge interest.

Month 3: Survey interested people. What volumes? What prices? What delivery preferences? Separate real purchase intent from casual curiosity.

Months 4-5: Request deposits. A $50 commitment separates talkers from buyers.

Months 6+: With 30-50 committed customers, consider minimal infrastructure investment.

Positioning Options Compared

PositioningPremiumProtectionTimeline
Organic25-30%Medium5-7 years to saturation
A2 genetics30-50%Low2-3 years
Grass-fed50-100%Medium3-5 years
Regenerative30-50%Medium-High5-10 years
Hyper-local branded40-80%HighOngoing investment

The pattern: Premiums last longer when you combine verifiable attributes with relationships and real barriers to replication.

Regulations: Check Before You Build

State rules on on-farm processing and direct sales vary wildly. This trips up a lot of producers.

Raw milk examples:

  • Wisconsin: Prohibits retail sales; gray areas around farm-gate transfers
  • Vermont: Permits sales with minimal licensing
  • California: Requires extensive testing and licensing
  • Pennsylvania: Allows sales with appropriate permits

On-farm pasteurization pathways exist in some states (New York and California have processes) but not in others. Co-packing rules depend on location and whether products cross state lines.

Before spending anything: Contact your state Department of Agriculture’s dairy division. Ask specifically about raw milk regulations, on-farm processing licenses, and co-packing arrangements. Get it in writing.

State inspectors are more helpful when you ask before building than after.

While we’ve highlighted US examples, the trend of margin-capture vs. commodity-volume is playing out across Canada, the UK, and Australia in similar ways.

Honest Questions Before You Decide

Does customer interaction energize or drain you? Premium positioning means hours of emails, delivery coordination, and complaint handling. If that sounds exhausting, this isn’t your path.

Can you handle 12-24 months of uncertainty? Premium revenue takes time. Do you have reserves or off-farm income to bridge gaps?

Is your positioning defensible? What makes your story compelling AND hard to copy?

Is your family aligned? This changes daily work patterns. Everyone affected needs to understand and support it.

If these questions raise concerns, that’s not failure. That’s valuable information for better decisions.

The Bigger Picture

Camel dairy’s success reflects something larger: dairy markets are stratifying into distinct value tiers where margins concentrate among operations that control their positioning, customer relationships, and narrative.

The Trends Reinforcing This

Vertical integration: Fairlife (Coca-Cola-owned), a2 Milk Company, major organic cooperatives—they capture production AND brand premiums by controlling the whole chain.

Consumer willingness to pay: IFIC Foundation research consistently shows that substantial segments are willing to pay premiums for health, environmental, or local-sourcing stories. This preference has stayed stable for years.

Technology lowering barriers: Online ordering, subscription management, delivery logistics—tools that once required custom development now cost $50/month.

THE STRATEGIC QUESTION: Is efficiency-focused commodity production, competing against ever-larger operations with superior scale economics, a viable long-term path for family-scale farms?

Key Takeaways

Premium markets are real. They capture disproportionate revenue despite modest volume.

Barriers exist, but aren’t absolute. Co-packing, graduated transitions, and customer-first approaches can manage risk.

Sequencing is everything. Build a customer base before investing capital.

Customer work is core. If you hate it, premium positioning isn’t for you.

Defensibility determines durability. Attributes get copied. Relationships and complexity hold value.

Question your assumptions. “Better genetics + lower costs = eventual reward” faces structural headwinds. Operations capturing premium value succeed through positioning, not just production.

The Bottom Line

Camel dairy at $35/liter isn’t a threat. It’s a signal.

Dairy markets have stratified. Commodity production remains essential—it serves the majority of consumption. The infrastructure, genetics, and management expertise we’ve developed over generations matter.

But the assumption that production excellence alone generates adequate returns—especially for mid-size operations squeezed between large-scale efficiency and premium margins—deserves hard examination.

The question isn’t whether to milk camels. It’s whether some version of premium positioning might complement commodity production as markets continue to evolve.

The operations best positioned over the next decade will figure out how to produce excellent milk AND capture value that currently flows elsewhere.

That’s what camel dairy’s unlikely success actually demonstrates. The animal matters far less than the market structure lessons embedded in those $35-per-liter prices.

Whether the industry is ready to learn those lessons… that’s the open question.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More

  • Dairy Farm Profitability: It’s Not Just About More Milk – Stop chasing pounds and start chasing profit with this operational overhaul. It delivers the specific cost-analysis tools you need to identify hidden leaks in your system, ensuring every management decision on Monday morning directly improves your bottom line.
  • The Future of the Family Farm: Strategy Over Scale – Position your operation for the next decade by understanding the inevitable stratification of the global milk supply. This strategic guide exposes why the “get big or get out” mantra is failing and reveals how mid-size farms can reclaim their competitive advantage.
  • A2 Milk and Beyond: The Real ROI of Niche Markets – Evaluate the genuine ROI of emerging premium tiers before you commit your herd’s genetics. This analysis strips away the marketing hype around niche attributes, delivering the data-backed reality of which certifications actually hold their value against future market saturation.

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

$320,000 Now or Dairy Legacy Forever? The October 30 Vote Splitting New Zealand’s Farmers

Why sell brands posting 103% profit growth? 10,700 farmers decide Oct 30 if $320k now beats legacy forever.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: Fonterra’s proposed $3.8 billion sale of its consumer brands to Lactalis presents 10,700 farmer shareholders with one of the cooperative dairy’s most consequential decisions—vote by October 30 on whether to cash out brands that have shown a remarkable turnaround. The consumer division’s operating profit surged from NZ$146 million to NZ$319 million year-over-year (103% growth), driven by expanding sales of South Asian packaged milk powders and the UHT market in Greater China, according to Fonterra’s Q3 financials. This valuation—between 10 to 15 times earnings with a 15-25% premium over typical dairy transactions—suggests that Lactalis sees long-term value in New Zealand’s grass-fed reputation, which took generations to build. With Fonterra carrying NZ$5.45 billion in debt at 39.4% gearing, the board views this sale as a means to balance sheet strengthening, although farmers must weigh the immediate capital needs against surrendering their connection to consumer markets. What farmers are discovering through discussions from Taranaki to Canterbury is that this vote transcends individual operations—it could reshape global cooperative strategies, as the boards of DFA, Arla, and FrieslandCampina watch closely. The decision ultimately asks whether farmer cooperatives can compete in consumer markets or should retreat to ingredients and processing. Each shareholder must evaluate their operation’s specific needs, succession plans, and vision for dairy’s future before casting a vote that, once done, can’t be undone.

You know that feeling when you’re doing evening chores and something on the news makes you stop and really think? That’s been happening a lot lately with this Fonterra situation. Back in August, they announced they’re selling their consumer brands to Lactalis—the French dairy giant—for NZ$3.845 billion, according to their official announcements. Could increase to $4.22 billion, including the Australian licenses.

And here’s what has got me, and many other farmers, talking… With 10,700 farmer shareholders voting on October 30, we’re looking at something that could change how we all think about cooperative dairy.

The Numbers We’re All Trying to Figure Out

So here’s what’s interesting about the financial performance, and I’ve been digging through Fonterra’s Q3 reports to get this straight. The consumer division—encompassing Mainland cheese, Anchor butter, and Kapiti specialty products—saw its operating profit increase from NZ$248 million to NZ$319 million in Q3, representing approximately a 29% rise, according to their FY25 financial presentations.

Now, where that 103% figure comes from gets a bit specific—it’s actually the quarter-on-quarter comparison. When comparing Q3 this year to Q3 last year, the consumer division’s operating profit surged 103%, increasing from approximately NZ$146 million to NZ$319 million. That’s impressive growth, anyway you slice it, driven largely by higher sales volumes of packaged milk powders in South Asia and UHT milk in Greater China, according to their quarterly updates.

I’m not sure about you, but that timing leaves me scratching my head a bit. After years—and I mean years—of hearing “just wait, the turnaround is coming,” it finally arrives. And now we’re selling?

What I’ve found interesting in the latest annual reports is the valuation itself. When you adjust for standalone costs, Lactalis is paying somewhere between 10 and 15 times earnings, with a premium of about 15 to 25 percent over what these deals typically cost. That’s… substantial. They’re clearly seeing something valuable here. And it makes you wonder—could this affect Fonterra’s position as one of the world’s largest dairy exporters? That’s something worth thinking about.

Key Facts at a Glance:

  • Sale price: NZ$3.845 billion (potentially $4.22 billion)
  • Voting date: October 30, 2025
  • Farmer shareholders: 10,700
  • Consumer operating profit: NZ$319 million in Q3 FY25 (up from NZ$248 million)
  • Quarter-on-quarter growth: 103% (Q3 FY25 vs Q3 FY24)
  • Current debt: NZ$5.45 billion
  • Gearing ratio: 39.4%

Different Farms, Different Calculations

Here’s the thing about this vote—and this is what makes it so complicated—it means something different for every operation and every region.

Take farmers supplying milk to Te Rapa, one of Fonterra’s largest manufacturing sites, down in Waikato. The plant produces over 300,000 tonnes of milk powder and cream products annually, according to Fonterra’s operational data. If you’re one of those suppliers, you’re probably thinking more about the ingredients side of the business since that’s where your milk’s likely going anyway.

However, if you’re in a region that supplies plants producing consumer products—such as some of the operations near cheese plants or butter facilities—this sale hits differently. You’ve been directly involved in building those brands.

If you’re running a smaller herd, maybe 400 to 600 cows, like a lot of farms in Taranaki or up in Northland, that potential payout could be a game-changer. We’re talking real money that could help with debt from that new rotary you put in, or finally let you upgrade that aging effluent system. With feed costs where they are and milk prices doing their usual dance, breathing room matters. Though it’s worth noting—depending on how the payout’s structured, there might be tax implications to consider. That’s something to discuss with your accountant before counting chickens.

But then… and this is where I keep getting stuck… these brands weren’t built overnight. Your milk, your parents’ milk, probably your grandparents’ milk, went into building that New Zealand dairy reputation. What’s that worth over the next 20 years? Hard to put a number on it, really.

Now, if you’re running 2,000-plus cows—like some of those bigger operations down in Canterbury or Southland—you might be looking at this differently. Many of those farms are already pretty commodity-focused anyway. For them, maybe the immediate capital for expansion or debt reduction makes more sense than holding onto consumer brands they feel disconnected from.

And then there’s everyone in between. I was speaking with a farmer near Rotorua last week who runs approximately 850 cows. She’s torn. “The money would help,” she said, “but I keep thinking about what we’re giving up. My daughter’s interested in taking over someday—what kind of industry am I leaving her?”

Farmers in regions more dependent on the consumer business—those near plants that have historically focused on value-added products—may feel this more acutely than those in regions with heavy milk powder production. It’s not just about the money; it’s about what part of the value chain your community has been connected to.

Consider the rural communities as well. When farm families have more capital, it flows through the local economy—equipment dealers, feed suppliers, the café in town. But long-term? If we lose that connection to consumer markets, what happens to the value of what we produce? And what about future cooperative dividends, considering that those higher-margin consumer products will not contribute to them?

Why Lactalis Wants In

The French aren’t throwing this kind of money around without good reason, that’s for sure. According to industry analysis, several factors are converging simultaneously.

First, there’s the Asian market access. But honestly, I think it’s more than that. It’s that grass-fed story we’ve built over decades—you know what I mean? That image of cows on green pastures, the clean environment, the careful breeding programs we’ve all invested in. Lactalis knows they can’t just create that from scratch.

And think about it—how many years of getting up at 4 AM, dealing with wet springs and dry summers, constantly working on pasture management and milk quality… all of that goes into that premium reputation. You can’t just buy that off the shelf.

What’s also interesting is how this compares to what’s happening in other markets. In the States, cooperatives like DFA have been under similar pressure. Europe’s seeing the same thing with Arla and FrieslandCampina facing questions about their consumer strategies. Down in Australia, Murray Goulburn farmers went through a similar experience with Saputo a few years ago; it might be worth asking them how that worked out.

I haven’t heard any major farming organizations take official positions on this yet, but you can bet they’re watching closely. The implications go beyond just Fonterra.

The Financial Reality Check

Now, we can’t pretend Fonterra hasn’t had some rough patches. Is that a Beingmate investment in China? Lost NZ$439 million according to their financial reports from a few years back. Other ventures also didn’t pan out.

According to their latest interim reports, they’re carrying NZ$5.45 billion in net debt, with a gearing ratio of 39.4%. That’s… well, that’s a fair bit of debt. So you can understand why the board might see this sale as a way to clean things up.

But here’s my question—and maybe you’re thinking the same thing—are we selling the profitable parts to fix past mistakes? Because that’s kind of what it feels like.

There’s also the environmental regulation side of things to consider. With nutrient management rules becoming increasingly stringent every year, some farmers are wondering if having more capital now might help them meet these requirements. It’s another factor in an already complicated decision.

And let’s not forget about currency. The NZ dollar’s been all over the place lately. Receiving a lump sum payment now versus relying on favorable exchange rates for future dividends… that’s something else to consider.

What This Means Beyond the Farm Gate

Here’s something to chew on—what happens in New Zealand doesn’t stay in New Zealand anymore. Not in today’s global dairy market.

I was speaking with a fellow who ships to a cooperative in Wisconsin last month, and he mentioned that their board is already receiving questions about their consumer brands. “If Fonterra’s doing it, why aren’t we?” That kind of thing. And you know how these conversations go—once one big cooperative makes a move, others start wondering if they should follow.

We’ve all seen what happens when cooperatives become just milk suppliers to companies that own the brands. The whole bargaining dynamic changes. Ask any of those farmers who used to supply Dean Foods in the States how that worked out. Once you’re just a supplier, not a brand owner… well, it’s a different game entirely.

There’s also something to be said about cooperative governance here. This entire situation may serve as a wake-up call about who we elect to boards and what questions we ask them. Perhaps we should be more involved in these strategic decisions before they reach the voting stage.

Questions That Keep Coming Up

Winston Peters made some good points in Parliament about this whole thing—and regardless of what you think of politicians, the questions were valid. What exactly are the terms of these supply agreements with Lactalis? I mean, if New Zealand milk becomes relatively expensive compared to, say, European or South American sources, what happens then?

These aren’t just theoretical worries. They’re the kind of practical concerns that could affect milk checks for years to come. And honestly? Farmers deserve clear answers before voting on something this big.

If you want to dig deeper into the details, Fonterra’s shareholder portal has the full transaction documents. Your local discussion group is likely covering this topic as well—it might be worth attending the next meeting to hear what your neighbors are thinking. And for those wondering about the voting process itself, it can be conducted in person at designated locations, by proxy if you are unable to attend, or through postal voting—details should be included in your shareholder materials that were distributed last month.

Regarding the timeline, if farmers vote ‘yes’ on October 30, the deal is likely to close in early 2026, pending receipt of regulatory approvals. That’s when you’d see the money, but also when the brands would officially change hands.

Thinking It Through

So, where’s all this leave us with October 30 coming up? Well, like most things in farming, it depends on your situation.

If your operation needs capital right now—and I know many that do, given current margins—this payout could be exactly what keeps you going. There’s absolutely no shame in prioritizing your farm’s survival. We all do what we need to do.

However, if you’re thinking longer term, especially if you have kids showing interest in taking over someday, you have to wonder what you’re giving up. These brands represent decades of dedication and hard work by New Zealand farmers. All those early mornings, all that attention to quality… once those brands are gone, they’re gone.

Two Different Roads

If this sale goes through, Fonterra will essentially become an ingredients and processing company. That’s a pretty fundamental shift from what the cooperative has been. We’d be supplying milk primarily for ingredients markets, with Lactalis controlling the consumer-facing side of things.

If farmers vote no? Well, that’s a statement too, isn’t it? We still believe that farmer cooperatives can compete in consumer markets. This might even encourage other cooperatives around the world to continue building their brands rather than selling them off.

The Bottom Line

You know what really strikes me about all this? Sure, the money’s important—nobody’s saying it isn’t. However, it’s really about what we think dairy farming should be in the future.

Those brands—Mainland, Anchor, Kapiti—they mean something. They’re the result of generations of farmers getting up before dawn, dealing with whatever the weather throws at us, and constantly working to improve. That connection to consumers, that ability to capture value beyond the farm gate… once you hand that over, you don’t get it back.

The vote’s coming whether we’re ready or not. Whatever you decide, make sure it’s something you can live with—not just when that check clears, but years down the road when you’re looking at what the industry’s become.

Because here’s the truth: once this is done, there’s no undoing it. Dairy farmers everywhere will be watching closely to see what New Zealand decides. And whatever way it goes, it will influence how cooperatives think about their future for years to come.

Take your time with this one. Discuss it with your family, and chat with your neighbors at the next discussion group meeting. Get all the information you can from Fonterra’s shareholder resources and those quarterly reports they’ve been putting out. Consider discussing the tax implications with your accountant as well. This is one of those decisions that really does shape the industry for the next generation.

Make it count.

KEY TAKEAWAYS:

  • Immediate financial impact varies by operation size: Smaller 400-600 cow farms could see debt relief equivalent to 18 months operating costs, while 2,000+ cow operations might fund expansion—but all sacrifice future dividend streams from consumer products showing 103% profit growth.
  • Regional implications differ based on plant specialization: Farmers supplying Te Rapa’s 300,000 tonnes of milk powder production think differently than those near cheese and butter facilities who’ve directly built these consumer brands over generations.
  • Tax and timing considerations require planning: If approved on October 30, the deal is expected to close early in 2026, pending regulatory approval. Farmers should consult with accountants about the potential tax implications of lump-sum payouts versus future dividend streams.
  • Global cooperative precedent at stake: This vote influences whether farmer-owned brands remain viable worldwide, as U.S. and European cooperatives face similar pressures—Murray Goulburn’s experience with Saputo offers cautionary lessons about becoming just suppliers.
  • Three ways to vote before deadline: Shareholders can participate in person at designated locations, submit proxy votes if unable to attend, or use postal voting with materials distributed last month—full transaction documents available through Fonterra’s shareholder portal.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The $3,800 Heifer Problem: How Smart Dairies Are Adapting When Beef Premiums Don’t Cover Replacement Costs

What if the beef-on-dairy strategy that made sense at $2,200 heifers is now costing you $280K yearly?

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: What farmers are discovering about today’s replacement market fundamentally challenges the beef-on-dairy strategies that seemed bulletproof just two years ago. With springer heifers commanding $3,800 to $4,000 across most regions — a 73% jump from 2023’s $2,200 average — while actual beef-cross premiums hover around $20-30 after all costs, the economics have completely inverted. Research from Penn State’s dairy team and Wisconsin’s Center for Dairy Profitability confirms what producers are experiencing firsthand: operations that shifted to aggressive 65% beef breeding are now facing an additional $200,000 to $280,000 annually in replacement costs. Here’s what this means for your operation — the traditional 70/30 dairy-to-beef ratio is making a comeback, but with strategic twists like genomic testing every animal and tiered breeding programs that maximize both genetic progress and cash flow. Forward-thinking producers are already locking in 2026-2027 heifer contracts at today’s prices, essentially buying insurance against further market volatility. The path forward isn’t about abandoning beef-on-dairy entirely… it’s about finding the sweet spot where replacement security meets revenue opportunity, and that calculation looks different for every farm.

 dairy breeding strategy

Let me share what’s been on my mind lately. You know something’s fundamentally different when processing plants appear to have capacity while replacement heifers are commanding historically high prices across the country. It’s not following the patterns we’ve come to expect, is it? And if you’re trying to figure out when to ship cull cows or whether that beef-on-dairy program is actually paying for itself… well, these dynamics matter more than most of us initially realized.

What’s particularly noteworthy is how these patterns are playing out differently across regions. Industry reports suggest California’s vertically integrated systems are seeing different market signals than what’s emerging in Wisconsin’s co-op model or the grazing-based operations down South. This builds on what we’ve been observing since spring 2024 — a fundamental shift in how breeding strategies and replacement economics interact.

As we head into winter feeding season, these decisions become even more critical.

What Current Market Observations Are Telling Us

So here’s what’s interesting about the conditions we’re seeing. The beef processing industry generally runs facilities at high utilization rates when everything’s functioning properly — that’s basic industrial economics. In normal times, we’d expect to see something around 95% capacity utilization. But recent industry observations suggest we’re nowhere near that level.

Kevin Grier, that Canadian economist who’s been tracking North American beef markets for decades through his Market Analysis and Consulting firm, has been documenting this fascinating disconnect between available processing capacity and actual cattle throughput. Why is this significant? The economics suggest patterns that go beyond simple supply and demand.

Producers across Wisconsin and other dairy states are reporting similar experiences — cattle ready to ship, processing capacity theoretically available, yet prices that don’t reflect what we’d expect from those conditions. The math doesn’t seem to add up.

This pattern — and this is what’s really caught the attention of many observers — isn’t isolated to one region. Whether you’re looking at traditional dairy states like Wisconsin and New York with their smaller family operations, the larger feedlot-integrated systems in Texas and New Mexico, or even California with its unique market dynamics… similar patterns keep emerging. Dr. Derrell Peel from Oklahoma State’s agricultural economics department, one of the respected voices in livestock market analysis, suggests in his recent Extension publications that these patterns indicate something beyond typical market cycles.

The Beef-on-Dairy Reality Check

Geography determines survival: Minnesota premiums hit $3,850 while Texas stays ‘only’ $2,900 – but even the cheapest market doubled in two years, proving Andrew’s point that this is a structural, not cyclical, shift.

Remember those genetic company presentations from 2022 and 2023? The promise of significant premiums for beef-cross calves seemed like a genuine opportunity to diversify revenue streams. And conceptually, it made perfect sense — capture premium markets, reduce exposure to volatile dairy calf prices, improve cash flow.

But here’s where reality has diverged from projection. Industry reports and producer feedback across multiple states suggest that actual returns often fall significantly short of initial projections. After accounting for transportation costs (and with diesel prices where they’ve been), shrink at sale barns, and various marketing fees, many operations are finding net premiums considerably lower than anticipated.

What Extension services across Pennsylvania, Wisconsin, Minnesota and other states have been observing reveals that real-world returns can differ dramatically from those PowerPoint projections we all saw. Penn State’s dairy team, Wisconsin’s Center for Dairy Profitability, and Minnesota’s Extension dairy program all report similar findings — the gap between projected and actual returns is substantial.

I’ve noticed operations that are making beef-on-dairy work really well tend to have specific advantages — direct marketing relationships with particular buyers, consistent quality that commands loyalty, or local markets that value certain attributes. Success often comes down to matching your operation’s strengths with specific market opportunities.

And then there’s the replacement heifer situation…

Multiple market sources, including reports from the National Association of Animal Breeders and various regional heifer grower associations, confirm what producers across the country are experiencing — springer heifer prices have reached levels that fundamentally alter breeding economics. Custom heifer growers in traditional dairy regions report being booked solid through mid-2026, with waiting lists growing.

Consider what this means for a typical 500-cow operation that shifted from a traditional 70-30 breeding strategy (70% dairy, 30% beef) to a more aggressive 35-65 approach. You’re potentially purchasing significantly more replacements at these elevated prices. The financial implications can run into hundreds of thousands of dollars annually in additional replacement costs. One Wisconsin producer recently calculated his operation’s additional replacement cost at nearly $280,000 annually — enough to make anyone reconsider their breeding strategy.

Understanding the Replacement Market Dynamics

So what’s driving these unprecedented heifer prices? It’s really a convergence of factors, and while market data is still developing on some aspects, the pattern is becoming clearer.

There’s the supply situation — when the industry collectively shifted breeding strategies over a relatively short period, it created replacement availability challenges. Dr. Jeffrey Bewley at Holstein Association USA, who analyzes breeding data extensively, points out in his industry presentations that different breeding strategies have compounding effects over time. Research published in the Journal of Dairy Science consistently shows beef semen generally has lower conception rates than conventional dairy semen — often running 8-12 percentage points lower depending on management and season — and those differences accumulate in ways that weren’t immediately obvious.

Then consider milk price dynamics. When Class III futures trade at relatively attractive levels, as they have periodically through 2025, producers naturally want to maintain or expand cow numbers. But when replacement availability is constrained… well, basic economics takes over.

What’s particularly interesting is the regional variation we’re observing. Larger operations in the West sometimes have different market dynamics than smaller farms in traditional dairy areas. California’s integrated systems might negotiate directly with heifer growers, while Midwest operations often compete on the open market. They might have scale advantages in negotiating, but they’re also competing with each other for limited replacements.

Industry economists, including those at agricultural lenders like CoBank and Farm Credit who track these markets closely in their quarterly dairy outlooks, suggest these inventory dynamics aren’t likely to shift dramatically in the near term. This appears to be more structural than cyclical — a distinction that matters for long-term planning.

Strategies Emerging Across the Industry

What’s encouraging is observing how different operations are adapting. There are some genuinely innovative approaches emerging across various regions.

Many operations are restructuring their breeding programs entirely. Some are using genomic testing more strategically — and the economics are interesting here. With genomic tests running around $35-45 per animal through major breed associations, operations are testing their entire herd to make targeted breeding decisions. Bottom-tier genetics might receive beef semen, solid performers get conventional dairy semen, and top genetics receive sexed semen (which typically runs $15-30 premium per unit over conventional). Yes, it costs more upfront, but it helps maintain that replacement pipeline while still capturing some beef revenue.

This development suggests producers are thinking more strategically about genetic progress and cash flow simultaneously. It’s not just about maximizing one or the other anymore.

What’s also emerging is renewed interest in contract heifer growing arrangements. Some operations are securing replacements eighteen to twenty-four months in advance. The prices might include a premium for certainty — think of it like buying insurance — but as many producers note, you can plan around known costs. It’s the unknowns that create problems.

The Contract Market Many Don’t Consider

Here’s something worth noting — custom heifer growers, particularly in traditional dairy regions like eastern Wisconsin, Minnesota, and upstate New York, are often interested in longer-term commitments. These arrangements typically involve predetermined pricing and delivery schedules over multiple years.

Both parties can benefit from these arrangements. Growers get predictable cash flow (which lenders appreciate when it comes to operating loans), and dairy operations get cost certainty. The challenge, naturally, is that many producers hope for price improvements. But what if prices don’t drop? Or what if they actually increase? That’s the risk-reward calculation each operation needs to make.

New Processing Capacity — Context Matters

The vanishing herd: 900,000 heifers disappeared as the industry chased short-term beef profits and ignored long-term replacement needs.

You’ve probably heard about new processing facilities being developed. Recent industry reports, including those from Rabobank’s North American beef quarterly and CattleFax market updates, indicate several major projects underway, each with different capacity targets and business models.

What distinguishes many of these new operations is their structure. Unlike traditional commodity plants that buy on the spot market, many feature integrated supply chains or specific retail partnerships. Their procurement models often involve contracting cattle well in advance with specific quality parameters — think Certified Angus Beef specifications or natural program requirements.

The question worth considering is why new capacity is being built when existing facilities aren’t maximizing utilization. Various theories exist among market analysts, but it suggests these new plants might be operating under fundamentally different business assumptions than traditional facilities. Are they positioning for future supply? Creating regional competition? Building branded programs? The answer probably varies by project.

Global Factors Adding Complexity

International beef markets increasingly influence our domestic situation. USDA’s Foreign Agricultural Service October 2025 Livestock and Poultry report tracks significant production shifts in countries like Brazil and Australia. When Brazilian exports increase substantially (up 15% year-over-year according to their latest data) or Australia recovers from drought-induced liquidation, it affects global beef flows.

Major processors operate internationally, and their strategies reflect global opportunities. Companies like JBS, Tyson, and Cargill balance operations across continents. When operations in different regions show varying profitability patterns, it influences domestic investment and operational decisions.

For U.S. dairy producers, these international factors contribute to price volatility in ways that weren’t as pronounced even five years ago. Global beef trade essentially influences domestic price ceilings — when imported product can fill demand at certain price points, our cull cow values face pressure.

Canadian producers, despite their different regulatory framework providing some buffer through supply management, are experiencing similar dynamics with beef-on-dairy economics. The fundamentals transcend borders, as recent reports from the Canadian Cattlemen’s Association indicate.

Practical Considerations for Current Conditions

After observing various operational approaches this season, here are some considerations worth discussing:

It’s crucial to track actual returns versus projections. Many land-grant universities have developed tools for this purpose — Wisconsin’s Center for Dairy Profitability has spreadsheets, Penn State offers decision tools, Cornell’s PRO-DAIRY program provides calculators. These resources can reveal important gaps between expectations and reality. Success metrics vary, but operations reporting improved cash flow often see 15-20% better performance when they track actual versus projected returns closely.

When calculating replacement costs, remember it extends beyond purchase price. There’s financing (and with interest rates where they are, that matters), transportation (fuel costs add up quickly), and that transition period when fresh heifers adjust to your system — different water, new TMR, group dynamics. University research, including work from Michigan State and Cornell, suggests these additional costs can add 10-15% to the sticker price.

If you’re committed to a particular breeding strategy, explore risk management tools. The Livestock Risk Protection for Dairy (LRP-Dairy) program offers price floor protection. Forward contracting through organizations like DFA or your local co-op might provide stability. Various hedging products exist through the CME — they all have costs, certainly, but weigh those against the risks you’re managing.

The optimal breeding strategy varies by operation. Your conception rates (which vary seasonally and by management), voluntary culling patterns, facilities (tie-stall versus freestall versus robotic), available labor — they all factor in. What works for a 2,000-cow operation with its own feed mill won’t necessarily translate to a 200-cow grazing operation. And that’s okay — diversity has always been one of dairy’s strengths.

Market timing has become increasingly complex. Those traditional seasonal patterns we relied on for decades — shipping cull cows before grass cattle hit the market, buying replacements in spring — they’re less predictable now. Price swings within monthly periods can be substantial. Local and regional market intelligence has become more valuable than ever.

Maintaining Perspective in Uncertain Times

Markets evolve — sometimes gradually, sometimes surprisingly quickly. What functions in one region might not translate to another. What makes sense for a large, integrated operation might not pencil out for a traditional family farm. And that’s the diversity that’s always characterized our industry.

Before implementing significant changes, consultation with your advisory team becomes crucial. Your nutritionist sees things from the feed efficiency and production angle. Your veterinarian considers herd health and reproduction implications. Your lender evaluates cash flow and debt service coverage. Each perspective contributes to better decision-making.

And let’s acknowledge — some operations are finding genuine success with various strategies. Direct marketing relationships with specific buyers who value consistency. Genetic programs that command buyer loyalty. Local markets that pay premiums for specific attributes. These successes remind us that opportunities exist even in challenging markets. Success often comes down to matching your operation’s strengths with market opportunities.

Looking Forward Together

This market environment certainly isn’t what any of us anticipated back in 2023 when beef-on-dairy really took off. The interaction between processing capacity, replacement availability, and breeding economics has created unprecedented challenges.

But what’s encouraging is how producers are adapting. Whether through adjusted breeding strategies, innovative contracting arrangements, or collaborative marketing efforts (like the producer groups forming in several states to pool beef-cross calves for better marketing leverage), paths forward exist. The dairy industry has weathered significant challenges over the decades — the 1980s farm crisis, the 2009 collapse, the 2020 pandemic disruptions. This situation, while unique in certain aspects, represents another test of our collective resilience.

The fundamentals remain constant: understand your actual costs (not what you hope they are or what someone projected they’d be), know your markets (both what you’re selling into and buying from), and base decisions on real data rather than projections. Every farm faces unique circumstances — facilities, labor availability, local markets, financial position. But understanding broader patterns helps inform better individual decisions.

We really are navigating this together. The conversations at co-op meetings, information shared at winter dairy conferences, neighbor-to-neighbor discussions over fence lines or at the feed store — that’s how our industry has always moved forward. Whether you’re milking 50 cows or 5,000, whether you’re in Vermont or California, we all face these markets together.

These are certainly interesting times. But with solid information, realistic planning, and thoughtful adaptation, operations will find their way through. That’s what we do, isn’t it? We observe, we adapt, we support each other, and we keep moving forward.

Always have. Always will.

KEY TAKEAWAYS:

  • Contract heifer growing arrangements can reduce replacement uncertainty by 100% while typically costing 20-25% less than panic buying on spot markets — Wisconsin and Minnesota growers report strong interest in 18-24 month contracts at $2,800-$3,200 delivered, providing both parties predictable cash flow
  • Strategic genomic testing at $35-45 per animal enables precision breeding that maintains genetic progress while capturing beef revenue — bottom 20% get beef semen, middle 50% conventional dairy, top 30% sexed semen, optimizing both cash flow and herd improvement
  • Regional market variations create opportunities smart operators are exploiting — California’s integrated systems negotiate direct contracts while Midwest co-ops pool beef-cross calves for 15-20% better premiums than individual marketing
  • Risk management tools like LRP-Dairy provide price floor protection that costs $15-25 per head but prevents catastrophic losses when replacement markets spike or cull values crash — essentially disaster insurance for volatile times
  • The optimal breeding ratio depends on your conception rates, culling patterns, and local markets — 60/40 might work with excellent reproduction, but operations with challenges find 70/30 provides essential cushion against today’s $3,800 replacement reality

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

CME Dairy Market Report – September 25, 2025: Butter Bounces While the Real Story Unfolds Behind Those Zero Cheese Trades

Zero cheese trades today, while butter jumped 2¢—markets signaling a critical shift for Q4 milk checks

Executive Summary: Today’s dairy markets revealed something more significant than the modest 2-cent butter recovery to $1.64/lb might suggest—those zero block cheese trades signal that processors and buyers are locked in a standoff that could shift pricing dynamics in either direction as we head into Q4. What farmers are discovering is that processing capacity constraints, not milk supply, are becoming the real price drivers… Wisconsin and Minnesota plants operating at 95%+ utilization are forcing milk to travel over 200 miles to find homes, fundamentally altering farmgate economics. With income over feed costs sitting at $6.13/cwt—well below the five-year average of $8.50—but still workable given current feed markets, producers face a delicate balancing act. Recent research from TechnoServe’s Brazil program shows that farms implementing strategic cost management and production optimization can achieve a 500% increase in income, even in challenging markets, suggesting that opportunities exist for those willing to adapt. The October 10 USDA Milk Production report looms large, with early indications pointing toward upward production revisions that could test cheese support at $1.60/lb. Smart operators aren’t waiting—they’re positioning for volatility by locking in 25-40% of Q4 production at $17.40 or above, while maintaining flexibility for potential upside.

dairy farm profitability

Today’s modest butter recovery to $1.64/lb masks something more significant developing in dairy markets. That complete absence of block trading? It’s telling us processors and buyers are locked in a standoff that could shift either direction. Your October milk check just got more interesting—though the outcome remains uncertain.

The Numbers That Really Matter

Looking at what happened on the CME floor today, I keep coming back to those 21 butter trades that pushed prices up 2 cents. That’s real commercial interest, not just traders moving paper around. Compare that to cheese blocks—zero trades despite offers on the board at $1.6375. When nobody’s willing to step up and buy cheese even after a quarter-cent drop, the market’s sending a clear signal about price discovery ahead.

ProductPriceToday’s MoveWhat This Means for Your Check
Butter$1.6400/lb+2.00¢Class IV components are recovering, but watch cream supplies
Cheddar Block$1.6375/lb-0.25¢No trades = weak price discovery ahead
Cheddar Barrel$1.6450/lbNo ChangeHolding steady, but for how long?
NDM Grade A$1.1475/lb+0.25¢Export markets are still functioning
Dry Whey$0.6475/lb+0.25¢Protein complex showing some life

Source: CME Group Daily Dairy Report, September 25, 2025

CME dairy prices show butter declining 4.7% while cheese blocks recover, signaling the processing capacity standoff that could determine October milk checks

What’s particularly interesting here is the disconnect between butter’s bounce and cheese’s paralysis. The cream-cheese milk divergence we’re seeing has specific drivers worth examining:

The Cream Surplus Phenomenon: According to data from Terrain Ag’s March 2025 analysis, milk fat levels in U.S. farm milk continue climbing. When milk is sent to new cheese plants and fluid operations, it contains more butterfat than is needed for those products. The result? Surplus cream spinning off into the open market, with cream multiples dipping as low as 0.7 in Central and Western regions.

Regional Processing Constraints: Wisconsin and Minnesota plants are operating at over 95% capacity, creating a bottleneck that forces some milk to travel more than 200 miles to find processing. This isn’t just a logistics headache—it fundamentally alters the economics of milk routing decisions.

The dry whey uptick to $0.6475 might seem small, but that 4.2% weekly gain suggests cheese plants are still running hard. With EU whey futures climbing toward €1,000/MT by next October, there’s room to run if global demand holds.

Trading Floor Intelligence: Reading Between the Bids

The Market Standoff Visualized – Zero cheese trades signal processors and buyers locked in a price discovery breakdown. When nobody’s buying despite available offers, it typically precedes significant market moves. Watch for tests of $1.60 support if this continues.

Here’s what jumped out from today’s action:

  • Butter: 9 bids chasing just one offer (9:1 ratio favoring buyers)
  • Block Cheese: 0 bids against two offers (sellers looking for exits)
  • NDM: 9 bids vs. two offers (decent commercial interest)
  • Dry Whey: 1 bid vs. three offers (balanced but thin)

The cheese situation deserves deeper analysis. Two offers sitting there with zero bids tells me buyers think $1.6375 remains too rich. They’re likely waiting for either the USDA’s October 10th Milk Production report or testing sellers’ resolve.

NDM showed decent activity with 10 trades, and that quarter-cent gain keeps us competitive globally. At $1.1475/lb, we’re just slightly above EU skim milk powder prices when factoring in shipping—that’s the sweet spot for maintaining a stable export flow without being undercut.

Global Markets: Where We Actually Stand

Looking at the international picture, U.S. dairy remains well-positioned despite internal challenges:

  • U.S. Butter: $1.64/lb
  • EU Butter: $2.76/lb (calculated from €5,633/MT)
  • New Zealand Butter: $3.03/lb (from NZX futures at $6,680/MT)

That’s not just a pricing advantage—it’s a competitive moat that should keep exports flowing even if domestic demand softens.

The real story lies in those European futures markets. EU butter holding above €5,600/MT through Q1 2026 tells us their supply situation won’t improve soon. Environmental regulations, high energy costs, and herd reductions have created structural shortages that won’t resolve quickly.

New Zealand’s ramping up for their season, but early reports from Global Dairy Trade suggest production might disappoint. Weather variability and crushing input costs are constraining their output potential.

Feed Costs and the Margin Reality

Current margins sit 28% below historical averages, creating the delicate balancing act that makes October’s production report critical for Q4 positioning

Current Feed Market Snapshot:

  • December Corn: $4.2475/bushel
  • December Soybean Meal: $273.30/ton
  • Estimated daily feed cost per cow: $7.85

With Class III at $17.55/cwt and feed costs at approximately $11.42/cwt, that leaves $6.13/cwt income over feed costs. While not catastrophic, this sits well below the five-year average of $8.50/cwt.

Your Profit Margins Under Pressure – Current income over feed costs sits 28% below the five-year average, squeezing farm profitability. Smart operators are locking in feed costs now while managing production carefully to protect what margins remain.

According to the September WASDE report, released on September 12, 2025, corn production increased to a record 16.814 billion bushels, with yields at 186.7 bushels per acre. This should provide some feed cost stability, though La Niña patterns could disrupt South American production and spike soybean prices.

Production Reality Check: The Numbers Behind the Numbers

The September WASDE report projects 2025 U.S. milk production at 230 billion pounds, up 3.4% from 2024. But regional variations tell the real story:

  • Texas: Up 10.6% (new processing capacity driving expansion)
  • Wisconsin/Minnesota: Up 2.8% (bumping against plant capacity)
  • California: Down 1.2% (HPAI impacts plus water restrictions)

The national herd reached 9.485 million cows, up 159,000 from last year. Production per cow increased just 34 pounds monthly—efficiency gains, but barely. Feed quality issues from last year’s harvest continue affecting component tests.

California’s Water Crisis Impact: As reported, 747 of California’s approximately 950 dairy farms have experienced HPAI. Combined with unprecedented water restrictions on groundwater pumping and surface water storage, the state’s production recovery faces significant headwinds.

What’s Really Driving These Markets

Domestic Demand Indicators:

  • Retail cheese prices: Stuck between $3.49-$4.39/lb
  • Food service: Moving product but not offsetting retail weakness
  • Consumer resistance: Price ceiling clearly established

Export Market Dynamics:

  • Mexico: Down 10% year-to-date, but still our biggest customer
  • Southeast Asia: Vietnam and the Philippines are showing surprising strength
  • China: Quietly pivoting to New Zealand suppliers

Processing capacity emerges as the real bottleneck. New plants coming online in Q4 need milk, which should support farmgate prices. But with existing facilities at maximum utilization, we’re hitting structural ceilings on price potential.

Forward-Looking Analysis: What October Holds

CME futures paint a mixed picture:

  • October Class III: $17.45 (modest optimism)
  • October Class IV: $16.85 (butter uncertainty)
  • Options Market: Implied volatility spiking (confusion, not confidence)

The USDA’s October 10th production report looms large. Early indications suggest potential upward revisions to Q4 production estimates, based on favorable weather conditions. If realized, expect cheese to test $1.60/lb support.

Key Risk Factors:

  • October weather favors production beyond processing capacity
  • Dollar strength continues to pressure exports
  • Consumer spending weakness in discretionary categories
  • Potential Q4 railroad labor disruptions

Regional Spotlight: Upper Midwest Pressures

Regional processing capacity constraints force Wisconsin milk to travel 200+ miles, fundamentally altering farmgate economics and creating the spot premiums worth $0.50-1.50/cwt
RegionProductionProcessingHaulingSpot PremiumKey Challenge
Texas+10.6%Expanding<50 miles$0.25-0.75Labor shortage
Wisconsin/Minnesota+2.8%95%+ Utilized200+ miles$0.50-1.50Capacity maxed
California-1.2%Adequate75 miles$0.35-1.00Water/HPAI
Northeast+1.5%85% Utilized100 miles$0.40-1.20Fluid demand
National Average+3.4%88% Utilized125 miles$0.45-1.15Various

Wisconsin and Minnesota operations face unique challenges beyond simple production numbers:

  • Plant utilization exceeding 95% in most counties
  • Milk traveling 200+ miles to find processing
  • Spot premiums ranging $0.50-$1.50 over class
  • Component levels excellent (4.36% butterfat, 3.38% protein)

The quality premiums tell the real story. Guaranteed consistent volume gets you premiums. Miss a delivery or come up short? Back to class pricing or worse.

What You Should Actually Do About This

On Pricing:

  • Lock 25-40% of Q4 production if you can get Class III above $17.40
  • Leave room for upside participation
  • Focus on downside protection given margin tightness

On Feed:

  • December corn under $4.30 is acceptable, not great
  • Lock 60% of winter needs now
  • Keep 40% open for potential harvest breaks

On Production:

  • This isn’t expansion time
  • Focus on protein over butterfat (premiums favor protein)
  • Adjust rations accordingly, even if volume decreases slightly

On Capital:

  • Delay equipment purchases until Q1 2026
  • Dealers will negotiate more after year-end inventory
  • Preserve cash for operational flexibility

The Bottom Line

Today’s butter bounce and steady cheese prices offer temporary stability in a market that is fundamentally dealing with expanding production, meeting processors at capacity. Those zero block trades aren’t just low volume—they signal deteriorating price discovery mechanisms.

Your October milk check will reflect September’s $17.55 Class III, which remains workable for most operations. Looking ahead, the combination of rising production, maximum processing capacity, and uncertain demand creates significant potential for volatility.

The successful operations won’t be those chasing the highest production or lowest costs. They’ll be those who recognize that we’re in a different environment now—where managing risk matters more than maximizing premiums, where consistent cash flow beats occasional windfalls.

Keep monitoring those basis levels, watch for processing capacity announcements, and remember—when everyone’s worried about the same factors, markets usually find ways to surprise. Position yourself to handle surprises in either direction.

Key Takeaways

  • Lock in margins strategically: Farms securing Q4 production at Class III above $17.40 for 25-40% of volume can protect $6.13/cwt income-over-feed while leaving room for market participation—critical when margins sit 28% below historical averages
  • Optimize for protein premiums: With dry whey up 4.2% weekly and protein premiums running $0.50-1.50 over class, adjusting rations for protein over butterfat can capture an additional $0.75-1.25/cwt even if total volume decreases slightly
  • Manage processing relationships: Guarantee consistent delivery volumes to maintain spot premiums as plants hit capacity—missing deliveries drops you back to class pricing, potentially costing $1.00-1.50/cwt in this tight processing environment
  • Position for regional variations: Texas operations benefit from 10.6% production growth and new processing capacity, while Upper Midwest farms face hauling costs eating $0.50-0.75/cwt—understanding your regional dynamics determines whether expansion or efficiency improvements make sense
  • Prepare for October volatility: The October 10 USDA report could trigger cheese tests of $1.60 support if production estimates rise—farms with 60% winter feed locked at current prices maintain flexibility while those waiting risk La Niña-driven grain spikes

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

The $1,600 Calf That’s Breaking Every Market Rule: Why This Dairy Crash Won’t Self-Correct

Dairy prices crash, but farmers aren’t culling—what’s keeping supply inflated?

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: Here’s what we discovered: butter prices plunged 40% to $1.86 per pound, and milk futures hit historic lows, but dairy farmers are sticking with their herds. The culprit? Beef-on-dairy calf prices are hitting $1,600 in auctions, cushioning losses and disrupting traditional supply pressures. U.S. milk production surged 3.5% through July, mirrored by growth in the EU and New Zealand, creating a global surplus that dwarfs export gains. Scientific data and USDA reports reveal this simultaneous production boom is unprecedented in recent history, baffling markets and dragging down prices. This broken feedback loop means prices may remain depressed for longer, forcing farmers to reassess their risk and herd management strategies. Independent producers need to understand these dynamics now to adapt and survive—waiting for a market correction could mean bleeding margins for months.

KEY TAKEAWAYS:

  • Farmers can buffer revenue losses with beef-on-dairy calves selling between $900-$1,600, easing pressure from falling milk prices.
  • Lock in futures contracts near $17-$17.50 for risk protection amid volatile price trends.
  • Focus on maximizing butterfat and protein components as premium payments shift away from volume in 2025.
  • Recognize that global simultaneous milk supply growth from the U.S., EU, and New Zealand is unprecedented and pressuring prices lower.
  • Monitor beef market shifts closely, as calf price drops will trigger the necessary herd contraction for market balance.
beef on dairy, dairy economics, farm profitability, dairy markets, milk futures

Look, I’ve been tracking dairy fundamentals long enough to recognize when something’s fundamentally shifted. September 15 brought us CME butter at $1.86 per pound—lowest since October 2021—yet half the producers I’m talking to aren’t in crisis mode. Here’s the uncomfortable truth nobody’s discussing: this market’s traditional feedback mechanisms are completely broken.

When the Numbers Tell a Different Story

U.S. butter spot prices and Class III milk futures from June-September 2025 showing the dramatic market collapse that defines this dairy crisis.

The headline numbers are brutal, no question. CME spot butter crashed to $1.86 per pound on September 15, down more than 40% from mid-summer highs and hitting levels we haven’t seen in nearly four years. Class III futures dropped to life-of-contract lows at $16.31 per hundredweight, with Class IV even uglier at $15.90.

But here’s what’s got me scratching my head… walking through farm offices across Pennsylvania and upstate New York last week, the conversations weren’t what you’d expect. Sure, everyone’s feeling the milk price pain, but there’s this underlying confidence that wasn’t there in previous downturns.

The reason? Beef-on-dairy has become a game-changer nobody fully anticipated.

The Calf Market That’s Rewriting Farm Economics

At recent Premier and Empire auctions across Pennsylvania and New York, beef-on-dairy crossbred calves are routinely commanding $900 to $1,600 per head. That’s not hyperbole—Empire Livestock’s September reports show “Beef Type Calves” trading between $8.00-$17.50 per pound, which translates to these per-head values for 100-120 pound calves.

One producer near Lancaster told me his September calf sales covered three months of feed bills. When your day-old crossbred is worth more than most people’s monthly mortgage payment, it changes how you think about culling decisions entirely.

This isn’t just Northeast pricing either. Similar premiums are showing up across the Midwest wherever beef-on-dairy genetics are being marketed through organized sales.

Global Supply Dynamics: Everyone’s Producing More

Global milk production changes by major dairy regions in July 2025, illustrating the simultaneous supply growth driving market oversupply

What makes this situation particularly concerning is the production data coming out of all major dairy regions. U.S. milk production surged 3.5% in July compared to the same month last year, building on the 3.4% increase we saw in June. USDA raised their 2025 production forecast to 228.3 billion pounds, citing increased cow inventories and higher milk per cow yields.

The growth isn’t evenly distributed, though—it’s concentrated in regions like Kansas, Texas, and South Dakota where new processing capacity has come online. Industry reports suggest this additional processing infrastructure may be encouraging regional herd expansion, though formal analysis of this relationship is still pending.

New Zealand posted similarly strong numbers, with milk solids climbing 2.2% in July. Fonterra’s reporting record production for the third consecutive month, driven by favorable weather conditions and strategic supplemental feeding programs, including increased palm kernel imports.

The European situation is more complex. While some regions show growth, overall EU production for January-July 2025 was actually down 0.3% compared to 2024, with significant regional variation due to disease outbreaks in France and weather impacts across different member states. The UK bucked this trend with a stronger performance, but the continental picture remains mixed.

According to USDA data, this represents significant simultaneous growth across major dairy regions—a pattern that’s putting unprecedented pressure on global absorption capacity.

Export Numbers Hide the Real Problem

The export headlines sound encouraging at first glance. U.S. dairy exports jumped 7.1% in July, with butter exports soaring 206% year-over-year. USDEC confirms cheese reached 52,105 MT, up 29% and setting new monthly records driven by demand from Central America, the Caribbean, South Korea, and Japan.

But here’s the thing that’s got me concerned… much of this “growth” is being bought with margin destruction. We’re offering aggressive discounts to move oversupplied product faster than domestic markets can absorb it. Meanwhile, nonfat dry milk and skim powder exports collapsed 16% as we’re getting priced out by European and New Zealand competitors.

At the Global Dairy Trade auctions, European supplier Arla was moving SMP at prices equivalent to $2,575, down 4.8% from previous sessions and undercutting U.S. offerings significantly.

The Feed Cost Buffer

USDA’s September crop report projects 16.8 billion bushels of corn production for 2025—one of the largest harvests on record. This abundance is keeping feed costs historically low, providing producers with a critical buffer that’s preventing the usual financial pressure that forces herd reductions.

What’s interesting is how this interacts with the beef-on-dairy phenomenon. Cheap feed means lower breakeven costs, while premium calf values provide additional revenue streams. Together, they’re eliminating the economic incentives that typically force supply contraction during price downturns.

Why Traditional Market Cycles Are Broken

The broken dairy market feedback loop: How high calf prices and cheap feed prevent traditional supply corrections, perpetuating oversupply.

Here’s where it gets really concerning from a market structure perspective… The traditional dairy cycle relied on economic pressure forcing tough culling decisions when milk prices dropped. But when beef-on-dairy calves are worth $1,200-$1,600 per head, producers can actually profit from keeping cows that aren’t covering their milk production costs.

This creates a perverse incentive structure where low milk prices don’t trigger the supply response the market needs. Instead of reducing cow numbers, producers are maintaining or even expanding herds because the beef side of the equation is so profitable.

It’s a fundamental break from historical market dynamics, and honestly… I’m not sure how long it can persist without causing more serious structural problems.

Regional Variations and Seasonal Impacts

The impact isn’t uniform across all production regions. Midwest operations with strong relationships to beef buyers are weathering this much better than single-buyer situations in more isolated areas. Fresh cow markets in Pennsylvania and New York are showing more resilience than I’d expected, partly due to the proximity to premium auction facilities.

Seasonal factors are also playing a role. The September-October calving peak means higher volumes of crossbred calves hitting premium markets just as beef prices remain elevated. This timing is providing crucial cash flow support during what would normally be a financially stressful period for many operations.

What Smart Operators Are Doing Now

The producers who are positioning themselves best in this environment aren’t waiting for “normal” markets to return. December Class III futures near $17.00-$17.50 might be your last reasonable hedge opportunity before this situation potentially gets worse.

Component focus has become absolutely critical. Milk buyers are increasingly paying for butterfat and protein content rather than volume, and the producers who’ve optimized their component production are seeing significantly better returns than those still focused on total pounds.

Whey protein concentrate demand remains strong despite the broader commodity weakness, which suggests there are still opportunities in value-added products for operations positioned to capture them.

The Uncomfortable Truth About Market Timing

Look, what we’re seeing here—this combination of crashing milk prices alongside sustained farm profitability—isn’t a temporary market quirk. It’s a structural shift that could persist for months or even years until external factors finally force the supply contraction this market desperately needs.

The moment beef-on-dairy calf prices start sliding back toward historical norms, that’s when you’ll see the real market correction begin. But until then? We’re in uncharted territory where traditional market analysis doesn’t provide the usual roadmap.

The operations that thrive through this period will be the ones that adapt their business models now, rather than waiting for markets to return to patterns that may not exist anymore.

Complete references and supporting documentation are available upon request by contacting the editorial team at editor@thebullvine.com.

Learn More:

Join the Revolution!

Join over 30,000 successful dairy professionals who rely on Bullvine Weekly for their competitive edge. Delivered directly to your inbox each week, our exclusive industry insights help you make smarter decisions while saving precious hours every week. Never miss critical updates on milk production trends, breakthrough technologies, and profit-boosting strategies that top producers are already implementing. Subscribe now to transform your dairy operation’s efficiency and profitability—your future success is just one click away.

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

U.S. Cream Prices Plummet to 10-Year Lows: Milkfat Glut Reshapes Dairy Markets

Cream prices have hit rock bottom, leaving dairy farmers in a squeeze. With milkfat flooding markets from coast to coast, what’s behind this buttery bust? Dive into our analysis of genetic breakthroughs, cheese plant expansions, and global pressures reshaping the U.S. dairy landscape. Is relief on the horizon, or is this the new normal?

Summary

U.S. cream prices have plummeted to decade-lows, driven by a perfect storm of factors reshaping the dairy industry. A 1.7% surge in milk production during late 2024 flooded markets with milkfat, while new cheese plants diverted cream from traditional butter manufacturing. Cream multiples—a key pricing metric—hit historic lows across all regions, with the West averaging just 0.95 in February 2025. Despite lower butter prices, manufacturers are capitalizing on cheap cream inputs, building inventories, and squeezing farmer margins. The glut is compounded by Canada’s increased butterfat production, adding cross-border pressures. As the industry grapples with this oversupply, stakeholders face a pivotal moment: adapting to shifting consumer demands, navigating policy changes, and balancing efficiency with sustainability concerns. While seasonal tightening may offer relief, long-term structural shifts suggest a new paradigm for U.S. dairy markets.

Key Takeaways

  • Cream prices have hit 10-year lows across the U.S., and cream multiples have fallen below five-year averages in all major dairy regions.
  • Milk production increased by 1.7% in late 2024, adding 160 million pounds of milk fat to the market.
  • New cheese plants divert cream from butter production, disrupting traditional market dynamics.
  • Butter prices dropped 22% year-over-year, but manufacturers benefit from cheap cream inputs.
  • Dairy farmers face squeezed margins despite producing more milk fat, as feed costs rose 8%.
  • Canada’s increased butterfat production is adding to cross-border market pressures.
  • Seasonal demand may provide some price relief by June, but structural shifts in the industry suggest long-term challenges.
  • USDA’s upcoming Federal Milk Marketing Order reforms will further impact pricing and production strategies.
  • Climate regulations and sustainability concerns may accelerate herd consolidation, favoring more extensive operations.
  • Stakeholders must adapt to changing consumer demands and market conditions to remain competitive.
cream prices, milkfat glut, dairy markets, butter production, USDA reforms

Cream prices across the U.S. have collapsed to their lowest levels in over a decade, with milkfat supplies overwhelming markets from California to New England. Despite a 1.7% year-over-year surge in milk production during the second half of 2024—adding 160 million pounds of milkfat—weak demand and shifting processing priorities have created a supply glut. Cream multiples, a critical pricing metric, have languished below five-year averages since mid-January, squeezing dairy farmers even as cheese and butter manufacturers capitalize on cheaper inputs.

Regional Price Collapse Reflects Oversupply

Cream multiples—the ratio of cream prices to butterfat values—have hit historic lows across all major dairy regions. In the West, multiples averaged 0.95 during the week ending February 13, 2025, the lowest Week 7 figure since 2013. The Midwest and East followed closely, with midpoints of 1.05 and 1.11, respectively, marking their weakest seasonal performance since 2017 (USDA Dairy Market News, 2025). Analysts attribute the slump to a perfect storm of abundant milkfat supplies, mild winter weather, and lagging demand for Class II dairy products like ice cream.

Drivers of the Milkfat Boom

Genetic and Nutritional Advances

Due to component-based pricing models in Federal Milk Marketing Orders (FMMOs), dairy farmers now prioritize milkfat yields. Butterfat premiums averaged $2.91/lb in December 2024, incentivizing genetic selection and feed strategies that boost fat output (USDA Agricultural Prices Report, 2025).

Dr. Mark Stephenson, UW-Madison Dairy Economist:
“Farmers are paid for pounds of fat and protein, not just volume. This system rewards efficiency but also floods markets with components faster than processors can adapt.”

Seasonal and Structural Shifts

Unusually warm winter temperatures accelerated calving cycles in the Midwest and East, pushing milk volumes 3% above typical seasonal averages (CME Group Dairy Outlook, 2025). Simultaneously, new cheese plants in Wisconsin and Texas diverted 15% of U.S. milkfat away from butter production—a 50% increase from 2023 levels (IDF World Dairy Report, 2024).

Disease Avoidance and Herd Health

Unlike Western states grappling with Highly Pathogenic Avian Influenza (HPAI) outbreaks, the Midwest and East avoided significant herd culls. This stability allowed milkfat output to grow steadily, with Midwest production rising 2.1% year over year in Q4 2024 (USDA Milk Production Report, 2025).

Economic Impacts: Winners and Losers

US Producer Price Index: Fluid Milk Manufacturing and Cream, Bulk Sales

DateValue (Index Dec 1991=100)
January 31, 2025239.59
December 31, 2024242.10
November 30, 2024245.70
October 31, 2024258.86
September 30, 2024262.09

Source: Bureau of Labor Statistics

Butter Manufacturers

Butter prices fell 22% yearly to $2.45/lb in January 2025, yet churning margins remain healthy due to cheap cream. Cold storage inventories surged 11.4% in December 2024, signaling overproduction (USDA Cold Storage Report, 2025).

Cheese Producers

Cheese demand drove Class III milk prices to $19.45/cwt in 2024, with new Midwest plants absorbing 4.5 billion pounds of milk annually. “We’re seeing a structural shift toward cheese,” notes Haiping Li, USDA Dairy Program Analyst. “Every new plant reduces cream availability for butter long-term.”

Dairy Farmers

Despite higher milkfat yields, farmer revenues lagged. The 2024 all-milk price averaged $22.25/cwt, but feed costs rose 8%, eroding margins (USDA Economic Research Service, 2025).

Dairy Farmer in Fond du Lac, Wisconsin (Anonymous):
“We’re producing record fat, but cream checks barely cover hauling costs. We’ll have to cull cows if cheese plants don’t take more milk soon.”

Federal Milk Order Class Prices, 2024

MonthClass II Price ($/cwt)Class III Price ($/cwt)Class IV Price ($/cwt)
Jan20.0415.1719.39
Feb20.5316.0819.85
Mar21.1216.3420.09
Apr21.2315.5020.11
May21.5018.5520.50

Source: USDA Agricultural Marketing Service

Global Context: Canada’s Oversupply Compounds Pressures

U.S. markets face additional strain from Canada’s dairy surplus. Ottawa’s 2024 decision to allow 2.8% more butterfat production under supply management has flooded North American markets with discounted cream (Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada, 2025). “Cross-border dumping accusations are rising,” warns Michelle McBain, Canadian Dairy Commission. “Without export growth, this glut could linger into 2026.”

Market Outlook: Will Prices Rebound?

Short-Term (Q2 2025)

Seasonal ice cream demand may lift cream multiples to 1.08–1.22 by June, but analysts caution that 2025’s spring flush could delay recovery (Rabobank Dairy Quarterly, 2025).

Policy Shifts

USDA’s June 2025 FMMO reforms will lower minimum pay prices by $0.30/cwt, pressuring farmers to optimize milkfat yields further.

Long-Term Risks

  • Cheese Overproduction: Excess inventories may destabilize prices if export demand weakens.
  • Climate Pressures: Methane regulations could accelerate herd consolidation, favoring large-scale farms with lower per-unit emissions (FAO Dairy Sustainability Report, 2024).

Strategic Recommendations

Farmers should prioritize feed efficiency and contract cream sales to blenders. Processors must balance fat/skim surpluses through butter-powder plants, while retailers could lock in cream contracts ahead of potential late-2025 price hikes.

The Bottom Line

The U.S. dairy sector faces a pivotal moment: record milkfat production has cratered cream prices, but shifting global demand and processing innovations offer pathways to adaptation. As markets brace for tighter margins and policy shifts, stakeholders must align with trends favoring efficiency and diversification. In the words of Tom Bailey, Rabobank Analyst: “The only constant in dairy is change—and fat.”

Learn more: 

CME Dairy Market Update for February 6th, 2025: Butter Drops, Cheese Steady, and Milk Futures Up Despite Cost Challenges

Dairy markets showed mixed signals on Thursday, with butter prices dipping and cheese steady. Class III milk futures gained ground despite weaker feed commodity prices, creating a complex landscape for producers. Key developments in global trade and consumer demand are shaping market dynamics.

Summary:

Dairy markets were mixed on Thursday, with butter falling to $2.40 per pound and whey dropping 2 cents, while cheese stayed steady. Class III milk futures rose slightly even with higher feed costs, as traders expect milk supplies to tighten. Butter and whey saw the biggest weekly drops due to global supply issues, making market decisions and awareness very important.

dairy markets, butter prices, cheese prices, Class III milk futures, feed commodity prices

Dairy markets showed mixed activity Thursday, with butter declining while cheese markets held steady. Class III milk futures gained momentum despite weaker feed commodity prices, creating complex dynamics for producers. 

Daily CME Cash Dairy Product Prices ($/lb.)

FinalChange ¢/lb.TradesBidsOffers
Butter2.4000-1.00712
Cheddar Block1.8600NC000
Cheddar Barrel1.8050NC002
NDM Grade A1.3400NC003
Dry Whey0.5900-2.00015

Daily Cash Prices 

Key products closed with: 

  • Butter: $2.40/lb (-1.00¢) [7 trades]
  • Cheddar Blocks: $1.86/lb (No Change) [0 trades]
  • Cheddar Barrels: $1.805/lb (No Change) [0 trades]
  • NDM Grade A: $1.34/lb (NC) [0 trades]
  • Dry Whey: $0.59/lb (-2.00¢) [0 trades]

Trading activity remained subdued except for butter, which saw seven trades with one bid and two offers remaining at settlement. 

Futures Market Movement 

Class III Milk (FEB): $20.34/cwt (+0.33 vs Wednesday) Class IV Milk (FEB): $19.55/cwt (-0.30 weekly) 

Notable Futures: 

ProductThu CloseWeekly Change
Butter$2.4738-1.65%
NDM$1.3180-1.70%
Dry Whey$0.6348-7.68%

Futures trading showed particular interest in Q2 cheese contracts, with open interest increasing 12% week-over-week. 

Weekly Price Trends 

Current vs Prior Week Averages ($/lb): 

ProductCurrent AvgPrior WeekChange
Butter2.41752.4745-2.31%
Cheddar Block1.87061.9005-1.57%
Dry Whey0.61000.6770-9.90%

Dry whey markets saw the steepest weekly decline, falling nearly 10% amid reports of increased European exports. 

Market Drivers Feed Costs: 

  • March corn futures rose 3.9% weekly to $4.955/bu
  • Soybean meal futures dipped 5.4% to $306.50/ton

Production Signals: 

Milk futures remain disconnected from feed markets, with Class III prices up 1.4% week-over-week despite higher corn costs – suggesting processors anticipate tighter milk supplies. 

Regional Outlook 

Midwest cheesemakers continue holding barrel inventories at multi-year lows, while Northeast butter production appears to be ramping up ahead of the spring baking season. California milk output remains constrained by high feed costs, with Central Valley producers reporting $1.80/cwt feed margins. 

Traders should watch Friday’s cold storage report for confirmation of tightening cheese stocks, which could support prices despite the current sluggish trading activity.

Join the Revolution!

Bullvine Daily is your essential e-zine for staying ahead in the dairy industry. With over 30,000 subscribers, we bring you the week’s top news, helping you manage tasks efficiently. Stay informed about milk production, tech adoption, and more, so you can concentrate on your dairy operations. 

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

Dairy Market Report February 3rd 2025: US-Canada Tariffs Trigger Price Drop Amid Rising Feed Costs

Dairy markets stumbled Monday as cheese prices hit three-week lows and feed costs spiked. While a temporary Mexico tariff deal provided relief, all CME dairy products closed lower. What’s driving the selloff, and how can farmers protect their margins? Here’s your complete market breakdown.

Summary:

The US-Canada tariffs caused a significant downturn in dairy markets on February 3, resulting in plummeting prices for cheese, butter, and dry whey at the CME, compounding challenges for farmers already facing high feed costs for corn and soybeans. Given the volatility, dairy farmers should consider proactive strategies, such as securing feed prices and discussing forward contracts with co-ops, to protect narrowing margins. With key dates for USDA reports and trade decisions approaching, monitoring market developments is essential to staying ahead of further fluctuations. Maintaining a close watch on expenses is crucial as milk prices remain unpredictable, affecting the farms’ financial health.

Key Takeaways:

  • Dairy prices significantly declined, affecting farmers’ revenue amidst rising costs.
  • Cheese markets experienced notable price drops, with blocks and barrels decreasing.
  • General market instability is attributed to uncertain Mexican trade developments.
  • Feed costs are escalating, adding pressure to farming budgets.
  • Farmers are advised to mitigate costs by managing feed waste and considering forward contracts.
  • Upcoming dates are crucial for market insights and influencing decision-making strategies.
  • Maintaining a close watch on expenses is vital, given the current market volatility.
Dairy producers face a double squeeze as US-Canada trade tensions spill over into commodity markets, sending CME spot prices tumbling while feed costs surge. The February 3rd market saw cheese prices hit three-week lows and dry whey drop 3.1%, eroding already thin margins for North American dairy farmers.

Dairy producers face a double squeeze as US-Canada trade tensions spill over into commodity markets, sending CME spot prices tumbling while feed costs surge. The February 3rd market saw cheese prices hit three-week lows and dry whey drop 3.1%, eroding already thin margins for North American dairy farmers.

All dairy prices fell at the CME on February 3, 2025, hitting farmers with lower milk checks just as corn and soybean costs jumped. Let’s break down what this means for your farm’s bottom line. 

Today’s Price Changes 

Daily CME Cash Dairy Product Prices ($/lb.)

FinalChange ¢/lb.TradesBidsOffers
Butter2.4300-0.25322
Cheddar Block1.8625-1.50403
Cheddar Barrel1.7900-2.00401
NDM Grade A1.3400-0.50725
Dry Whey0.6200-2.00212

Cheese markets took the biggest hit: 

  • Blocks down 1.5 cents to $1.86/lb
  • Barrels down 2 cents to $1.79/lb
  • Butter slipped to $2.43/lb
  • Dry whey dropped to 62 cents/lb

What’s Behind the Drop? 

Mexico buys nearly half of our cheese exports. Today, prices bounced around because of news about Mexican trade deals. First, they fell, then jumped up, and then lost again. This kind of up-and-down trading makes it harder to know when to sell your milk. 

Feed Costs Rising 

Bad news on feed prices today: 

  • Corn up 7 cents to $4.89/bushel
  • Soybeans up 16 cents to $10.58/bushel

These higher feed costs will eat into your milk check. For a 100-cow dairy, today’s jump in feed prices adds about $20 per day to costs. 

What This Means for Your Farm 

  1. Milk prices look shaky through spring
  2. Feed costs are trending up
  3. Margins are getting tighter

What You Can Do Now 

Think about these moves: 

  1. Lock in feed prices if you can
  2. Talk to your co-op about forward contracts
  3. Watch your feed waste
  4. Hold off on significant spending

Looking Ahead 

Keep an eye on these dates: 

  • March 1: New USDA dairy report
  • March 15: Decision on Mexico trade
  • April 5: Spring feed prices set

Bottom Line 

With milk prices dropping and feed costs rising, now is the time to monitor expenses closely. Your break-even price might be higher than current futures prices suggest. 

Learn more:

Join the Revolution!

Bullvine Daily is your essential e-zine for staying ahead in the dairy industry. With over 30,000 subscribers, we bring you the week’s top news, helping you manage tasks efficiently. Stay informed about milk production, tech adoption, and more, so you can concentrate on your dairy operations. 

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

CME Market Insights: Cheese and Butter Prices Rally as U.S. Production Climbs

Discover key trends as CME cheese and butter prices rise. Understand how U.S. production growth could affect your dairy strategies.

Summary:

The latest CME market report showcases a rally in Class III and cheese prices, driven by renewed buyer aggression and U.S. production gains, with the USDA’s October report detailing a 1% increase in cheese output and a 3.1% rise in butter production year-over-year. Market complexities like technical resistance levels and fluctuating whey prices prompt producers to reassess strategies, especially as U.S. cheese prices lag behind those in New Zealand and the EU. Dairy markets show bullish momentum, with block cheese at $1.70 per pound and butter prices increasing, paving the way for potential profit expansions. However, strategic hedging is necessary to balance pricing strategies and profit margins amid rising cheese prices, strong market dynamics, and holiday season-driven demand for butter now priced at $2.54.

Key Takeaways:

  • Class III cheese and block cheese markets experience steady gains, indicating bullish sentiment despite seasonal demand fluctuations.
  • The U.S. continues to produce more cheese and butter than previous years, driving domestic market prices up while still remaining competitive globally.
  • Butter futures have risen significantly, with current market conditions suggesting a sustained demand around the $2.50 per pound mark.
  • The USDA’s October Dairy Products report highlights an increase in overall cheese and butter output compared to last year, despite some sector-specific declines.
  • Whey prices impact Class III contracts significantly, necessitating careful monitoring by producers, especially as the first quarter of 2025 approaches.
  • The NFDM market faces challenges as global demand appears to stabilize, emphasizing the need for strategic positioning in the current pricing environment.
  • U.S. dairy pricing remains more favorable compared to New Zealand and EU counterparts, providing competitive leverage in international markets.
dairy markets, cheese prices, butter prices, dairy farmers, market dynamics, pricing strategies, supply chain decisions, USDA Dairy Products report, export opportunities, global pricing trends

Dairy markets are currently experiencing a bullish momentum, with cheese and butter prices on the rise. This unexpected pre-holiday market rally has certainly stirred things up. Block cheese has advanced to $1.70 per pound, and butter prices have also seen a significant increase. This rally presents both risks and opportunities, affecting pricing strategies, profit margins, supply chain decisions, and market forecasts. As these forces behind the numbers capture industry attention, it’s crucial to start strategizing for 2025, ensuring preparedness and proactivity in the face of these market dynamics.

ProductCurrent Price (per pound)Weekly ChangeComparison Index
Block Cheese$1.70+3 cents+7 cents week-to-date
Barrel Cheese$1.6675+1.75 cents+7 cents week-to-date
Spot Butter$2.5400+1.75 cents+5.5 cents from last week’s low
NDM$1.3700-0.50 centSideways price action

Riding the Wave: CME Cheese and Butter Prices Climb Amid U.S. Production Surge 

The recent pricing trends at CME exhibit a clear upward trajectory in cheese and butter, driven primarily by U.S. production dynamics and international market comparisons. Cheese markets are showing a continuous rally, with block cheese advancing to $1.70 per pound and barrel cheese climbing to $1.6675 per pound. Notably, both categories reflect a 7-cent increase this week, contributing to bullish sentiments in futures markets. This movement is juxtaposed against U.S. cheese prices, which are significantly lower than New Zealand and EU figures, priced at $2.13 and $2.28 per pound, respectively. 

Butter pricing follows a similar ascent, now reaching $2.54 per pound, influenced by a robust production backdrop. The USDA’s recent dairy report indicates a 3.1% annual increase in butter output, revealing a comparative advantage over European and New Zealand markets, where butter prices are notably higher. These variances highlight the U.S.’s relative positioning in global markets, as the domestic increase in production aligns strategically with international price disparities, offering competitive advantages that bolster market resilience.

The Cheese Surge: Navigating Gains and Strategic Opportunities 

The cheese market is currently undergoing significant shifts, particularly within the block and barrel cheese categories. Block cheese has climbed to $1.70 per pound, witnessing a 3-cent rise through multiple trades, while barrel cheese saw a 1.75-cent increase, settling at $1.6675. These seemingly modest increments have amplified the momentum in the futures market, particularly impacting Class III futures. Over recent sessions, January Class III futures have surged by $1.00/cwt, reflecting investor optimism fueled by these incremental gains. This surge in the cheese market presents a promising outlook, potentially leading to better returns for dairy producers. 

These market shifts bear significant implications for dairy producers. The rising price of cheese indicates stronger market dynamics and potentially better returns. However, these gains bring with them the need for strategic hedging as there’s a delicate balance to maintain. For producers under-covered for the first quarter of 2025, the current rise offers an opportunity to secure favorable pricing floors. It’s crucial, however, to remain vigilant about whey prices, as any decline in whey, which plays a critical role in Class III pricing, could erode these advantages. Each penny drop in whey could translate to a 6-cent impact on Class III prices, underscoring the importance of monitoring these interconnected market components. While the present trajectory offers positive signals, producers must navigate these waters with a keen eye on volatility and fundamentals.

Butter Bounces Back: Market Dynamics and Growth Deceleration 

The recent upswing in butter market prices reflects a nuanced amalgam of supply and demand dynamics. With spot butter rising 1.75 cents to close at $2.54, it is noteworthy that the butter futures have also shown appreciable gains, advancing 0.50 to 2.00 cents across contracts through July 2025. This upward movement suggests a robust reaction following some expected technical oversold conditions seen before Thanksgiving. 

The driving force behind this price increase is the persistent demand during the holiday season, combined with a steady supply of cream, facilitating ample butter production. What’s compelling is the notable deceleration in butter output growth, shifting from a staggering 15.1% increase in August to a more moderate rise of 3.1% compared to last year. Despite this slowdown, the current production levels are sufficient to meet prevailing demand while maintaining price stability. 

The second half of 2025 appears promising for a balanced trade, given the confidence in production capacity supported by available cream supplies. Yet, the market also benefits from targeted consumer interest around the $2.50 price point, adding a layer of demand elasticity that continues to underpin market strength.

USDA’s October Dairy Report: Navigating Production Shifts and Market Resilience

The USDA’s October Dairy Products report provides a comprehensive overview of the trends in cheese and butter production in the United States, revealing pivotal insights into market dynamics. Notably, total cheese production witnessed an incremental rise, reaching 1.226 billion pounds, marking a 1.0% increase compared to last year. This modest increase suggests a more robust output relative to the stagnation observed in September, signaling potential stabilization in demand despite underlying challenges. 

Conversely, the production of U.S. Cheddar remains tepid, showing a 3.1% decline against the figures recorded in October 2023. This downturn in Cheddar production underscores a potential shift in consumer preference or market demand, challenging producers to optimize production levels without incurring surplus. Such strategic restraint aligns with maintaining balanced inventories amidst fluctuating demand. 

In the butter sector, production expanded by 3.1%, totaling 167.5 million pounds. While this growth is a marked deceleration from the double-digit increases noted in August and September, it reflects the market’s ability to calibrate outputs effectively to avoid oversupply, thus supporting price levels. The deceleration suggests some caution among producers, yet the upward trend in butter production reinforces its consistent demand in the domestic market. 

These production insights, grounded in the October Dairy Products report, highlight shifts in year-over-year production patterns and underline dairy producers’ nuanced adjustments to navigate current market demands and price signals. As the industry maneuvers through these fluctuations, strategic production decisions will be crucial in shaping future market resilience and pricing stability.

Strategic Advantage: U.S. Dairy’s Path to Global Leadership through Competitive Pricing

The current price of cheese in the U.S. is $1.67 per pound, significantly lower than in international markets such as New Zealand and the EU, where cheese fetches $2.13 and $2.28 per pound, respectively. This disparity presents a strategic opportunity for U.S. producers to expand their export reach. The more competitive pricing could make U.S. cheese an attractive option for international buyers seeking cost-effective imports. 

Similarly, U.S. butter, priced at $2.52 per pound, is also competitively positioned in the global market compared to New Zealand’s $2.96 per pound and Europe’s far higher price of $3.80 per pound. Such pricing differentials present promising export prospects for U.S. butter producers, who can capitalize on these price advantages to penetrate foreign markets. 

Lower U.S. price levels relative to international markets are beneficial for exports and could also influence domestic market dynamics. This pricing competitive edge may stimulate increased production as domestic suppliers aim to meet potential heightened demand at home and abroad. It may also lead to adjusting domestic supply chains to better cater to the export-oriented production strategy. For U.S. dairy farmers, aligning production with global pricing trends is crucial for sustaining competitiveness and leveraging new markets.

Whey and NFDM: Essential Components in Dairy Market Dynamics 

The intricate web of the global dairy market is significantly influenced by the roles of whey and nonfat dry milk (NFDM). Recently, whey has shown resilience, maintaining its position above 70 cents despite a minor slip, a testament to its critical role in the Class III pricing structure. Given that every penny moves in whey correlates to a six-cent adjustment in Class III milk prices, its stability underpins the robustness seen in this sector despite broader market fluctuations. 

On the production front, the October Dairy Products report indicated a notable downturn in dry whey production—down 12.3% from the previous year. This significant reduction in output, paired with a 33.1% decline in stocks from 2023, has likely contributed to the observed stability in whey pricing, supporting its market relevance even as other products like cheese advance [USDA Dairy Products report]. 

Conversely, NFDM’s market performance appears more precarious. Despite weaker production figures and growing inventories, NFDM prices remain around $1.40. Recently, the spot market saw NFDM edge down half a cent as supply pockets permeated the CME market, testing this price ceiling. Analysts suggest that the lack of aggressive global demand, amplified by global price competitiveness, may prevent NFDM from capitalizing on current price points [source]. 

The implications of these trends are profound for the dairy market. The robust price amidst constrained production indicates strong demand fundamentals for whey, offering producers a buffer against volatility in other dairy categories. Meanwhile, NFDM’s plateau suggests potential opportunities or risks contingent upon global demand or supply dynamics shifts. Therefore, Market participants must navigate these evolving landscapes strategically, balancing production with emerging market cues to effectively leverage these critical commodities.

Technical Terrain: Navigating Peaks and Valleys in Cheese and Butter Markets 

The current landscape in the CME cheese and butter markets reveals key technical considerations that can significantly impact future price movements and trading strategies. Notably, the current market is facing resistance levels just above prevailing prices. This suggests that while a continued upward trajectory is possible, traders should exercise caution as price action could encounter difficulty sustaining momentum beyond these thresholds. 

Technical patterns indicate the potential for a weekly reversal in nearby contracts, a development usually perceived as bullish despite lackluster current demand narratives. Such a reversal suggests that underlying strength supports current price rebounds. It could attract more buying interest if confirmed, further fueling upward price momentum. 

Traders should watch these resistance points closely. Breaking through them could initiate a new price leg higher, indicating robust demand or supply dynamics that could alter market perceptions. On the other hand, failure to surpass these resistance levels could result in consolidation phases where prices stabilize, allowing for strategic reassessment. 

Regarding trading strategies, prudent market participants might consider short-term positions to capitalize on these potential reversals and longer-term hedges to mitigate risk should prices reverse again or encounter sustained pressure. This multifaceted approach allows for flexibility, ensuring traders can efficiently adapt to evolving market dynamics.

The Bottom Line

The current landscape of the CME market indicates the rebound of cheese and butter prices and the intricate web of production dynamics influencing these shifts. As the U.S. continues to ramp up cheese and butter production, the pivotal role of strategic pricing relative to international markets cannot be overstated. Navigating the complexities of whey and NFDM further underscores the need for dairy professionals to remain vigilant and proactive in their market strategies. 

Dairy farmers and industry stakeholders must monitor emerging market trends and assess how these could affect their operations. What strategies can you adopt to leverage this knowledge and navigate fluctuating market conditions? Can you implement innovative approaches to stay ahead of the competition despite shifting demand and production levels? 

Engage with these questions, adapt your business strategies, and harness the insights from ongoing market reports. Staying informed with reports like these will ensure you are well-equipped to make informed decisions, enhancing your resilience and competitive edge in this dynamic industry.

Learn more:

Join the Revolution!

Bullvine Daily is your essential e-zine for staying ahead in the dairy industry. With over 30,000 subscribers, we bring you the week’s top news, helping you manage tasks efficiently. Stay informed about milk production, tech adoption, and more, so you can concentrate on your dairy operations. 

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

CME Dairy Markets Report: Navigating Cheese, Butter, and Futures Fluctuations for October 30th, 2024

Get the CME dairy market update. How do cheese, butter, and futures influence your strategy? Stay informed to lead in the dairy industry.

Summary:

On October 30th, 2024, the CME Dairy Markets report highlighted a mix of activity, with block cheese prices dipping slightly and barrel prices rising by 3.5 cents, revealing a complex landscape influenced by multiple signals. Concerns over potential disruptions arose due to avian flu cases in California and Utah, potentially affecting demand trends. December and January Class III futures reached two-month lows, whereas Class IV futures presented a consistent upward trajectory. The spot butter market demonstrated resilience, bolstered by international market influences such as the increase in SGX/NZX powder prices following solid results in the latest GDT Pulse, indicating ongoing strategic adjustments within the market.

Key takeaways:

  • The trading activity in the November-December Class III spread shows significant movements, indicating a strategic focus on short-term market dynamics.
  • Class III and Cheese Futures present mixed signals, reflecting cautious yet active trading patterns among market participants.
  • The NFDM market is experiencing volatility, driven by international influences and fluctuating spot prices, emphasizing the need for strategic navigation.
  • European dairy products maintain a premium price, sustaining global trade interest and serving as a competitive challenge for other regions.
  • Butter’s market resilience is highlighted by its rebound from previous lows, supported by strategic futures trading and robust open interest.
  • Fluctuations in market spreads may signal potential shifts in broader market fundamentals, requiring close observation from stakeholders.
  • Overall, bullish market traction and solid buyer-seller interactions show tempered price fluctuations shortly.
dairy markets, spot cheese segment, block prices, barrel prices, avian flu impact, Class III futures, Nov/Dec spread trading, Class IV futures, spot butter market, international dairy prices

On October 30th, 2024, the dairy markets were in flux, challenging industry norms and sparking speculation. However, the market’s resilience is a testament to its stability. Have you considered how fluctuating cheese and butter prices could impact global trade and your operation’s profitability? As block prices dip by half a cent, barrels rise to $1.9250 per pound, and butter prices advance to $2.7050 per pound. Understanding these market dynamics is crucial for informed business decisions, especially when prices are this volatile.

Fluctuating Trends and External Challenges Shape Dairy Market Dynamics

The market conditions present a mixed bag of activities, especially in the spot cheese segment. Block prices decreased slightly, slipping by half a cent, while barrel prices increased by 3.5 cents. This diverging trend reflects a complex market landscape in which buyers and sellers respond differently to various signals. 

Adding to this complexity, external factors such as the recent avian flu cases reported in California and Utah have cast a shadow over market sentiment. Such outbreaks typically heighten concerns over potential disruptions, impacting demand trends as the year-end approaches. Market participants remain vigilant, assessing how these health-related developments might further influence consumer demand and market dynamics in the dairy sector.

Strategic Trading Patterns: Navigating Class III Futures’ Two-Month Lows

Examining the recent performance of Class III futures, prices for December and January contracts have hit two-month lows. This decline aligns closely with key technical support levels, suggesting potential stabilization points that traders are likely monitoring. The robust trading volume, with over 2,400 contracts exchanged, highlights a significant engagement from market participants. This activity was notably driven by the Nov/Dec spread trading, which saw an impressive 500 trades executed in just one day. 

The dynamics of the Nov/Dec spread trading have had a palpable impact on open interest, showing a unique pattern. By rolling positions from November to December, traders have maintained a steady open interest overall, only increasing by three contracts. However, the shifting interest from November to December indicates a strategic repositioning by traders to optimize their exposure to price movements. This strategic spread trading suggests carefully watching near-term price shifts, with participants positioning themselves to manage potential volatility.

Exploring Divergent Paths: Class III’s Cautious Moves vs. Class IV’s Steady Ascendancy

The Class III futures experienced a complex landscape as the nearby contract slightly advanced to $20.57 per hundredweight, marking a minor increase of five cents. However, the upward movement was juxtaposed with a decline in Q1 prices, which descended to $19.63 per hundredweight, shedding 14 cents. This mixed performance highlights a potential recalibration within the Class III space, indicating a cautious market sentiment trying to balance immediate gains against longer-term uncertainties. 

Conversely, Class IV futures demonstrated a more uniform positive trend. November futures cemented their standing at $21.04 per hundredweight, climbing an additional three cents, while Q1 futures also saw an incremental rise to $21.21 per hundredweight, adding three cents. These steady gains suggest that Class IV products might benefit from more robust demand or tighter supply scenarios, contrasting the more volatile Class III trends. 

The divergence in Class III and IV futures performance could indicate underlying shifts in market demand patterns. While Class III markets are wrestling with variabilities and competitive pressures, Class IV products are riding a wave of steady, albeit modest, positivity. The potential impact on the dairy market could manifest in tactical adjustments by producers and traders, resulting in a strategic shift toward maximizing opportunities within the more stable Class IV domain.

Spot Butter’s Valiant Rebound: A Testament to Market Resilience and Strategic Futures Play 

The spot butter market is exhibiting significant resilience. It recovered from last week’s lows, with prices rising by 1.5 cents to $2.705 per pound. This rebound not only injects optimism into future trading activities but also presents potential profit opportunities. Notably, the futures market has witnessed a commendable level of liquidity throughout 2025, bolstered by the rise in spot prices and strategic trading trends. 

One of the intriguing aspects of current market activities is the initiation of a cash-and-carry trade. This strategy becomes viable when spot prices hover around $2.70 while deferred futures beyond January surpass $2.80 per pound. The cash-and-carry trade is significant as it creates opportunities for market players to lock in profits by buying at current spot prices and selling in the futures market at higher rates. This trend has attracted new market participants on both ends, with buyers eager to secure prices below the speculated $3.00 threshold and sellers strategically leveraging the market’s forward carry. 

The influx of new buyers and sellers testifies to the market’s robustness and traders’ ever-evolving strategies. These new entrants infuse vitality into the trading environment, presenting a dynamic marketplace where informed price locking and speculative selling coexist. Consequently, this lively interaction between buyers and sellers improves the market’s health. 

Furthermore, the recovery in butter open interest is worthy of mention. Across all open contracts, we are almost back to levels reminiscent of 2020 and 2022, highlighting sustained interest and active participation in the market. While open interest does not inherently indicate a directional bias, it underscores a well-balanced arena where willing buyers and sellers find common ground.

Subtle Movements in NFDM Prices: A Cautious Yet Active Market Navigates International Influence

Spot Nonfat Dry Milk (NFDM) prices have displayed subtle dynamism in recent sessions. They climbed to $1.3950 during trading before settling marginally lower at $1.3850. This slight dip occurred over seven trades, indicating a cautious yet active market. Futures activity surrounding NFDM showed mixed patterns, with price changes holding close to a one-cent fluctuation, reflecting an overall cautious investor sentiment. 

The influence of international markets can’t be overlooked, as seen with the SGX/NZX powder prices continuing to strengthen following a robust performance in the latest GDT Pulse. This international surge propels domestic considerations, presenting potential upward pressure on future NFDM pricing trends. Although domestic futures traded with limited volume—81 contracts post a vigorous Tuesday session—the global market movements highlight a pivotal influence on dairy pricing strategies.

European Dairy’s Premium Edge: A Global Trade Catalyst and Innovative Challenge for Rivals

In our ever-evolving global dairy market, European butter and cheese continue to command significant premiums compared to their counterparts in New Zealand and the United States. This premium positions the European Union (EU) as a crucial player in the international dairy landscape. EU cheese prices are currently averaging $2.46 per pound, markedly higher than New Zealand’s $2.13 per pound and the U.S.’s $1.91 per pound. As for butter, the EU’s average is $3.74 per pound, significantly outpricing New Zealand’s $2.87 per pound and the U.S.’s $2.69 per pound, with all prices adjusted for 80% butterfat. This premium edge reflects the quality and demand for European dairy products. It presents an innovative challenge for rivals to match or surpass these standards to compete in the global market. 

This distinctive price gap has increasingly made the EU a focal point in global trade discussions. The high pricing structure reflects EU dairy products’ perceived quality and stringent regulatory standards, underscoring Europe’s competitive advantage over its global counterparts. Such disparities in pricing invite strategic export opportunities for EU producers, who are poised to capitalize on favorable exchange rates and burgeoning demand in emerging markets where quality is at a premium. 

The implications for global trade dynamics are profound. On the one hand, the EU’s competitive pricing may draw new trading partnerships, especially in regions where consumers are willing to pay more for premium quality. On the other hand, it challenges New Zealand and the U.S. producers to innovate, possibly driving them to enhance efficiency or pivot towards niche markets to maintain relevance. As these dynamics unfold, industry stakeholders must remain vigilant and poised to adapt to shifting consumer preferences and strategic international trade policies.

The Bottom Line

As 2024 unfolds, the dairy market presents a complex tapestry of challenges and opportunities. From fluctuating cheese prices affected by avian flu outbreaks to strategic maneuvers in the Class III futures market, each trend paints a picture of an industry at a critical junction. Butter prices are rebounding, highlighting the resilience and adaptability of market participants. At the same time, Nonfat Dry Milk (NFDM) displays subtle movements amidst international market influences. European dairy products, maintaining a premium edge, serve as both a catalyst and a challenge in the global market landscape. 

These shifts and strategies prompt us to ask: How prepared is your business to navigate these evolving trends? The intimation of a shifting market suggests pivotal moments where strategic decisions could have lasting impacts. Reflect on your place in this dynamic environment—are you positioning yourself for success? 

We invite you to share your thoughts and engage with this community of dairy professionals. Comment below with your insights, share this article with your colleagues, and foster a dialogue that propels us toward informed and proactive decision-making. Your voice is crucial in shaping the discourse around these developing market trends.

Learn more:

Join the Revolution!

Bullvine Daily is your essential e-zine for staying ahead in the dairy industry. With over 30,000 subscribers, we bring you the week’s top news, helping you manage tasks efficiently. Stay informed about milk production, tech adoption, and more, so you can concentrate on your dairy operations. 

NewsSubscribe
First
Last
Consent

Unlocking Dairy Farming’s Full Potential: Beyond the Barn and into the Broader World

Uncover groundbreaking research that could revolutionize dairy farming. Are you interested in new insights on animal welfare, farmer well-being, and sustainability? Keep reading.

Summary: Qualitative research transforms dairy farming by shedding new perspectives on dairy cow welfare, farmer decision-making, and human-animal relationships. By examining 117 articles from various disciplines, significant issues like animal welfare, the role of women, daily risks, working conditions, and the impacts of technology and environmental sustainability are highlighted. This research provides deep insights often overlooked by traditional methods, helping farmers make better decisions and find innovative solutions. Standard practices, emotional bonds between humans and animals, daily risks like physical injuries and zoonotic infections, and technology’s upsides and downs are crucial. Historical and structural factors, power imbalances, and global market interconnections further complicate the dairy industry.

  • Qualitative research plays a pivotal role in offering new perspectives on dairy cow welfare and farmer decision-making, enlightening us and keeping us informed about the latest developments in the field.
  • 117 articles from various disciplines highlight critical issues in dairy farming.
  • Exploration of animal welfare, gender roles, daily risks, working conditions, technology impact, and environmental sustainability.
  • Insights from qualitative research can lead to better decision-making and innovative solutions for farmers.
  • The emotional bonds between humans and animals in the dairy industry are not just crucial; they make us feel connected and empathetic to the needs of our livestock.
  • Technology in dairy farming presents both benefits and challenges.
  • Historical and structural factors, global markets, and power imbalances influence the dairy industry.
dairy farming, social challenges, environmental effects, animal welfare, qualitative research, farmer decision-making processes, standard techniques, cow-calf separation, dehorning, naturalness in dairy production, emotional bonds, physical injuries, zoonotic infections, brucellosis, rabies, technology in dairy farming, automated milking systems, family connection, cultural identity, regional pride, intensive agricultural methods, mass-produced cheese, historical factors, structural factors, power asymmetries, dairy markets, sociological context, land use, climate change efforts, government programs, justice, fair pricing, equitable resource allocation, worker rights, migrant labor, fair salaries, safe working conditions, job security.

Did you know studying your cows’ behavior and interactions with people may dramatically improve your farm’s productivity? It’s intriguing, yet generally missed. Consider having insights from over 117 pioneering qualitative research that will help you improve your dairy farming techniques. This detailed analysis, published in the Journal of Dairy Science, delves deeply into how diverse scientific groups assess and debate dairy production, going beyond the technical and natural science components. From social challenges to the environmental effect of farming, these insights challenge the current quo and pave the way for new opportunities and directions in the dairy industry. “Bringing this research to the attention of dairy scientists is not just about broadening knowledge but pioneering better, more sustainable farming practices.” The relevance of this finding cannot be emphasized. Understanding the many viewpoints, from farm-level management to wider societal consequences, allows you to innovate and adapt in previously imagined ways. So, why not take a closer look at what experts say?

Unveiling the Hidden Factors: How Qualitative Research Transforms Dairy Farming

Qualitative research is essential in dairy farming because it may provide insights that typical quantitative approaches may miss. Have you ever wondered why farmers make confident choices or how new agricultural rules influence day-to-day operations? Qualitative research delves deeply into these themes, providing detailed knowledge of farmer decision-making processes, animal welfare methods, and even more considerable societal challenges.

Academics can capture the complexity and subtleties of dairy farming by interviewing farmers, watching their activities, and evaluating their narratives. This kind of investigation shows the choices made and the reasons behind them. Animal welfare issues are explored from various perspectives, including ethical concerns and emotional relationships between people and animals.

So why should you care? Understanding these multiple difficulties might help dairy farmers make better choices and devise more imaginative solutions. It may also bridge the gap between scientific research and real-world applications, encouraging tighter multidisciplinary cooperation that benefits both business and society.

The Untold Truths: Animal Welfare in Dairy Farming Under Scrutiny

The evaluation of animal welfare in dairy production revealed numerous significant conclusions. Standard techniques, including cow-calf separation and dehorning, were recognized as important sources of risk. Although common, these methods have severe consequences for the animals’ welfare. For example, quick cow-calf separation is often criticized for producing stress for both the mother and the calf. On the other hand, Dehorning is recognized for its usefulness in herd management but is frequently condemned for being a painful treatment, even with anesthetic or analgesics.

One of the more thought-provoking topics covered in the study is the idea of “naturalness” in dairy production. Many studies believe that establishing absolute naturalness in modern dairy systems remains challenging. The inherent clash between natural living circumstances and the needs of contemporary dairy production is a frequent issue. For example, activities such as selective breeding for increased milk output might cause health problems in cows, indicating a departure from what would be deemed normal. These critical viewpoints advocate rethinking present procedures and shifting toward ways that align with the animal’s natural behaviors and requirements.

Have you ever Wondered How the Emotional Bond Between Humans and Animals Shapes Farm Life?

Insights from both the agricultural and societal levels show intriguing processes. At the farm level, cultural factors and the farmer’s mood are important in forming these relationships. Burton et al.’s research demonstrates how the physical layout of the farm, such as milking sheds and barn passageways, and the farmer’s mood contribute to an overall farm culture that significantly impacts everyday routines and communication styles. This directly affects farmers’ and animals’ interactions, resulting in different human-animal interactions.

On a larger social scale, the tale develops differently. Take rural Pakistan, for example, where Gomersall et al. highlight women’s significant emotional bonds with their cattle. Here, societal distinctions such as class and caste come into play. Yet, the cows often become vital aspects of their caregivers’ lives, offering economic value and emotional sustenance.

These studies focus on dairy production’s complex and frequently ignored emotional terrain. Whether it’s the farm culture in New Zealand or the deep relationships in Pakistan, the human-animal link is an essential element of dairy farming history.

Have You Considered the Everyday Risks Lurking on Your Dairy Farm?

Let’s go into the details of dairy farming, such as labor conditions and hazards. Have you ever considered the everyday risks you encounter on the farm? There are other factors to consider, including physical injuries and zoonotic infections. First, let’s address the elephant in the room: physical injuries. You’re familiar with the routine—bending, lifting, and navigating around heavy gear may be taxing on your body. In reality, milking, cleaning out, and moving cattle cause many on-farm accidents. One research emphasized the increased risk of injury, particularly among milking workers, highlighting that extended repetitive duties might result in chronic discomfort and musculoskeletal difficulties [Douphrate et al., 2013].

Then, there’s the possibility of zoonotic illnesses, which may spread from animals to people. Examples include brucellosis, leptospirosis, and TB. Handling cattle during calving or other activities without adequate protection exposes you to these hazards. In Senegal, for example, research discovered that farmers were regularly exposed to brucellosis and rabies owing to a lack of preventive measures [Tebug et al., 2015]. In dairy farming, technology may be both beneficial and detrimental.

On the one hand, advancements such as automated milking systems (AMS) may make work more accessible and less physically demanding. However, they also provide additional problems. As technology becomes increasingly interwoven into farming, the nature of labor changes, as does one’s identity as a farmer. One study in England found that adding milking robots changed responsibilities and how farmers saw and interacted with their cows [Bear and Holloway, 2019].

What are the advantages and disadvantages for families that work on dairy farms? Family work is often seen as a means to minimize expenses while maintaining a caring touch in agricultural operations. However, this might provide its own set of issues. For example, although youngsters working on farms might learn essential skills, they also face high risks of harm. Wisconsin research emphasized the perceived advantages and genuine dangers of child labor in dairy farming [Zepeda and Kim, 2006].

Furthermore, hard hours and financial constraints might harm the mental and physical well-being of family members directly engaged in dairy farming. A New Zealand research found that family-run organic farms often depend substantially on unpaid family work, which may strain family connections and well-being [Schewe, 2015]. So, although dairy farming may be very rewarding, it is essential to be aware of the hazards and take proactive actions to mitigate them. Have you considered how these things affect your farm? How do you balance the advantages of family connection and the importance of safety and well-being?

Women in Dairy Farming: Ready to Break the Mold?

Women’s involvement in dairy farming has recently shifted significantly. Historically, males controlled the field, but the scene is changing. Women are increasingly taking on essential duties, transforming the face of dairy production worldwide.

  • Policies, Technology, and Disease Events: Shaping Gender Roles
    Policies have a significant influence on changing gender roles in dairy production. For example, water shortage laws in Australia have forced more women into traditionally male-dominated physical agricultural jobs (Alston et al., 2017). Automated Milking Systems (AMS) have also transformed roles, often reinforcing conventional jobs, such as males managing machines and women caring (Bear & Holloway, 2015). Disease occurrences, such as bovine TB epidemics, momentarily raise women to more significant farm roles. Still, these adjustments often reverse post-crisis (Enticott et al., 2022).
  • Empowerment and Disempowerment: A Global Perspective
    In some instances, the advent of dairy farming has empowered women. In Uganda, cattle ownership has given women economic power and social prestige in their communities (Bain et al., 2020). Similarly, in Botswana, dairy farming has been a source of empowerment. However, cultural norms continue to limit their full involvement in markets and decision-making venues (Must & Hovorka, 2019). However, instances of disempowerment do occur. In Indonesia, the milk value chain remains highly masculinized, restricting women’s responsibilities to smallholder farm activities and removing them from broader market prospects (Wijers, 2019). Caste structures in South India exacerbate the problem, with women encountering gender and societal hurdles to involvement in cooperative movements (Dohmwirth & Hanisch, 2019).

Although women are becoming more critical in dairy farming, external variables such as regulations, technological improvements, and disease outbreaks constantly alter their responsibilities. Depending on the setting and existing societal systems, these effects may empower or weaken women.

Essential Allies: How Veterinarians and Advisors Elevate Your Dairy Farm

Let’s discuss veterinarians and dairy farm advisers. Have you considered how these specialists integrate into your farm’s everyday operations? Veterinarians and other consultants play essential roles. They don’t simply cure ill animals; they also provide recommendations that may boost your farm’s overall output. But how can you strike a balance between public and private consulting services?

Trust is the glue that connects these partnerships. A competent counselor understands that gaining trust takes time. You’ve undoubtedly seen this: trusting your adviser makes you more inclined to accept their advice. Trust is developed via constant, credible guidance and open communication. Informal knowledge flows are essential. You’ve probably exchanged suggestions with other farmers or gained great insights during a casual conversation. This informal knowledge may be beneficial, particularly when supplemented with expert assistance.

Balancing public and private advising services, building trust, and using informal knowledge flows will improve your farm’s performance. Ready to improve your relationships?

Revolutionary Tech Trends: Are You Ready for the Future of Dairy Farming?

Technology has undoubtedly changed dairy farming. From automated milking systems (AMS) to genetic engineering, integrating modern technology into dairy operations has created new opportunities for efficiency and production. But have you ever considered the more significant consequences of these changes?

  • How Technology Alters Human-Animal Relationships
    For example, the development of robotic milking equipment has drastically altered farmers’ interactions with their cattle. Machines now manage most of the milking operation, resulting in less direct interaction between people and animals. This transformation can drastically alter farmers’ relationships with their cattle. According to specific research, animals may see robots as a third party in their interactions with humans, resulting in a novel human-animal-technology triad. Farmers, too, are finding their responsibilities changing, frequently necessitating a change away from hands-on animal care and toward more technological proficiency.
  • Impact on Farmer Identities
    The emergence of precision agricultural technology, digital tools, and automated systems has also altered farmer identities. Whereas formerly, their expertise was in animal husbandry, today’s dairy producers often need IT skills and the ability to run complex technology. This transformation may be powerful and frustrating since it can raise concerns about identity and render conventional skills to be updated.
  • Ethical Dilemmas
    While technological advancements provide advantages, they also create ethical concerns. For example, the possibility of genetic engineering to improve milk output or illness resistance raises concerns about violating ethical limits. Similarly, automated methods developed to boost efficiency may neglect animal welfare concerns. There is an increasing need to balance technical prowess and ethical treatment of animals, ensuring that advances do not come at a moral cost.
  • The Broader Influence on Rural Landscapes and Industry
    Finally, technology’s impact goes beyond individual farms, influencing rural landscapes and the dairy sector. Consolidating smaller farms into more significant, tech-driven businesses can change rural communities, sometimes resulting in depopulation and the degradation of local customs. However, it also opens the way for new skills and career possibilities, necessitating a careful strategy to navigate these changes seamlessly.

Although technology transforms dairy production, it also introduces a complex web of changes and concerns. Understanding these interactions is critical for ensuring technology’s equitable and ethical incorporation into agricultural methods.

Considering Environmental Impact: Where Do You Stand?

Have you ever considered the environmental impact of your agricultural practices? Dairy farming has various effects on the environment. It’s about the cows and their milk, the land, the water, and the air we breathe. Many studies have shown the crucial relevance of this relationship, but let us bring it closer to home.

  • Farmers and Climate Change: What’s Your Take?
    Climate change is no longer a distant issue; it is here, pounding on our barn doors. How are you coping with the new reality? Are you adjusting your plans to accommodate changing weather patterns, or are you undecided? Interviews with farmers from different locations indicated conflicting emotions. Some adopt new approaches and ideas, while others need to be more knowledgeable and calm about the expenses and complexity.
  • The Power of Community: Social Networks to the Rescue
    Let’s speak about something more instantly impactful: social networks. No, not Facebook or Twitter, but real-life contacts with other farmers, advisers, and community members. These networks are troves of procedural information that will lead you to more sustainable practices. Why tackle it alone when you can benefit from the collective expertise around you? Collaborative workspaces and shared learning spaces may be critical, particularly with complicated subjects such as climate change.
  • Take the Next Step
    You don’t need to make drastic changes overnight. Start small by contacting individuals in your network. Join a local agricultural organization that focuses on sustainability. Attend a training or lecture on ecological agrarian techniques. These efforts gradually add up. It is critical to the long-term viability of our farms and the ecosystem.

Why the Fuss Over the Badgers? The Complex Debate on Wildlife Conflicts in Dairy Farming

Human-wildlife conflicts have long been a contentious problem. Still, nothing truly stirs the pot like badger culling in Great Britain. Badgers are recognized carriers of bovine tuberculosis (bTB), a highly contagious illness that decimates cow herds. The badger cull tries to manage and decrease the spread of this illness. However, it sparks ethical and policy conflicts, with farmers and politicians seeing culling as a necessary evil to safeguard cattle and livelihoods. At the same time, animal rights activists and many scientific community members believe it is harsh and ineffective [McCulloch & Reiss, 2017]. Alternatives such as immunization provide their issues, and media representation often impacts public perception and policymaking, resulting in disinformation and heated opinions [Cassidy, 2012].

Badger culling isn’t the only animal conflict hurting dairy production. In Ecuador, the growth of cow pastures via deforestation has exacerbated human-bear confrontations, resulting in livestock losses and increasing tensions [Jampel 2016]. Similar stories may be seen in Botswana, where farmers face threats from animals such as elephants, resulting in crop and livestock losses [Huckleberry, 2023].

The ethical issues and policy alternatives involving these conflicts are as diverse as their circumstances. Whether it’s killing badgers in the UK or controlling bear encroachment in Ecuador, finding balanced solutions that consider economic stability and ethical wildlife care remains a significant problem. Understanding these factors may help dairy producers improve their operations and have more informed talks with legislators and communities.

Have You Ever Thought About Your Milk and Cheese’s Deep Roots in History? Discover the Heritage Behind Dairy Farming

Have you ever considered how your milk and cheese have deep roots that date back generations? Dairy farming is integral to local, traditional, and territory-based agriculture, preserving cultural identity and regional pride. It’s more than making milk; it’s about sustaining a tradition.

Consider artisanal cheeses from France and Italy. These culturally infused cheese products are more than simply food; they celebrate local traditions and biodiversity. These cheeses represent the distinct characteristics of their respective locations, from the distinctive breeds of cattle utilized to the specialized grazing pastures and traditional cheese-making techniques. However, this local emphasis is only sometimes secure. Intensive contemporary agricultural methods and the desire for mass-produced cheese may endanger these ancient ways, jeopardizing the (occasionally unseen) microbial variety that gives these cheeses their distinct tastes (Mariani et al., 2022).

However, the dairy industry has its issues. Historical and structural factors continue to influence its behavior. For example, dairy producers in upstate New York hope that a burgeoning demand for organic dairy products will give them a more secure future. However, they usually face power asymmetries within the sector, which regularly repeat the traditional paradigm even in organic farming (Guptill, 2009). Furthermore, the worldwide interconnection of dairy markets, such as trading between Australia and China, adds complication. Milk marketed as clean and immaculate in Australia reaches customers far distances, creating concerns about sustainability and food miles (Boehme, 2021). In conclusion, dairy farming in food landscapes is a complex subject. It is about preserving cultural legacy, guaranteeing fair trade, and dealing with complex historical and structural issues to continue your livelihood and contribute to a more equitable and culturally diverse food system.

In the Bustling Life of Dairy Farming, Have You Ever Paused to Consider the Broader Societal Context?

While everyday routines are important, let’s explore how dairy farming relates to more extensive social frameworks such as land usage, climate change efforts, and government programs. Of course, we cannot disregard the idea of ‘justice’ and the many obstacles you confront. Are you ready to explore?

  • Land Use: A Balancing Act
    Land-use regulations may make or kill your business. In many areas, the battle over land use involves more than simply agriculture; it is a tug-of-war between farming, conservation, and urban expansion. Have you observed how increasing numbers of cities eat away at potential agricultural land? The continual battle for land influences your capacity to operate efficiently and sustainably.
  • Climate Change Initiatives: The Double-Edged Sword
    Let’s discuss climate change. As crucial actors in this industry, you help ensure global food security and impact environmental health. Government-led climate efforts seek to minimize greenhouse gas emissions, often establishing strict standards for dairy farms. As weather patterns become less predictable, it affects not just agricultural output but also the health of your livestock. Navigating these restrictions may seem daunting, but adaptability and ingenuity are key. Are you looking at renewable energy choices for your farm or implementing sustainable techniques like rotational grazing? These methods benefit the environment and save you money and resources in the long term.
  • Government Programs: Help or Hindrance?
    Government initiatives may be both a lifeline and a maze. Subsidies, grants, and training programs are all intended to help you. Still, qualifying requirements and bureaucratic red tape may take time to navigate. Do you find it challenging to access these resources? If so, you are not alone. Many businesses advocate for more straightforward procedures and more open communication to ensure these initiatives are successful.
  • Justice: Seeking Fairness in an Unfair World
    Justice is more than a philosophical argument; it affects you immediately via fair pricing, equitable resource allocation, and worker rights. How fair are your transactions with suppliers and markets? Labor concerns, particularly migrant labor, need attention to fair salaries, safe working conditions, and job security. Do current policies adequately safeguard workers, or do they need improvement? On a global scale, trade rules and international accords may open up new markets or disadvantage you, complicating your operation. Are you ready to tackle these layers?
  • The Challenges: Real and Raw
    Many obstacles exist, from shifting milk prices and growing feed costs to environmental restrictions and labor difficulties. But know that you are not alone. Participating in business associations, being educated, and fighting for fair policies may significantly impact. Are you a member of a community or cooperative that amplifies your voice?

Finally, although dairy farming is firmly anchored in history, it is also inextricably linked to more considerable socioeconomic challenges. Staying educated and proactive will help you negotiate this rugged terrain, guaranteeing your farm’s survival and growth.

The Bottom Line

The study revealed a wealth of viewpoints outside orthodox dairy science. Investigating human, animal, social, and ecological ecosystems illustrates the intricacies of dairy production. The results highlight the need for multidisciplinary cooperation, combining social sciences, humanities, and conventional dairy sciences, to better understand the dairy sector’s difficulties and prospects. This strategy might result in more sustainable, egalitarian, and compassionate behaviors. When considering the future of dairy farming, examine the continuous challenges—climate change, animal welfare, labor conditions, and technology advancements—and how these will impact the sector. The route ahead requires new thinking, empathy, and cross-disciplinary collaboration to maintain the industry’s resiliency and ethical integrity.

Learn more:

CME Cheese Prices Rise as Grain Markets Decline

Find out how higher cheese prices and lower grain costs can increase your dairy farm profits. Ready to boost your earnings today?

Summary: Have you noticed the recent surge in cheese prices? CME cheese markets are on the rise with blocks hitting $2.0200 per pound, marking a two-cent increase, and barrels reaching $2.1600 per pound, a seven-cent jump. This uptick is the highest since October 2022. Meanwhile, butter prices took a slight dip to $3.1200 per pound. These changes in dairy markets are shaking things up! Spot cheese prices gave Class III futures a slight boost with Q4 rising to $20.93 per hundredweight, up eight cents. Meanwhile, Class IV prices climbed to $21.52 per hundredweight, adding 12 cents. The dairy industry is facing market changes that could impact profitability. Cheese prices have reached their highest since October 2022, boosting profits for dairy farmers. However, soybeans fell below the $10 mark and corn contracts dropped to $3.7775 a bushel. Reduced feed expenses can help dairy farmers increase profit margins. To stay ahead, dairy farmers should consider increasing cheese production, hedging bets with Class III futures, managing feed costs wisely, and understanding historical trends and external factors shaping dairy and grain markets.

  • Cheese prices have surged to their highest since October 2022, with blocks at $2.0200 per pound and barrels at $2.1600 per pound.
  • Butter prices have dipped slightly to $3.1200 per pound.
  • Spot cheese prices have boosted Class III futures, with Q4 prices at $20.93 per hundredweight.
  • Class IV prices also rose to $21.52 per hundredweight, driven by strong cheese market performance.
  • Grain markets saw a decline, with soybeans falling below the $10 mark and corn contracts dropping to $3.7775 per bushel.
  • Reduced feed expenses present an opportunity for dairy farmers to improve profit margins.
  • Strategies for dairy farmers: Increase cheese production, leverage Class III futures, manage feed costs, and stay informed about market trends.

Have you ever considered how the newest market developments can affect your bottom line as a dairy farmer? Well, be ready, as the present cheese and grain markets have shocks that can significantly impact your profitability. With blocks increasing to $2.0200 per pound and barrels reaching their highest price since October 2022 at $2.600 per pound, cheese prices are rising. Given Q4 climbing to $20.93 per hundredweight, spot cheese prices have somewhat raised Class III futures. Class IV costs have increased to $21.52 in the meantime. Grain prices are dropping while milk futures are rising. The declining prices of soybeans and maize might impact feed expenses. Are you ready to optimize your earnings by negotiating these changes in the market?

ProductCurrent Price per PoundChangeVolume Traded
Blocks of Cheese$2.0200+2 cents6 loads
Barrels of Cheese$2.1600+7 cents3 lots
Butter$3.1200-2 cents11 loads
Class III Futures (Q4)$20.93 per hundredweight+8 cents
Class IV Futures (Q4)$21.52 per hundredweight+12 cents
Soybeans (August)$9.8900 per bushel-23 cents
Soybean Meal Futures (Sept-Dec)Below $300/ton
Corn (Nearby Contract)$3.7775 per bushel-5.5 cents

Have You Noticed the Recent Changes in the Market? Cheese is Getting Pricier! 

Have you seen the current market changes? Cheese prices are rising! While barrels shot to $2.600 per pound, the most since October 2022, blocks of cheese have touched $2.0200 per pound. For a dairy farmer, these increasing rates indicate increased profits.

However, that is not all! Grain markets are sliding as cheese prices rise. Soybeans came under the $10 level, while the local corn contract plummeted to $3.7775 a bushel. These declining grain prices might cut your feed expenses.

What do these market changes mean for your dairy farm? The combination of lower grain prices and higher cheese prices presents a significant opportunity to increase your profitability. By closely monitoring these market changes and making appropriate plans, you can position your farm for increased earnings.

Wondering What This All Means for You? Let’s Break it Down with Some Numbers: 

What does this all mean for you? Let’s break it down with some numbers: 

  • Cheese Prices: Barrels have shot up to $2.600 per pound, while blocks have ascended to $2.0200 per pound. These rates have not been this high since October 2022, indicating a significant increase in profitability.
  • Butter Prices: Butter did not do well; it dropped two pennies to $3.1200 per pound.
  • Milk Futures: Class III futures raised spot cheese prices; Q4 prices increased to $20.93 per hundredweight. Prices in Class IV rose to $21.52 per hundredweight.
  • Soybean and Corn Markets: The August soybean contract sank from $10 to $9.8900 a bushel. September through December, soybean meal futures fell short of $300 a ton. Corn didn’t buck the trend, falling to $3.7775 a bushel.

As a dairy farmer, these figures reflect substantial shifts, and it’s crucial for you to stay updated and adapt accordingly.

Well, These Changes Could Be a Goldmine for Dairy Farmers Like You 

These developments may be a gold mine for dairy producers like you. Allow me to dissect it. Rising cheese costs imply extra bucks per pound for your goods. With blocks reaching $2.0200 per pound and barrels rising to $2.600 per pound, you are looking at some of the best gains since October 2022.

Higher cheese prices immediately increase earnings since it affects the milk price used in cheese manufacturing. Class III futures cost $20.93 per hundredweight and have benefited somewhat. Thus, the milk you utilize for cheese-making gets you more incredible rates. The Class IV futures, which rose to $21.52 per hundredweight even though butter prices dropped somewhat, reflect the same pattern.

They are concerned about how this would affect your feed expenses. The good news is right here. Slipping grain markets implies you will pay less on feed. Both maize prices and soybean futures are declining. The neighboring corn contract dropped to $3.7775 per bushel, while the August soybean contract dropped to less than $10. Reduced feed expenses can help your profit margins even more.

So, What’s Next for You as a Dairy Farmer in Light of These Price Changes? 

What’s Next for You as a Dairy Farmer in Light of These Price Changes?

Consider Increasing Cheese Production: Now could be the ideal moment to concentrate more of your efforts on cheese manufacturing, given blocks at $2.0200 per pound and barrels at $2.1600 per pound. This might involve changing your cow’s nutrition to maximize milk quality for cheese, investing in cheese processing equipment, or investigating new kinds to satisfy consumer demand.

Hedge Your Bets with Class III Futures: Since Class III futures slightly increased, consider locking in these rates to guarantee your income for the following quarters. This might provide a safety blanket against further price swings.

Manage Feed Costs Wisely: Examining your feed expenses is a perfect opportunity since grain prices are sliding mostly in soybeans and corn. Could you buy in bulk at these reduced rates to ensure your herd always has enough? Control of feed costs can help to increase your profit margins.

Review Financial Planning: Given the rising Class IV charges and declining grain prices, now might be an excellent time for a financial check-up. Make sure your budget fits current market circumstances; next, look at financing choices that could provide better terms because of the improved state of the dairy industry.

Maintaining knowledge and adaptability will make a big difference in these fast-changing times. Your dairy farm may leverage these changes in the market to bring significant benefits by carefully modifying your financial plans and output level.

Understanding the Bigger Picture: How Historical Trends and External Factors Shape Dairy and Grain Markets

Knowing the history of the grain and dairy markets would help one understand present pricing movements. Traditionally, variations in feed costs, weather, and supply and demand dynamics have all affected dairy prices. For example, cheese prices peaked in October 2022 before steadily declining; until lately, they have bounced back to exceed $2 per pound.

Other outside elements are also in action. Trade agreements, customer preferences, and geopolitical developments may disturb the market’s stability. For dairy and grain goods, for instance, the trade conflicts between the United States and China caused significant market disturbances.

Conversely, seasonal trends, including planting and harvest seasons and worldwide supply chain problems, significantly affect grain prices. Usually, the spring and summer planting seasons mark the peaks in soybean and corn prices. However, excellent weather conditions, rising crop yields, and an overabundance in the market have helped explain the declining trend in grain prices in recent months.

Monitoring previous patterns and outside variables can help you, as a dairy farmer, better predict market changes and make wise company choices.

The Bottom Line

Now, here is the deal. Rising cheese prices boost Class III futures so that you can find some possibility for higher income there. Although butter prices did drop, Class IV prices did not significantly change. Conversely, grain markets are contracting, which can result in less feed expenses for you. Your dairy farm may benefit financially from these developments. Still, do not rely only on your laurels. Watch these market trends, be educated, be flexible, and, if feasible, seek possibilities. Remain aware. Though the industry constantly changes, you can keep ahead with the proper knowledge and proactive attitude.

Learn more: 

US Spot Cheese Continues to Rise: Essential Insights for Dairy Farmers

Discover the reasons behind the surge in US cheese prices and how dairy farmers can proactively maintain their global competitiveness. Understanding these dynamics is crucial for the future of your business.

Summary: Understanding pricing specifics in various regions is crucial in the highly competitive global dairy market. US cheese prices are almost on par with New Zealand but lag behind Europe, while butter prices significantly spread across regions. However, the US faces more challenges with higher NDM/SMP and dry whey prices than New Zealand and Europe. These price differences reflect where American dairy farmers might need to adjust strategies to maintain a competitive edge.

  • Spot cheese prices rose: blocks at $1.9650/lb and barrels at $1.9500/lb.
  • Dry whey and NDM saw minimal drops, while butter prices stayed stable at $3.1025/lb.
  • Class III futures rebounded: September futures at $20.80 per cwt, Q4 at $20.58.
  • US cheese is marginally cheaper than New Zealand’s but less competitive than Europe’s.
  • Butter prices show a wider spread: New Zealand’s cheapest at $2.87/lb, US at $3.10/lb, EU at $3.46/lb.
  • The US is less competitive in NDM/SMP and dry whey than New Zealand and Europe.
  • NDM/SMP in the US at $1.23/lb versus New Zealand’s $1.12/lb and Europe’s $1.18/lb.
  • Dry whey prices: US at $0.60/lb compared to $0.46/lb in New Zealand and $0.32/lb in Europe.

Have you been following the latest developments in the dairy industry? The recent spike in spot cheese prices has sparked discussions among dairy producers. Spot blocks now command $1.9650 a pound, a 6.5-cent increase. Barrels are not far behind, climbing four cents to $1.9500 per pound. While other changes in the dairy market were less pronounced, spot dry whey dipped marginally to $0.5900 per pound and nonfat dry milk (NDM) to $1.2300 per pound.

Why is this significant? The surge in spot cheese pricing, especially if you’re considering Class III contracts, is a game-changer. September futures are now at $20.80 per hundredweight, up 56 cents. Even Q4 futures have risen, closing at $20.58. In simple terms, these figures could have a direct impact on your financial performance.

A recently released analysis states, “In the global marketplace, US cheese at $1.93 per pound is just barely below New Zealand’s $1.94.”This shows that the price difference is shrinking, which might influence competition.

But how does the United States compare globally? Here’s a basic overview:

  • Cheese costs $1.93 per pound in the United States, $1.94 per pound in New Zealand, and $2.16 per pound in Europe.
  • Butter costs $3.10 per pound in the United States, $2.87 per pound in New Zealand, and $3.46 per pound in Europe.
  • NDM/SMP: $1.23/lb in the United States; $1.12/lb in New Zealand; $1.18/lb in Europe.

Dry whey costs $0.60 per pound in the United States, $0.46 per pound in New Zealand, and $0.32 per pound in Europe.
While the United States remains competitive in the cheese and butter industries, NDM/SMP and dry whey face increased competition. The figures indicate where opportunities and problems exist; knowing them is critical for strategic planning.

Learn more:

Strange Day in Dairy: Class III Futures Up, Cheese and Grain Markets Down

Explore the unusual shifts in dairy markets: Class III futures rise while cheese and grain prices fall. What will the USDA Milk Production report reveal for May?

As the dairy markets reopened after the mid-week break in honor of Juneteenth, a significant cultural event was celebrated annually on June 19 to commemorate the ending of slavery in the United States. Traders and analysts were keenly looking for a clear direction. It was a peculiar day indeed — while the cheese spot market moved lower, Class III futures were higher. Let’s delve into these unusual market movements and unravel the factors.

Understanding the underlying numbers can provide clarity as the dairy markets react to a whirlwind of influences. Below is a snapshot of the current market trends: 

MarketPriceChangeVolume
Class III Futures$18.75/cwt+0.5010,000 contracts
Cheese Blocks$1.8525/lb-0.007513 loads
Cheese Barrels$1.9300/lb-0.01007 loads
Nonfat Dry Milk$1.2075/lb+0.01751 lot
Corn (Dec Futures)$4.5675/bushel-0.075050,000 contracts
Soybeans (Dec Futures)$11.50/bushel-0.125045,000 contracts

Class III Futures Market Sees Surprising Uptick Amid Recent Downward Trends

The Class III futures market saw an interesting uptick despite recent declines. This rebound was a bit surprising. What could be driving this shift?  One possibility is the market catching its breath. After falling prices, minor adjustments and corrections are normal. Traders might see recent lows as too harsh, sparking a buying spree. Expectations of positive news might also play a role, prompting a preemptive move.  Whatever the cause, this uptick adds a new dynamic to an already complex market. Understanding these fluctuations is not just important, it’s crucial to our role as traders and analysts, as it allows us to anticipate and react to market changes.

A Day of Divergence: Cheese Spot Market Buckles Amid Class III Futures Rally

This was an unusual day for the cheese spot market. The cheese sector faced a downward trend despite Class III futures moving higher. ‘Blocks ‘, a type of cheese, dipped to $1.8525 per pound with 13 loads trading. ‘Barrels ‘, another type of cheese, slipped by a penny to $1.9300 per pound with seven lots exchanged.  So, what’s behind this decline? It seems to boil down to supply and demand dynamics and external economic factors. An oversupply of cheese or reduced demand from critical buyers might drive prices down. Economic uncertainties and fluctuations in global dairy trade could also impact the market.

Grain Markets Plunge as Crop Conditions Brighten and Futures Hit Lows Since February

Corn and soybeans saw a significant drop in the grain markets, driven by good crop conditions and ‘technical selling ‘, a strategy where traders sell based on technical indicators rather than fundamental analysis. December futures fell to $4.5675 per bushel, the lowest since February. A positive crop outlook has reassured traders, leading to a wave of selling and pushing prices down.

Nonfat Dry Milk Prices Climb Amid Potential Market Demand Surge and Rising Costs

Nonfat dry milk prices increased to $1.2075 per pound, up $0.0175, with one lot traded. This rise could be due to higher market demand, rising production costs, or shifts in consumer behavior towards dairy products. These elements, along with other factors, will be critical to watch to understand broader dairy market trends.

New Zealand’s Milk Production: A Temporary Decline or a Long-term Trend?

New Zealand’s milk production has declined for the third month. May saw a 4.3% drop year-over-year on a milk solids basis and a 6.2% decrease on a tonnage basis. This might seem concerning, but NZX attributes it to variable weather and pasture conditions.  Despite these drops, the production levels align with the five-year rolling average. So, while the recent declines are notable, they’re part of a long-term pattern with both highs and lows. This decline could have implications for the global dairy market, as New Zealand is a major exporter of dairy products.

The Bottom Line

The dairy markets had an unusual day. While the cheese spot market fell, Class III futures unexpectedly rose, reflecting the inherent unpredictability of the market. Grain markets dropped due to good crop conditions and technical selling, with December futures at their lowest since February. Nonfat dry milk prices rose slightly, hinting at increased demand. New Zealand’s milk production declined for the third consecutive month, sparking questions about future trends. All eyes are now on tomorrow’s USDA Milk Production report for May, a reminder of the constant vigilance required in our field.

Key Takeaways:

  • Cheese spot market prices dropped while Class III futures saw a surprising increase.
  • Grain markets took a significant hit, with December futures for corn and soybeans reaching lows not seen since February.
  • Nonfat dry milk prices witnessed a notable rise, suggesting potential increased market demand or rising production costs.
  • New Zealand’s milk production continued to decline for the third consecutive month due to variable weather and pasture growth conditions.
  • The upcoming USDA Milk Production report for May is a significant watch factor for tomorrow’s market movements.

Summary:

Dairy markets experienced an unusual day, with Class III futures rising unexpectedly and grain markets dropping due to good crop conditions and technical selling. The cheese spot market saw prices drop to $1.8525 per pound and barrels to $1.9300 per pound, driven by supply and demand dynamics and external economic factors. The grain market experienced a significant drop due to good crop conditions and technical selling, with December futures falling to $4.5675 per bushel, the lowest since February. Nonfat dry milk prices increased to $1.2075 per pound, up $0.0175, due to higher market demand, rising production costs, or shifts in consumer behavior towards dairy products. New Zealand’s milk production has declined for the third consecutive month, with a 4.3% drop year-over-year on a milk solids basis and a 6.2% decrease on a tonnage basis. The USDA Milk Production report for May will provide further insights into future trends.

Milk Futures Signal Potential for Stronger Prices Amid Volatility and Rising Cheese Demand

Discover how milk futures signal stronger prices amid rising cheese demand and market volatility. Will this trend continue to benefit dairy producers and consumers?

The dairy markets have seen increased volatility, with Class III futures showing significant ups and downs. I mentioned this earlier, and it happened sooner than expected. Expect more volatility as summer progresses. Traders are reacting quickly to cash movements or perceived price changes. Milk futures suggest milk prices could be better than last year if spot prices remain steady. Prices will improve if demand rises and supplies tighten. Cheese inventory hasn’t exceeded last year’s levels, hinting at potential supply tightening if demand grows. Manufacturers say cheese demand is up but not enough to cut inventory.

MonthTotal Cheese Exports (Metric Tons)Change from Previous YearButterfat Exports (Metric Tons)Change from Previous Year
March 202350,022+20.5%2,350+15%
April 202346,271+27%2,881+23%

International cheese demand has seen a remarkable improvement. In March, cheese exports surged to 50,022 metric tons, a 20.5% increase from the previous year and the highest recorded. April followed suit with a 27% rise over April 2023, reaching 46,271 metric tons, the second highest on record. 

MonthClass III Closing Price (per cwt)Price Change (%)Market Sentiment
January$19.20+3.2%Optimistic
February$18.75-2.3%Neutral
March$20.10+7.2%Strong
April$21.00+4.5%Bullish
May$21.25+1.2%Stable
June$21.85+2.8%Optimistic

The outlook for cheese exports is bright, providing strong market support. Butterfat exports also jumped in April, reaching 2,881 metric tons—up 23% from last year and the first year-over-year increase since November 2022. This could lead to record-high butter prices, thanks to higher demand and the highest butter prices yet for this time of year. Increasing domestic demand and potential for rising international demand could push prices even higher. 

  • April income over feed price was $9.60 per cwt.
  • Second month with no Dairy Margin Coverage program payments.
  • Current grain prices and milk futures suggest no future payments under the program.
  • Planting delays haven’t impacted grain prices.
  • Initial crop condition for corn is 75% good/excellent.
  • One of the highest initial ratings for a crop, possibly leading to a large supply and lower prices.
  • This could improve income over feed significantly.

Summary: Dairy markets are experiencing increased volatility, with Class III futures showing significant fluctuations. Traders react quickly to cash movements or price changes, and milk prices could improve if spot prices remain steady. Cheese inventory has not exceeded last year’s levels, suggesting potential supply tightening if demand grows. International cheese demand has seen a remarkable improvement, with cheese exports rising 20.5% in March and 27% in April. The outlook for cheese exports is bright, providing strong market support. Butterfat exports also jumped in April, reaching 2,881 metric tons, up 23% from last year and the first year-over-year increase since November 2022. This could lead to record-high butter prices due to higher demand. Income over feed price in April was $9.60 per cwt, with no Dairy Margin Coverage program payments.

Send this to a friend